1. Nidānasaṃyuttaṃ1. 因缘相应
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa · 礼敬彼世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者
Saṃyuttanikāyo · 相应部
Nidānavaggo · 因缘品
1. Nidānasaṃyuttaṃ1. 因缘相应
1. Buddhavaggo
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,维巴西世尊、阿拉汉、正等正觉者在正觉之前,未现正觉时,还是菩萨时如此想:『此世间实在陷入困境,生、衰、死、消逝、再生。然而对此苦、老死不了知出离。何时才会了知对此苦、老死的出离呢?』然后,比库们,维巴西菩萨如此想:『有什么存在时,老死才有?以什么为缘有老死?』然后,比库们,维巴西菩萨由如理作意,以慧现观——『生存在时,老死才有;以生为缘有老死。』然后维巴西菩萨如此想:『有什么存在时,生才有?……乃至……有、取、爱、受、触、六处、名色、识、行才有?以什么为缘有诸行?』由如理作意,以慧现观——『无明存在时,行才有;以无明为缘有诸行。』如此,此无明缘行,行缘识……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起。『集起,集起』,比库们,对维巴西菩萨前所未闻之法生起眼、生起智、生起慧、生起明、生起光。然后,比库们,维巴西菩萨如此想:『什么不存在时,老死才不存在?以什么灭而老死灭?』由如理作意,以慧现观——『生不存在时,老死才不存在;以生灭而老死灭。』如此乃至对有、取、爱、受、触、六处、名色、识、行也是如此——『无明不存在时,行才不存在;以无明灭而行灭。』如此,此无明灭而行灭;行灭而识灭……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以灭尽。『灭,灭』,比库们,对维巴西菩萨前所未闻之法生起眼、生起智、生起慧、生起明、生起光。」(对七佛皆应如此详说。)
1. Paṭiccasamuppādasuttaṃ1. 缘起经
§1
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘paṭiccasamuppādaṃ vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi; taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
「比库们,对韦沙菩世尊、阿拉汉、正等正觉者……乃至……。」
‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppādo? Avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ; viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ; nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ; saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso; phassapaccayā vedanā; vedanāpaccayā taṇhā; taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ; upādānapaccayā bhavo; bhavapaccayā jāti ; jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppādo.
「比库们,对咖古三塔世尊、阿拉汉、正等正觉者……乃至……。」
‘‘Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho; viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho; nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho; saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho; phassanirodhā vedanānirodho; vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho; taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho; upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho; bhavanirodhā jātinirodho; jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti. Paṭhamaṃ.
「比库们,对果那嘎马那世尊、阿拉汉、正等正觉者……乃至……。」
2. Vibhaṅgasuttaṃ2. 分别经
§2
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘paṭiccasamuppādaṃ vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi vibhajissāmi. Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
「比库们,我在正觉之前,未现正觉时,还是菩萨时如此想:『此世间实在陷入困境,生、衰、死、消逝、再生。然而对此苦、老死不了知出离。何时才会了知对此苦、老死的出离呢?』比库们,我如此想:『有什么存在时,老死才有?以什么为缘有老死?』比库们,由如理作意,以慧现观——『生存在时,老死才有;以生为缘有老死。』比库们,我如此想:『有什么存在时,生才有?……乃至……有、取、爱、受、触、六处、名色、识、行存在?以什么为缘有诸行?』比库们,由如理作意,以慧现观——『无明存在时,行才有;以无明为缘有诸行。』如此,此无明缘行,行缘识……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起。『集起,集起』,比库们,对我前所未闻之法生起眼、生起智、生起慧、生起明、生起光。比库们,我如此想:『什么不存在时,老死才不存在?以什么灭而老死灭?』由如理作意,以慧现观——『生不存在时,老死才不存在;以生灭而老死灭。』如此乃至对有、取、爱、受、触、六处、名色、识、行也如此——『无明不存在时,行才不存在;以无明灭而行灭。』如此,此无明灭而行灭……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以灭尽。『灭,灭』,比库们,对我前所未闻之法生起眼、生起智、生起慧、生起明、生起光。」
‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppādo? Avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ; viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ; nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ; saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso; phassapaccayā vedanā; vedanāpaccayā taṇhā; taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ; upādānapaccayā bhavo; bhavapaccayā jāti ; jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
如是我闻。一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭达林给孤独园……乃至……「比库们,有此四种食,资养已生起的有情或摄益求出生者。哪四种?粗或细的抟食为第一,触为第二,意思为第三,识为第四。比库们,这四种食,资养已生起的有情或摄益求出生者。」「比库们,此四种食以什么为因、以什么为集、以什么为生、以什么为本源?此四种食以爱为因、以爱为集、以爱为生、以爱为本源。比库们,此爱以什么为因、以什么为集、以什么为生、以什么为本源?爱以受为因、为集、为生、为本源。比库们,此受以什么为因?受以触为因、为集、为生、为本源。比库们,此触以什么为因?触以六处为因、为集、为生、为本源。比库们,此六处以什么为因?六处以名色为因、为集、为生、为本源。比库们,此名色以什么为因?名色以识为因、为集、为生、为本源。比库们,此识以什么为因?识以行为因、为集、为生、为本源。比库们,此诸行以什么为因?诸行以无明为因、为集、为生、为本源。」「如此,比库们,无明缘行,行缘识……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起。以无明的无余离贪灭而行灭……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以灭尽。」
‘‘Katamañca, bhikkhave, jarāmaraṇaṃ? Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jarā jīraṇatā khaṇḍiccaṃ pāliccaṃ valittacatā āyuno saṃhāni indriyānaṃ paripāko; ayaṃ vuccati jarā. Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṃ maccu maraṇaṃ kālakiriyā khandhānaṃ bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo ( ) , idaṃ vuccati maraṇaṃ. Iti ayañca jarā, idañca maraṇaṃ. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, jarāmaraṇaṃ.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,有此四种食,资养已生起的有情或摄益求出生者。哪四种?粗或细的抟食为第一,触为第二,意思为第三,识为第四。」如此说时,具寿摩利亚帕古那对世尊如此说:「尊者,谁吃识食呢?」世尊说:「此问不适当。我不说『他吃』。如果我说『他吃』,对此则有『尊者,谁吃』之问。但我不如此说。既然我不如此说,有人如此问我:『尊者,识食为何而有?』对此问应如此回答:『识食为了未来再有、再生起的生起之缘。当那存在时,有六处;以六处为缘有触。』」「尊者,谁触?」「此问不适当……乃至……『触为何而有?』『以六处为缘有触,以触为缘有受。』」「尊者,谁受?」「此问不适当……『以触为缘有受;以受为缘有爱。』」「尊者,谁渴爱?」「此问不适当……『以受为缘有爱;以爱为缘有取。』」「尊者,谁取?」「此问不适当……『以爱为缘有取,以取为缘有有……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起。但是,帕古那,以六触处的无余离贪灭而触灭;以触灭而受灭;以受灭而爱灭;以爱灭而取灭;以取灭而有灭;以有灭而生灭;以生灭而老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼灭。如此,这整个苦蕴得以灭尽。』」
‘‘Katamā ca, bhikkhave, jāti? Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jāti sañjāti okkanti nibbatti abhinibbatti khandhānaṃ pātubhāvo āyatanānaṃ paṭilābho. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, jāti.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,凡是任何沙门或婆罗门不了知老死、不了知老死之集、不了知老死之灭、不了知导至老死灭之道;不了知生……有……取……爱……受……触……六处……名色……识……不了知诸行、不了知诸行之集、不了知诸行之灭、不了知导至诸行灭之道——比库们,这些沙门或婆罗门在沙门中不被认为是沙门,在婆罗门中不被认为是婆罗门。这些具寿也不在当下以自证、证悟而证入并住于沙门义或婆罗门义。比库们,凡是任何沙门或婆罗门了知老死、了知老死之集、了知老死之灭、了知导至老死灭之道……乃至……了知诸行、了知诸行之集、了知诸行之灭、了知导至诸行灭之道——比库们,这些沙门或婆罗门在沙门中被认为是沙门,在婆罗门中被认为是婆罗门。这些具寿也在当下以自证、证悟而证入并住于沙门义或婆罗门义。」
‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, bhavo? Tayo me, bhikkhave, bhavā – kāmabhavo, rūpabhavo, arūpabhavo. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhavo.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,凡是任何沙门或婆罗门不了知这些法、不了知这些法之集、不了知这些法之灭、不了知导至这些法灭之道。这些是什么法呢?不了知老死、不了知老死之集、不了知老死之灭、不了知导至老死灭之道;不了知生……有……取……爱……受……触……六处……名色……识……不了知诸行、不了知诸行之集、不了知诸行之灭、不了知导至诸行灭之道——这些是他们不了知、不了知之集、不了知之灭、不了知导至灭之道的法。比库们,这些沙门或婆罗门在沙门中不被认为是沙门,在婆罗门中不被认为是婆罗门……乃至……不证入并住于。比库们,凡是任何沙门或婆罗门了知这些法、了知这些法之集、了知这些法之灭、了知导至这些法灭之道……(反面详说)……比库们,这些沙门或婆罗门在沙门中被认为是沙门,在婆罗门中被认为是婆罗门。这些具寿也在当下以自证、证悟而证入并住于沙门义或婆罗门义。」
‘‘Katamañca, bhikkhave, upādānaṃ? Cattārimāni, bhikkhave, upādānāni – kāmupādānaṃ, diṭṭhupādānaṃ, sīlabbatupādānaṃ, attavādupādānaṃ. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, upādānaṃ.
在沙瓦提城。那时,具寿咖吒亚那去见世尊;去到后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的具寿咖吒亚那对世尊如此说:「尊者,所谓的『正见、正见』。尊者,到什么地步有正见呢?」「咖吒亚那,此世间多数依止二种——『有』与『无』。但是,咖吒亚那,对以正慧如实观察世间之集者,对他而言世间并没有『无』。咖吒亚那,对以正慧如实观察世间之灭者,对他而言世间并没有『有』。咖吒亚那,此世间多数被执取、取着、系缚所束缚。但对此执取、取着、心的住处、固执、随眠,不随从、不执取、不坚持『我的我』者,对他而言『生起的只是苦生起、灭去的只是苦灭去』,对此他不疑、不惑,在此无需依他智而生。咖吒亚那,就到这个地步有正见。咖吒亚那,『一切皆有』——这是一极端;『一切皆无』——这是第二极端。咖吒亚那,如来不趣近此二极端,以中道说法——无明缘行,行缘识……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起。以无明的无余离贪灭而行灭……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以灭尽。」
‘‘Katamā ca, bhikkhave, taṇhā? Chayime, bhikkhave, taṇhākāyā – rūpataṇhā, saddataṇhā, gandhataṇhā, rasataṇhā, phoṭṭhabbataṇhā, dhammataṇhā. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, taṇhā.
在沙瓦提城……那时,某位比库去见世尊;去到后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的那位比库对世尊如此说:「尊者,所谓的『说法者、说法者』。尊者,到什么地步是说法者呢?」「比库,若比库为了对老死的厌离、离贪、灭而说法,『说法的比库』就足以这样称呼;若比库为了对老死的厌离、离贪、灭而行道,『依法行道的比库』就足以这样称呼;若比库由对老死的厌离、离贪、灭以不执取而解脱,『已达现法涅槃的比库』就足以这样称呼。比库,若比库为了对生的……有的……取的……爱的……受的……触的……六处的……名色的……识的……诸行的……无明的厌离、离贪、灭而说法,『说法的比库』就足以这样称呼;若比库为了对无明的厌离、离贪、灭而行道,『依法行道的比库』就足以这样称呼;若比库由对无明的厌离、离贪、灭以不执取而解脱,『已达现法涅槃的比库』就足以这样称呼。」
‘‘Katamā ca, bhikkhave, vedanā? Chayime, bhikkhave, vedanākāyā – cakkhusamphassajā vedanā, sotasamphassajā vedanā, ghānasamphassajā vedanā, jivhāsamphassajā vedanā, kāyasamphassajā vedanā, manosamphassajā vedanā. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, vedanā.
如是我闻。一时,世尊住在王舍城竹林咖兰达园。那时,世尊在上午着下衣,取钵与衣,入王舍城托钵。裸形者咖沙巴远远地看见世尊走来;看见后,便走近世尊。走近后,与世尊互相问候。互相问候、寒暄后,站在一旁。站在一旁的裸形者咖沙巴对世尊如此说:「如有所问,我们想问乔答摩尊者,若乔答摩尊者允许我们提问。」「咖沙巴,现在不是提问的时候。我们已经入村。」第二次、第三次他都如此说。世尊也如此回答。裸形者咖沙巴对世尊说:「我们要问的并不多。」「那么,咖沙巴,随你意问吧。」「乔答摩尊者,苦是自作的吗?」「咖沙巴,不要这样说。」「那么,乔答摩尊者,苦是他作的吗?」「咖沙巴,不要这样说。」「乔答摩尊者,苦是自作他作的吗?」「咖沙巴,不要这样说。」「乔答摩尊者,苦是无因作、非自作非他作偶然生起的吗?」「咖沙巴,不要这样说。」「那么,乔答摩尊者,没有苦吗?」「咖沙巴,并非没有苦,苦是有的。」「那么乔答摩尊者既不知也不见苦?」「咖沙巴,我并非不知、不见苦。咖沙巴,我知苦、见苦。」「对于我一切问题,乔答摩尊者都回答『咖沙巴,不要这样说』;又说苦是有的,又说知苦见苦。尊者,请世尊为我说苦,请世尊为我开示苦。」「咖沙巴,『那作者受』——对起初存在者而说『苦是自作的』,这就堕入常见。『他作者他受』——对受苦所打击者而说『苦是他作的』,这就堕入断见。咖沙巴,如来不趣近此二极端,以中道说法——无明缘行,行缘识……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起、灭尽。」这样说时,裸形者咖沙巴对世尊说:「奇哉,尊者!……乃至……愿世尊接受我出家、受达上。」咖沙巴于是在世尊座下得出家与受达上。受达上不久,具寿咖沙巴独居、远离、不放逸、热诚、自励而住,不久即在当生以自证、证悟而证入并住于无上梵行之究竟——为此,善男子正当地从在家出家而为无家者——他证知:「生已尽、梵行已立、应作已作、不再有此状态。」具寿咖沙巴成为诸阿拉汉之一。
‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, phasso? Chayime, bhikkhave, phassakāyā – cakkhusamphasso, sotasamphasso, ghānasamphasso, jivhāsamphasso, kāyasamphasso, manosamphasso. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, phasso.
在沙瓦提城。那时,游方者听跋卢咖去见世尊……乃至……坐在一旁的游方者听跋卢咖对世尊如此说:「乔答摩尊者,苦乐是自作的吗?」「听跋卢咖,不要这样说。」「那么,乔答摩尊者,苦乐是他作的吗?」「听跋卢咖,不要这样说。」「乔答摩尊者,苦乐是自作他作的吗?」「听跋卢咖,不要这样说。」「那么,乔答摩尊者,苦乐是无因作、非自作非他作偶然生起的吗?」「听跋卢咖,不要这样说。」「那么,乔答摩尊者没有苦乐吗?」「听跋卢咖,并非没有苦乐,苦乐是有的。」「那么乔答摩尊者既不知也不见苦乐?」「听跋卢咖,我并非不知、不见苦乐。听跋卢咖,我知苦乐、见苦乐。」「尊者,请世尊为我说苦乐,请世尊为我开示苦乐。」「听跋卢咖,『一起,那受者受』——对起初存在者而说『苦乐是自作的』,我不如此说。『一起,其他者受』——对受苦所打击者而说『苦乐是他作的』,我也不如此说。听跋卢咖,如来不趣近此二极端,以中道说法——无明缘行……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起、灭尽。」如此说时,游方者听跋卢咖对世尊说:「奇哉,乔答摩尊者!……愿乔答摩尊者从今日起记我为近事男,终生归依。」
‘‘Katamañca, bhikkhave, saḷāyatanaṃ? Cakkhāyatanaṃ, sotāyatanaṃ, ghānāyatanaṃ, jivhāyatanaṃ, kāyāyatanaṃ, manāyatanaṃ – idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, saḷāyatanaṃ.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,为无明所盖、与爱所系的愚人如此生起此身。因此有此身及外在的名色——如此是此二者。以二为缘有触——即六触处。被它们所触,愚人体验苦与乐——是此非法品或是其他。比库们,为无明所盖、与爱所系的智者也如此生起此身。因此有此身及外在的名色——如此是此二者。以二为缘有触——即六触处。被它们所触,智者体验苦与乐。比库们,在此愚人与智者有何差别、何不同、何特异?」「尊者,我们的法以世尊为根本……」「那么比库们请听,好好作意,我要说了。」那些比库回答世尊:「是的,尊者。」世尊如此说:「比库们,为无明所盖、与爱所系的愚人所生起此身时,愚人并没有断除那无明,也没有灭尽那爱。为什么呢?比库们,愚人没有为了苦的究竟灭尽而梵行住。因此愚人在身坏后进入于身,进入于身而未从生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼中解脱;我说『他未从苦中解脱』。比库们,为无明所盖、与爱所系的智者所生起此身时,智者已断除那无明,已灭尽那爱。为什么呢?比库们,智者为了苦的究竟灭尽而梵行住。因此智者在身坏后不进入于身,不进入于身而从生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼中解脱;我说『他从苦中解脱』。比库们,这就是愚人与智者的差别、不同、特异——即梵行住。」
‘‘Katamañca , bhikkhave, nāmarūpaṃ? Vedanā, saññā, cetanā, phasso, manasikāro – idaṃ vuccati nāmaṃ. Cattāro ca mahābhūtā, catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāyarūpaṃ. Idaṃ vuccati rūpaṃ. Iti idañca nāmaṃ, idañca rūpaṃ. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, nāmarūpaṃ.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,我将为你们开示缘起与缘生法。谛听!好好作意!我要说了。」那些比库回答世尊:「是的,尊者。」世尊如此说——「比库们,什么是缘起?比库们,『以生为缘有老死』——无论诸如来出世或不出世,此界常住、法住性、法决定性,即此缘性。如来对此现觉、现证;现觉、现证后开示、教示、施设、建立、揭示、分别论、说明,并说:『看呀!』『比库们,以生为缘有老死。』比库们,『以有为缘有生』……『以取为缘有有』……『以爱为缘有取』……『以受为缘有爱』……『以触为缘有受』……『以六处为缘有触』……『以名色为缘有六处』……『以识为缘有名色』……『以行为缘有识』……『以无明为缘有行』——无论诸如来出世或不出世,此界常住、法住性、法决定性,即此缘性。如来对此现觉、现证;现觉、现证后开示、教示、施设、建立、揭示、分别论、说明,并说:『看呀!』『比库们,以无明为缘有行。』如是,比库们,那里是如实、不异如、不他如、即此缘性——比库们,这称为缘起。比库们,什么是缘生法?比库们,老死是无常、有为、缘生、坏灭法、衰灭法、离贪法、灭法。比库们,生是无常……有……取……爱……受……触……六处……名色……识……诸行是无常、有为、缘生、坏灭法、衰灭法、离贪法、灭法。比库们,无明是无常、有为、缘生、坏灭法、衰灭法、离贪法、灭法——比库们,这些称为缘生法。比库们,若圣弟子以正慧如实善见此缘起与此诸缘生法,他往前追溯过去:『我过去世曾存在吗?还是过去世我不曾存在?过去世我是什么?过去世我如何?过去世我从什么成为什么?』这绝无可能。或他往后追溯未来:『我未来世将存在吗?还是未来世我将不存在?未来世我将是什么?未来世我将如何?未来世我将从什么成为什么?』这绝无可能。或他对当下就内心有疑:『是我存在吗?还是我不存在?我是什么?我如何?此有情从哪里来?将往哪里去?』这绝无可能。为什么呢?比库们,因为圣弟子已如实以正慧善见此缘起与此诸缘生法。」
‘‘Katamañca, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ? Chayime, bhikkhave, viññāṇakāyā – cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, sotaviññāṇaṃ, ghānaviññāṇaṃ, jivhāviññāṇaṃ, kāyaviññāṇaṃ, manoviññāṇaṃ. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,具足十力且具足四无畏的如来,自称最胜位,在众会中作狮子吼,转梵轮:『此是色,此是色之集,此是色之灭;此是受,此是受之集,此是受之灭;此是想,此是想之集,此是想之灭;此是行,此是行之集,此是行之灭;此是识,此是识之集,此是识之灭。如此,此有故彼有,此生故彼生;此无故彼无,此灭故彼灭——即无明缘行,行缘识……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起。以无明的无余离贪灭而行灭……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以灭尽。』」
‘‘Katame ca, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā? Tayome, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā – kāyasaṅkhāro, vacīsaṅkhāro, cittasaṅkhāro. Ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,具足十力且具足四无畏的如来,自称最胜位,在众会中作狮子吼,转梵轮:『此是色……此是识,此是识之集,此是识之灭。如此,此有故彼有……无明缘行……乃至……如此苦蕴得以集起、灭尽。』」「比库们,法已为我善说,已开显、已显明、已阐明、已去除旧布。比库们,法已为我善说,已开显、已显明、已阐明、已去除旧布——足以让具信善男子发起精进而住:『愿只剩皮、筋、骨;愿身肉血干枯;凡以人之力、人之精进、人之奋发所能达者,尚未达时,精进不放缓。』比库们,懈怠者苦住,与诸恶不善法俱,失大义利。比库们,精进者乐住,远离诸恶不善法,成就大义利。比库们,非由下劣而证无上,乃由殊胜而证无上。比库们,此梵行是高立的。导师现前。因此,比库们,发起精进——为证未证者,为达未达者,为作证未作证者:『我等如此出家将不至虚妄,有结果,有福利。凡我等受用他所供养的衣、团食、坐卧具、病缘药资具者,我等的这些于他们将有大果、大胜利。』比库们,你们应当如此学。比库们,观察自义即足以不放逸之行而圆满;比库们,观察他义即足以不放逸之行而圆满;比库们,观察自他二义即足以不放逸之行而圆满。」
‘‘Katamā ca, bhikkhave, avijjā? Yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇaṃ. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, avijjā.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,我说诸漏的尽灭属于知者、见者,而非不知者、不见者。比库们,知什么、见什么而有诸漏的尽灭?『此是色,此是色之集,此是色之灭;此是受……此是想……此是行……此是识,此是识之集,此是识之灭』——知此、见此者,诸漏乃得尽灭。比库们,我说尽灭之智有所依,不是无所依。比库们,什么是尽灭之智的所依?『解脱』是答。比库们,我说解脱也有所依,不是无所依。什么是解脱的所依?『离贪』是答。比库们,我说离贪也有所依。什么是离贪的所依?『厌离』是答。比库们,我说厌离也有所依。什么是厌离的所依?『如实知见』是答。我说如实知见也有所依。什么是如实知见的所依?『定』是答。我说定也有所依。什么是定的所依?『乐』是答。我说乐也有所依。什么是乐的所依?『轻安』是答。我说轻安也有所依。什么是轻安的所依?『喜』是答。我说喜也有所依。什么是喜的所依?『悦』是答。我说悦也有所依。什么是悦的所依?『信』是答。我说信也有所依。什么是信的所依?『苦』是答。我说苦也有所依。什么是苦的所依?『生』是答。我说生也有所依。什么是生的所依?『有』是答。我说有也有所依。什么是有的所依?『取』是答。我说取也有所依。什么是取的所依?『爱』是答。我说爱也有所依……乃至……受、触、六处、名色、识、行。我说行也有所依。什么是行的所依?『无明』是答。如此,比库们,以无明为依有行,以行为依有识,以识为依有名色,以名色为依有六处,以六处为依有触,以触为依有受,以受为依有爱,以爱为依有取,以取为依有有,以有为依有生,以生为依有苦,以苦为依有信,以信为依有悦,以悦为依有喜,以喜为依有轻安,以轻安为依有乐,以乐为依有定,以定为依有如实知见,以如实知见为依有厌离,以厌离为依有离贪,以离贪为依有解脱,以解脱为依有尽灭之智。」
‘‘Iti kho, bhikkhave, avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
一时,住在王舍城竹林。那时,具寿沙利子在上午着下衣,取钵与衣,入王舍城托钵。那时,具寿沙利子想:「为王舍城托钵还太早。不如我去其他宗派的游方者的园子。」于是具寿沙利子走近其他宗派的游方者的园子;到达后,与那些游方者互相问候。互相问候、寒暄后,坐在一旁。那些游方者对坐在一旁的具寿沙利子如此说:「沙利子贤友,有些沙门婆罗门是业论者,他们主张苦是自作的。又有些沙门婆罗门是业论者,他们主张苦是他作的。又有些沙门婆罗门是业论者,他们主张苦是自作他作的。又有些沙门婆罗门是业论者,他们主张苦既非自作也非他作,是无因生的。沙利子贤友,沙门乔答摩在此对苦主张什么?说什么?我们如何回答时才是说沙门乔答摩所说,不以非事诽谤沙门乔答摩,而是法与随法地解释,不致受到同法者的合理责难?」「贤友们,世尊说『苦是缘生的』。缘什么?缘触。如此回答时,就是说世尊所说,不以非事诽谤世尊,而是法与随法地解释,不致受到同法者的合理责难。贤友们,那些主张苦是自作的沙门婆罗门,他们也是缘触;那些主张苦是他作的……自作他作的……非自作非他作无因生的——他们也是缘触。贤友们,那些主张苦是自作的沙门婆罗门,离触而能感受苦——无此可能;那些主张苦是他作的……自作他作的……非自作非他作无因生的,离触而能感受苦——无此可能。」具寿阿难在不远处听到具寿沙利子与其他宗派游方者如此交谈。然后具寿阿难在王舍城托钵回来、食后从托钵归来,去见世尊;去到后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的具寿阿难将具寿沙利子与其他宗派游方者的全部交谈告诉世尊。「善哉,善哉,阿难!如沙利子所正确回答者,即应如此回答。阿难,我说『苦是缘生的』。缘什么?缘触。如此回答时,就是说我所说,不以非事诽谤我,而是法与随法地解释,不致受到同法者的合理责难。阿难,那些主张苦是自作、他作、自作他作、无因生的沙门婆罗门,他们也是缘触……(如上详说)……无此可能。阿难,一时我住在王舍城竹林咖兰达园。那时我在上午着下衣,取钵与衣,入王舍城托钵。……(具寿沙利子的叙述同样适用于世尊)。」
3. Paṭipadāsuttaṃ3. 道经
§3
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘micchāpaṭipadañca vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi sammāpaṭipadañca. Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
在沙瓦提城。那时,具寿伍巴瓦纳去见世尊;去到后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的具寿伍巴瓦纳对世尊如此说:「尊者,这里有些沙门婆罗门主张苦是自作的;又有些沙门婆罗门主张苦是他作的;又有些主张苦是自作他作的;又有些主张苦既非自作也非他作,是无因生的。尊者,世尊在此如何说?如何主张?我们如何回答时才是说世尊所说,不以非事诽谤世尊,而是法与随法地解释,不致受到同法者的合理责难?」「伍巴瓦纳,我说『苦是缘生的』。缘什么?缘触。如此回答时,就是说我所说……不致受到同法者的合理责难。伍巴瓦纳,那些主张苦是自作的沙门婆罗门,他们也是缘触;那些主张苦是他作的、自作他作的、非自作非他作无因生的——他们也是缘触。伍巴瓦纳,那些主张苦是自作的沙门婆罗门,离触而能感受苦——无此可能;其他的同样——无此可能。」
‘‘Katamā ca, bhikkhave, micchāpaṭipadā? Avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, micchāpaṭipadā.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,无明缘行,行缘识……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起。比库们,什么是老死?凡是各种有情在各种有情类中的老、衰老……乃至……诸根成熟——这称为老。凡是各种有情的死亡、消逝、破坏、消失、命终、死、完成时限、诸蕴破坏、身体舍弃——这称为死。如此,此老与此死,比库们,这称为老死。以生之集而有老死之集;以生之灭而有老死之灭;此八支圣道即是导至老死灭之道——即正见、正思惟、正语、正业、正命、正精进、正念、正定。比库们,什么是生……有……取……爱……受……触……六处……名色……识……什么是诸行?比库们,有此三种行——身行、语行、心行。这些称为行。以无明之集而有行之集;以无明之灭而有行之灭;此八支圣道即是导至行灭之道——即正见……乃至……正定。比库们,若圣弟子如此了知缘,如此了知缘之集,如此了知缘之灭,如此了知导至缘灭之道——比库们,这就称为具见的圣弟子,具见解者,已达此正法者,见此正法者,具足有学智者,具足有学明者,达法流者,具圣抉择慧者,住立于不死之门者。」
‘‘Katamā ca, bhikkhave, sammāpaṭipadā? Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāpaṭipadā’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,这里比库了知老死、了知老死之集、了知老死之灭、了知导至老死灭之道。了知生……有……取……爱……受……触……六处……名色……识……了知诸行、了知诸行之集、了知诸行之灭、了知导至诸行灭之道。比库们,什么是老死?凡是各种有情在各种有情类中的老、衰老……乃至……诸根成熟——这称为老。凡是各种有情的死亡、消逝、破坏……身体舍弃——这称为死。如此,此老与此死,比库们,这称为老死。以生之集而有老死之集;以生之灭而有老死之灭;此八支圣道即是导至老死灭之道——即正见……正定。比库们,什么是生……乃至……什么是诸行?比库们,有此三种行——身行、语行、心行。这些称为行。以无明之集而有行之集;以无明之灭而有行之灭;此八支圣道即是导至行灭之道——即正见……正定。比库们,若比库如此了知老死,如此了知老死之集,如此了知老死之灭,如此了知导至老死灭之道;如此了知生……乃至……如此了知诸行、了知诸行之集、了知诸行之灭、了知导至诸行灭之道——比库们,这就称为具足有学智、具足有学明、达法流、具圣抉择慧、住立于不死之门的比库。」
4. Vipassīsuttaṃ4. 维巴西经
§4
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘vipassissa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato etadahosi – ‘kicchaṃ vatāyaṃ loko āpanno jāyati ca jīyati ca mīyati ca cavati ca upapajjati ca. Atha ca panimassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ nappajānāti jarāmaraṇassa. Kudāssu nāma imassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyissati jarāmaraṇassā’’’ti?
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,凡是任何沙门或婆罗门不了知老死、不了知老死之集、不了知老死之灭、不了知导至老死灭之道——必然地,他们将跨越老死而住,这绝无可能;不了知生……有……取……爱……受……触……六处……名色……识……不了知诸行、不了知诸行之集、不了知诸行之灭、不了知导至诸行灭之道——必然地,他们将跨越诸行而住,这绝无可能。比库们,凡是任何沙门或婆罗门了知老死、了知老死之集、了知老死之灭、了知导至老死灭之道——必然地,他们将跨越老死而住,这有可能;了知生……乃至……了知诸行、了知诸行之集、了知诸行之灭、了知导至诸行灭之道——必然地,他们将跨越诸行而住,这有可能。」
‘‘Atha kho bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti, kiṃpaccayā jarāmaraṇa’nti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘jātiyā kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’’nti.
一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城。在那里,世尊呼唤具寿沙利子:「沙利子,《彼岸道·阿基达所问》中说——『凡那些已思量法者、那些种种有学者在此,大师啊,请回答我问者:他们的行止如何?』沙利子,对此简略所说,应如何详细地见其义?」如此说时,具寿沙利子默然。第二次……第三次世尊如此问。第三次具寿沙利子也默然。「沙利子,你见『这是已生者』吗?」「尊者,『这是已生者』,他以正慧如实见。见『这是已生者』如实以正慧,他为了对已生者的厌离、离贪、灭而行道。『它以食为生』,他以正慧如实见。见『它以食为生』如实以正慧,他为了对食为生的厌离、离贪、灭而行道。『以那食的灭而有那已生者之灭』,他以正慧如实见。见此者,他为了灭法的厌离、离贪、灭而行道。尊者,如此是有学。尊者,如何是已思量法者?尊者,『这是已生者』,他以正慧如实见。见已,他以对已生者的厌离、离贪、灭,以不执取而解脱。『它以食为生』……以不执取而解脱。『以那食的灭而有那已生者之灭』……以不执取而解脱。尊者,如此是已思量法者。尊者,『凡那些已思量法者、那些种种有学者在此』——对此世尊的简略所说,我如此详细了知其义。」「善哉,善哉,沙利子!」(世尊就此重复沙利子的解释。)
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati jāti hoti, kiṃpaccayā jātī’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘bhave kho sati jāti hoti, bhavapaccayā jātī’’’ti.
在沙瓦提城。那时,名叫咖拉拉剎帝利的比库去见具寿沙利子;去到后,与具寿沙利子互相问候,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的咖拉拉剎帝利比库对具寿沙利子说:「沙利子贤友,比库摩利亚帕古那已舍戒还俗。」「那具寿在此法律中大概没有得到依止。」「那么具寿沙利子已得到依止?」「贤友,我对此没有疑惑。」「未来的呢,贤友?」「贤友,我对未来没有疑惑。」然后咖拉拉剎帝利比库从座起,去见世尊;去到后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的咖拉拉剎帝利比库对世尊说:「尊者,具寿沙利子已记说『生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此状态』。」于是世尊呼唤某位比库:「来,比库,你以我的话告诉沙利子:『沙利子贤友,大师唤你。』」「是的,尊者。」那位比库回答世尊后,去见具寿沙利子;去到后对具寿沙利子说:「大师唤你,沙利子贤友。」「是,贤友。」具寿沙利子回答那位比库后,去见世尊;去到后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。世尊对坐在一旁的具寿沙利子如此说:「沙利子,你是否已记说『生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此状态』?」「尊者,我并非用这些词句、这些音节来说的。」「沙利子,善男子无论以何方式记说智证,所记说的就是所记说的。」「尊者,我难道不是这样说的吗:『尊者,我并非用这些词句、这些音节来说的』?」「沙利子,若有人问你:『沙利子贤友,如何了知、如何看见时,你就记说智证:生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此状态?』沙利子,被如此问,你怎样回答?」「尊者,被如此问,我如此回答——『贤友,在那产生生的因灭尽时,『已灭尽』如此了知后,已了知后,我知道:『生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此状态。』』——尊者,被如此问,我如此回答。」「沙利子,但若他再问你:『那生是从何而来,以何为因,从何出生?』被如此问,你怎样回答?」「尊者,被如此问,我如此回答:『贤友,生以有为因、以有为集、从有出生。』——尊者,被如此问,我如此回答。」「沙利子,但若他再问:『那有是从何而来?』——『贤友,有以取为因、为集、从取出生。』『那取……?』——『以爱为因……』『那爱……?』——『以受为因……』」「沙利子,但若他再问:『沙利子贤友,如何了知、如何看见时,你不喜于诸受?』被如此问,你怎样回答?」「尊者,被如此问,我如此回答——『贤友,有此三受——乐受、苦受、不苦不乐受。贤友,此三受是无常的。凡无常者即苦。如此知时,我不喜于诸受。』——尊者,被如此问,我如此回答。」「善哉,善哉,沙利子!沙利子,这也是简略的说法——『凡所感受皆苦』。沙利子,但若他再问:『沙利子贤友,对何解脱时,你记说智证:生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此状态?』被如此问,你怎样回答?」「尊者,被如此问,我如此回答——『贤友,以内解脱,以一切取的尽灭,我正念而住——如此正念而住,诸漏不随流,我不随观自我。』——尊者,被如此问,我如此回答。」「善哉,善哉,沙利子!沙利子,这就是简略之义——凡是世尊所说的诸漏,我对它们无疑;它们已断尽——对此我无犹豫。」世尊如此说后,从座起入精舍。具寿沙利子在世尊离开后不久对比库们说:「贤友们,关于世尊的简略所问,我不曾预先准备,因此最初迟疑。然后,贤友们,我如此想:若世尊以种种语句、种种方法再问我此义,我也能以种种语句、种种方法回答此义。若世尊以种种语句、种种方法一整夜问我此义,我也能以种种语句、种种方法回答一整夜。若世尊以种种方法一整日……一夜一日……两夜两日……七夜七日问我此义,我也能以种种语句、种种方法回答七夜七日。」然后咖拉拉剎帝利比库从座起,去见世尊;去到后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的咖拉拉剎帝利比库对世尊说:「尊者,具寿沙利子发了如此的狮子吼:『贤友们,关于世尊的简略所问……若世尊以种种语句、种种方法一夜七日、一日七日问我此义,我也能以种种语句、种种方法回答七夜七日。』」「比库,是的,沙利子善通达法界,由于善通达此法界,若我以种种语句、种种方法一夜七日、一日七日问他此义,他也能以种种语句、种种方法回答七夜七日。」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati bhavo hoti, kiṃpaccayā bhavo’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘upādāne kho sati bhavo hoti, upādānapaccayā bhavo’’’ti.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,我将为你们开示四十四种智事。谛听!好好作意!我要说了。」那些比库回答:「是的,尊者。」世尊如此说:「比库们,什么是四十四种智事?对老死的智、对老死之集的智、对老死之灭的智、对导至老死灭之道的智。对生……对生之集……对生之灭……对导至生灭之道的智。对有……对取……对爱……对受……对触……对六处……对名色……对识……对行的智、对行之集的智、对行之灭的智、对导至行灭之道的智——比库们,这些称为四十四种智事。比库们,什么是老死?……乃至……这称为老死。以生之集而有老死之集;以生之灭而有老死之灭;此八支圣道即是导至老死灭之道。……(生、有、取、爱、受、触、六处、名色、识、行依次详说)……比库们,什么是诸行?比库们,有此三种行——身行、语行、心行——这些称为行。以无明之集而有行之集;以无明之灭而有行之灭;此八支圣道即是导至行灭之道——即正见……乃至……正定。比库们,若圣弟子如此了知老死,如此了知老死之集,如此了知老死之灭,如此了知导至老死灭之道——这是他的法智;他以此所见、所证、成就现下、深入的法,将其方法运用于过去与未来——『凡是过去任何沙门或婆罗门遍知老死、遍知老死之集、遍知老死之灭、遍知导至老死灭之道——他们全都是这样遍知,就如我今日一样;凡是未来任何沙门或婆罗门将遍知老死……——他们全都将这样遍知,就如我今日一样。』——这就是他的类比智。比库们,由于此圣弟子已净化、已遍净此二种智——即法智与类比智——比库们,这就称为具见的圣弟子,具见解者,已达此正法者,见此正法者,具足有学智者,具足有学明者,达法流者,具圣抉择慧者,住立于不死之门者。(其余支分同样详说。)」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati upādānaṃ hoti, kiṃpaccayā upādāna’nti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘taṇhāya kho sati upādānaṃ hoti, taṇhāpaccayā upādāna’’’nti.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,我将为你们开示七十七种智事。谛听!好好作意!我要说了。」「是的,尊者。」「比库们,什么是七十七种智事?『以生为缘有老死』的智;『生不存在时,老死不存在』的智;『过去也以生为缘有老死』的智;『过去生不存在时,老死不存在』的智;『未来也以生为缘有老死』的智;『未来生不存在时,老死不存在』的智;『即使是法住之智也是尽法、坏法、离贪法、灭法』的智。『以有为缘有生』……『以取为缘有有』……『以爱为缘有取』……『以受为缘有爱』……『以触为缘有受』……『以六处为缘有触』……『以名色为缘有六处』……『以识为缘有名色』……『以行为缘有识』……『以无明为缘有行』的智;『无明不存在时,行不存在』的智;『过去也以无明为缘有行』的智;『过去无明不存在时,行不存在』的智;『未来也以无明为缘有行』的智;『未来无明不存在时,行不存在』的智;『即使是法住之智也是尽法、坏法、离贪法、灭法』的智——比库们,这些就称为七十七种智事。」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati taṇhā hoti, kiṃpaccayā taṇhā’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘vedanāya kho sati taṇhā hoti, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā’’’ti.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,无明缘行,行缘识……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起。」如此说时,某位比库对世尊说:「尊者,什么是老死?又这老死是谁的呢?」「这问题不适当,」世尊说。「比库,若人说『什么是老死?又这老死是谁的?』,或者若人说『老死是另一回事,那老死是另一人的』,这两者意义相同,仅言辞不同。比库,若有『命即身体』之见者,无有梵行住;比库,若有『命是一回事、身体是另一回事』之见者,无有梵行住。比库,如来不趣近此二极端,以中道说法——『以生为缘有老死』。」「尊者,什么是生?又这生是谁的呢?」「这问题不适当……『以有为缘有生』。」「尊者,什么是有?又这有是谁的?」……(取、爱、受、触、六处、名色、识、行皆如此详说)……「然而,比库,以无明的无余离贪灭,凡是那些作为诡辩、动摇、扭曲的种种见解——『什么是老死?又这老死是谁的?』或『老死是一回事,那老死是另一人的』,或『命即身体』,或『命是一回事,身体是另一回事』——这一切都被断除、被根除、如截断的多罗树树顶,被消灭,于未来不再生起。以无明的无余离贪灭,凡是那些诡辩、动摇……关于生、有、取、爱、受、触、六处、名色、识、行的见解——这一切都被断除……于未来不再生起。」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati vedanā hoti, kiṃpaccayā vedanā’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘phasse kho sati vedanā hoti, phassapaccayā vedanā’’’ti.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,无明缘行,行缘识……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起。」「比库们,凡说『老死是谁的?』或『老死是一回事,那老死是另一人的』——这两者意义相同,仅言辞不同。比库们,若有『命即身体』之见者,无有梵行住;若有『命是一回事、身体是另一回事』之见者,无有梵行住。比库们,如来不趣近此二极端,以中道说法——『以生为缘有老死』。」(生、有、取、爱、受、触、六处、名色、识、行如前详说。)「然而,比库们,以无明的无余离贪灭,凡是那些作为诡辩、动摇、扭曲的种种见解——『老死是谁的?』或『老死是一回事……命即身体……命是一回事、身体是另一回事』——这一切都被断除、被根除、如截断的多罗树树顶,被消灭,于未来不再生起。」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati phasso hoti, kiṃpaccayā phasso’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘saḷāyatane kho sati phasso hoti, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso’’’ti.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,此身不是你们的,也不是他人的。比库们,此身应被视为:是过去的业,被诸行所生,被思所生,感受性的。比库们,在此,多闻的圣弟子如理善作意缘起:『此有故彼有,此生故彼生;此无故彼无,此灭故彼灭——即无明缘行,行缘识……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起、灭尽。』」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati saḷāyatanaṃ hoti, kiṃpaccayā saḷāyatana’nti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘nāmarūpe kho sati saḷāyatanaṃ hoti, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatana’’’nti.
在沙瓦提城因缘。「比库们,凡思所思、筹谋所筹、潜伏所潜伏者——这就是识住立的所缘;有所缘时,识有住处。那识住立、增长时,有未来再有的再生起;有未来再有的再生起时,有未来的生、老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起。如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起。比库们,若不思、不筹谋,但有所潜伏者——这就是识住立的所缘;有所缘时,识有住处。那识住立、增长时,有未来再有的再生起;有未来再有的再生起时,有未来的生、老死……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起。然而,比库们,若不思、不筹谋、不潜伏,就没有识住立的所缘;没有所缘时,识没有住处。那识不住立、不增长时,没有未来再有的再生起;没有未来再有的再生起时,没有未来的生、老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼灭。如此,这整个苦蕴得以灭尽。」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati nāmarūpaṃ hoti, kiṃpaccayā nāmarūpa’nti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘viññāṇe kho sati nāmarūpaṃ hoti , viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa’’’nti.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,凡思所思、筹谋所筹、潜伏所潜伏者——这就是识住立的所缘;有所缘时,识有住处。那识住立、增长时,有名色的入胎;以名色为缘有六处……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起。……然而,比库们,若不思、不筹谋、不潜伏,就没有识住立的所缘;没有所缘时,识没有住处。那识不住立、不增长时,没有名色的入胎;名色灭而六处灭……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以灭尽。」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati viññāṇaṃ hoti, kiṃpaccayā viññāṇa’nti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘saṅkhāresu kho sati viññāṇaṃ hoti, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa’’’nti.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,凡思所思、筹谋所筹、潜伏所潜伏者——这就是识住立的所缘;有所缘时,识有住处。那识住立、增长时,有取向——有取向时,有往来;有往来时,有生死;有生死时,有未来的生、老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起。如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起。然而,比库们,若不思、不筹谋、不潜伏,就没有识住立的所缘;没有所缘时,识没有住处。那识不住立、不增长时,没有取向;没有取向时,没有往来;没有往来时,没有生死;没有生死时,没有未来的生、老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼。如此,这整个苦蕴得以灭尽。」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati saṅkhārā honti, kiṃpaccayā saṅkhārā’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘avijjāya kho sati saṅkhārā honti, avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’’ti.
在沙瓦提城。那时,给孤独居士去见世尊;去到后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。世尊对坐在一旁的给孤独居士如此说:「居士,圣弟子五种怨敌怖畏止息时,又具足四预流支,又以圣理已以慧善见、善通达时,若他愿意,他自己便能对自己宣说:『我是地狱尽者、畜生尽者、饿鬼界尽者、苦界、恶趣、堕处尽者,我是预流者,不堕恶趣法,必定趣向正觉。』什么是五种怨敌怖畏止息?居士,凡杀生者,以杀生为缘而在当下生起怨敌怖畏;在未来世也生起怨敌怖畏,还体验心中的苦、忧。舍离杀生者,如此怨敌怖畏止息。凡不与取者……邪淫者……妄语者……耽于放逸之因的诸酒类者,以此为缘而在当下生起怨敌怖畏,在未来世也生起怨敌怖畏,还体验心中的苦、忧。舍离耽于放逸之因的诸酒类者,如此怨敌怖畏止息——这五种怨敌怖畏止息。又具足哪四预流支?居士,在此,圣弟子对佛具足不坏净:『彼世尊亦即是阿拉汉、正等正觉者、明行具足、善至、世间解、无上调御丈夫、天人导师、佛、世尊。』对法具足不坏净:『法是世尊所善说的、自见的、无时的、请来见的、引导的、智者各自证知的。』对僧具足不坏净:『世尊的弟子僧团是善行者,世尊的弟子僧团是正直行者,世尊的弟子僧团是如理行者,世尊的弟子僧团是正当行者——即四双八辈——此即世尊的弟子僧团,应被供养、应被款待、应被奉施、应受合掌致敬,是世间的无上福田。』具足为圣者所爱的戒——不坏、不裂、无斑点、无杂染、自在、智者所赞、无执取、转起于定。又他如何以慧善见、善通达圣理?居士,在此,圣弟子如理作意缘起——『此有故彼有,此生故彼生;此无故彼无,此灭故彼灭——即无明缘行,行缘识……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起、灭尽。』居士,圣弟子五种怨敌怖畏止息时,又具足此四预流支,又以此圣理以慧善见、善通达时,若他愿意,他自己便能对自己宣说:『我是地狱尽者……必定趣向正觉。』」
‘‘Iti hidaṃ avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. ‘Samudayo, samudayo’ti kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,圣弟子五种怨敌怖畏止息时,又具足四预流支,又以圣理已以慧善见、善通达时,若他愿意,他自己便能对自己宣说:『我是地狱尽者、畜生尽者、饿鬼界尽者、苦界、恶趣、堕处尽者,我是预流者,不堕恶趣法,必定趣向正觉。』五种怨敌怖畏止息:舍离杀生、不与取、邪淫、妄语、耽于放逸之因的诸酒类。具足四预流支:对佛、法、僧的不坏净和圣者所爱的戒。以圣理以慧善见、善通达:如理作意缘起——『此有故彼有……无明缘行……乃至……如此苦蕴集起、灭尽。』」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘jātiyā kho asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’’’ti.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,我将为你们开示苦的集起与消亡。谛听,好好作意,我要说了。」「是的,尊者。」世尊如此说——「比库们,什么是苦的集起?以眼与诸色为缘,生起眼识——三者的和合是触——以触为缘有受;以受为缘有爱——比库们,这就是苦的集起。以耳与诸声为缘……以鼻与诸香为缘……以舌与诸味为缘……以身与诸触为缘……以意与诸法为缘,生起意识——三者的和合是触——以触为缘有受;以受为缘有爱——比库们,这就是苦的集起。比库们,什么是苦的消亡?以眼与诸色为缘,生起眼识——三者的和合是触——以触为缘有受;以受为缘有爱。以那爱的无余离贪灭而有取灭;以取灭而有有灭;以有灭而有生灭;以生灭而有老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼灭。如此,这整个苦蕴得以灭尽。比库们,这就是苦的消亡。以耳与诸声为缘……乃至……以意与诸法为缘——比库们,这就是苦的消亡。」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati jāti na hoti , kissa nirodhā jātinirodho’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘bhave kho asati jāti na hoti, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho’’’ti.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,我将为你们开示世间的集起与消亡。谛听……」「是的,尊者。」世尊如此说——「比库们,什么是世间的集起?以眼与诸色为缘,生起眼识——三者的和合是触——以触为缘有受;以受为缘有爱;以爱为缘有取;以取为缘有有;以有为缘有生;以生为缘有老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起——比库们,这就是世间的集起。以耳与诸声……以鼻与诸香……以舌与诸味……以身与诸触……以意与诸法为缘,生起意识——三者的和合是触——以触为缘有受……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起——比库们,这就是世间的集起。比库们,什么是世间的消亡?以眼与诸色为缘,生起眼识——三者的和合是触——以触为缘有受;以受为缘有爱。以那爱的无余离贪灭而有取灭;以取灭而有有灭……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以灭尽——比库们,这就是世间的消亡。以耳……乃至……以意为缘……——比库们,这就是世间的消亡。」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati bhavo na hoti, kissa nirodhā bhavanirodho’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘upādāne kho asati bhavo na hoti, upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho’’’ti.
如是我闻。一时,世尊住在娜帝咖的砖屋。那时,世尊独自静默中宣说了此法门——「以眼与诸色为缘,生起眼识——三者的和合是触——以触为缘有受;以受为缘有爱;以爱为缘有取……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起。以耳与诸声为缘……以意与诸法为缘,生起意识——三者的和合是触——以触为缘有受……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起。以眼与诸色为缘,生起眼识——三者的和合是触——以触为缘有受;以受为缘有爱。以那爱的无余离贪灭而有取灭……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以灭尽。以耳……乃至……以意为缘……——如此,这整个苦蕴得以灭尽。」那时,某位比库在世尊不远处偷听。世尊看见那位比库站着偷听;看到后,世尊对那位比库如此说:「比库,你听到这法门吗?」「是的,尊者。」「比库,你去学习此法门,比库,你去掌握此法门,比库,你去忆持此法门。比库,此法门有义利,是梵行的初步。」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati upādānaṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā upādānanirodho’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘taṇhāya kho asati upādānaṃ na hoti, taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho’’’ti.
在沙瓦提城。那时,某位婆罗门去见世尊;去到后,与世尊互相问候,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的那位婆罗门对世尊如此说:「那作者即那受者吗,乔答摩尊者?」「『那作者即那受者』——婆罗门,这是一极端。」「那么乔答摩尊者,那作者是一人,那受者是另一人吗?」「『那作者是一人,那受者是另一人』——婆罗门,这是第二极端。婆罗门,如来不趣近此二极端,以中道说法——『无明缘行,行缘识……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起、灭尽。』」如此说时,那位婆罗门对世尊说:「奇哉,乔答摩尊者!……从今日起记我为近事男,终生归依。」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati taṇhā na hoti, kissa nirodhā taṇhānirodho’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘vedanāya kho asati taṇhā na hoti, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho’’’ti.
在沙瓦提城。那时,加奴索尼婆罗门去见世尊;去到后,与世尊……乃至……坐在一旁的加奴索尼婆罗门对世尊如此说:「怎么样?乔答摩尊者,一切皆有吗?」「『一切皆有』——婆罗门,这是一极端。」「那么乔答摩尊者,一切皆无吗?」「『一切皆无』——婆罗门,这是第二极端。婆罗门,如来不趣近此二极端,以中道说法——『无明缘行,行缘识……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起、灭尽。』」如此说时,加奴索尼婆罗门对世尊说:「奇哉,乔答摩尊者!……终生归依。」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati vedanā na hoti, kissa nirodhā vedanānirodho’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘phasse kho asati vedanā na hoti, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho’’’ti.
在沙瓦提城。那时,罗迦亚帝咖婆罗门去见世尊……乃至……坐在一旁的罗迦亚帝咖婆罗门对世尊如此说:「怎么样?乔答摩尊者,一切皆有吗?」「『一切皆有』——婆罗门,这是最古的顺世论。」「那么乔答摩尊者,一切皆无吗?」「『一切皆无』——婆罗门,这是第二顺世论。」「怎么样?乔答摩尊者,一切皆一吗?」「『一切皆一』——婆罗门,这是第三顺世论。」「那么乔答摩尊者,一切皆多吗?」「『一切皆多』——婆罗门,这是第四顺世论。婆罗门,如来不趣近此二极端,以中道说法——『无明缘行,行缘识……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起、灭尽。』」如此说时,罗迦亚帝咖婆罗门对世尊说:「奇哉,乔答摩尊者!……终生归依。」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati phasso na hoti, kissa nirodhā phassanirodho’ti? Atha kho bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘saḷāyatane kho asati phasso na hoti, saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho’’’ti.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,多闻的圣弟子不会这样想:『什么存在时什么有?什么的生起时什么生起?什么存在时有行?什么存在时有识?什么存在时有名色?什么存在时有六处?……乃至……什么存在时有老死?』相反,比库们,多闻的圣弟子对此已得到独立不依他的智——『此存在时彼有;此生起时彼生起。无明存在时有行;行存在时有识;识存在时有名色;名色存在时有六处;六处存在时有触;触存在时有受;受存在时有爱;爱存在时有取;取存在时有有;有存在时有生;生存在时有老死。』他如此了知:『如此是世间的集起。』比库们,多闻的圣弟子也不会这样想:『什么不存在时什么不有?什么的灭时什么灭?』相反,多闻的圣弟子对此已得到独立不依他的智——『此不存在时彼不有;此灭时彼灭。无明不存在时无行;行不存在时无识……乃至……生不存在时无老死。』他如此了知:『如此是世间的消亡。』比库们,若圣弟子如此如实了知世间的集起与消亡,比库们,这就称为具见的圣弟子……乃至……住立于不死之门。」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati saḷāyatanaṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā saḷāyatananirodho’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘nāmarūpe kho asati saḷāyatanaṃ na hoti, nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho’’’ti.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,多闻的圣弟子不会这样想:『什么存在时什么有?……乃至……』相反,比库们,多闻的圣弟子对此已得到独立不依他的智——『此存在时彼有;此生起时彼生起——即无明缘行,行缘识……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起。无明灭时……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以灭尽。』比库们,若圣弟子如此如实了知世间的集起与消亡,比库们,这就称为具见的圣弟子,具见解者……乃至……住立于不死之门。」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati nāmarūpaṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā nāmarūpanirodho’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘viññāṇe kho asati nāmarūpaṃ na hoti, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho’’’ti.
如是我闻。一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭达林给孤独园。那时,世尊呼唤比库们:「比库们!」「尊者!」比库们回答世尊。世尊如此说——「比库们,经遍察的比库,在遍察时应如何遍察,为了苦的究竟尽灭而遍察?」「尊者,我们的法以世尊为根本……」「那么比库们请听,我要说了。」「是的,尊者。」「比库们,此在这里的比库在遍察时遍察:『世间有种种的老、死、苦生起;这苦以什么为因?以什么为集?从什么而生?从什么而起?什么存在时有老死?什么不存在时无老死?』他如此遍察时如此了知:『世间有种种的老、死、苦生起;这苦以生为因、以生为集、从生而生、从生而起。生存在时有老死;生不存在时无老死。』他了知老死,了知老死的集起,了知老死的消亡,了知适合导至老死消亡之道。他依道而行,随法而行——比库们,这就称为为了苦的究竟尽灭、为了老死灭而行道的比库。接着他进一步遍察,如此遍察:『那生以什么为因?……那有以什么为因?……那取以什么为因?……那爱以什么为因?……那受以什么为因?……那触以什么为因?……那六处以什么为因?……那名色以什么为因?……那识以什么为因?……那诸行以什么为因?以什么为集?从什么而生?从什么而起?什么存在时有诸行?什么不存在时无诸行?』他如此遍察时如此了知:『诸行以无明为因、以无明为集、从无明而生、从无明而起。无明存在时有诸行;无明不存在时无诸行。』他了知诸行,了知诸行的集起,了知诸行的消亡,了知适合导至诸行消亡之道。他依道而行,随法而行——比库们,这就称为为了苦的究竟尽灭、为了诸行灭而行道的比库。比库们,由无明所盖的这个人造作了福行;他的识就流向福;造作非福行;识就流向非福;造作不动行;识就流向不动。比库们,当比库已舍无明,明已生起时,他以无明的离贪、明的生起,既不造作福行,也不造作非福行,也不造作不动行。不造作、不思量时,他对世间任何都不执取;不执取时无怖畏;无怖畏时自己般涅槃——他了知:『生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此状态。』若他感受乐受,他了知『它无常』,了知『不被执着』,了知『不被欢喜』。若他感受苦受,他了知『它无常』,了知『不被执着』,了知『不被欢喜』。若他感受不苦不乐受,他了知『它无常』,了知『不被执着』,了知『不被欢喜』。若他感受乐受,他不执着地感受它;若他感受苦受,他不执着地感受它;若他感受不苦不乐受,他不执着地感受它。他感受身体的最后一受,他了知『我感受身体的最后一受』;他感受生命的最后一受,他了知『我感受生命的最后一受』;他了知『身坏命终之后,此处一切所感受的未被欢喜者将冷却;只剩舍利』。比库们,犹如某人从陶工的窑中取出一个烧好的热陶罐,放在平地上——那里的余热就会消散,只剩陶片。同样,比库们,比库感受身体的最后一受……感受生命的最后一受……『身坏命终之后,此处一切所感受的未被欢喜者将冷却;只剩舍利』。比库们,你们认为如何?漏尽的比库会造作福行、非福行或不动行吗?」「尊者,不会。」「或当诸行全无时,由诸行灭而有识可施设吗?」「尊者,不会。」「或当识全无时,由识灭而有名色可施设吗?」「尊者,不会。」「……乃至……或当老死全无时,由老死灭而有生可施设吗?」「尊者,不会。」「善哉,善哉,比库们!就是如此,比库们,就应如此——不应有他想。相信我吧,比库们,对此要决定、无疑、无惑——此即苦的尽头。」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā viññāṇanirodho’ti? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘saṅkhāresu kho asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho’’’ti.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,于可执取之法住于随观乐味者,爱增长。以爱为缘有取;以取为缘有有;以有为缘有生;以生为缘有老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起——如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起。比库们,犹如十车木柴、二十车木柴、三十车木柴、四十车木柴的大火堆正在燃烧,有人不时往里面加干草、加干牛粪、加干木柴——如此那大火堆以此为食、为燃料,会燃烧得长久。同样,比库们,于可执取之法住于随观乐味者,爱增长……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起。比库们,于可执取之法住于随观过患者,爱灭尽。以爱灭而取灭;以取灭而有灭……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以灭尽。比库们,犹如十车木柴的大火堆……正在燃烧,有人不往里面加干草、干牛粪、干木柴。如此那大火堆以先前的燃料耗尽,不再添补其他,因无食,便会熄灭。同样,比库们,于可执取之法住于随观过患者,爱灭尽……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以灭尽。」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati saṅkhārā na honti, kissa nirodhā saṅkhāranirodho’ti ? Atha kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘avijjāya kho asati saṅkhārā na honti, avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho’’’ti.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,于可系缚之法住于随观乐味者,爱增长。以爱为缘有取……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起。比库们,犹如依止油与灯芯而燃烧的油灯,若有人不时加入油、调整灯芯——如此那油灯以此为食、为燃料,会燃烧得长久。同样,比库们,于可系缚之法住于随观乐味者……乃至……如此苦蕴集起。比库们,于可系缚之法住于随观过患者,爱灭尽。以爱灭而取灭……乃至……如此苦蕴灭尽。比库们,犹如依止油与灯芯而燃烧的油灯,若有人不加油、不调整灯芯。如此以先前燃料耗尽,不再添补,因无食而熄灭。同样,比库们,于可系缚之法住于随观过患者,爱灭尽……乃至……如此苦蕴灭尽。」
‘‘Iti hidaṃ avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotīti. ‘Nirodho, nirodho’ti kho, bhikkhave, vipassissa bodhisattassa pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi’’. Catutthaṃ.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,犹如依止油与灯芯而燃烧的油灯,若有人不时加入油、调整灯芯——如此那油灯以此为食、为燃料,会燃烧得长久。同样,比库们,于可系缚之法住于随观乐味者,爱增长……乃至……如此苦蕴集起。比库们,于可系缚之法住于随观过患者,爱灭尽……乃至……如此苦蕴灭尽。」
(Sattannampi buddhānaṃ evaṃ vitthāretabbo).
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,于可执取之法住于随观乐味者,爱增长。以爱为缘有取……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起。比库们,犹如大树,它那些向下的与向侧伸展的根——它们都向上引出精华。比库们,如此那大树以此为食、为燃料,会屹立长久。同样,比库们,于可执取之法住于随观乐味者,爱增长……乃至……如此苦蕴集起。比库们,于可执取之法住于随观过患者,爱灭尽……乃至……如此苦蕴灭尽。比库们,犹如大树,有人带着锄头与筐来;他从根部砍伐那树,砍后挖掘,挖掘后掘出诸根——乃至细如芦苇的也如此。他把它切成段,切段后劈开,劈开后做成碎片,做成碎片后在风与日下晒干,风与日下晒干后以火烧,火烧后做成灰,做成灰后在大风中扬簸或投入河流中——比库们,如此那大树被断根,如截断的多罗树树顶,被消灭,于未来不再生起。同样,比库们,于可执取之法住于随观过患者……乃至……如此苦蕴灭尽。」
5. Sikhīsuttaṃ5. 西奇经
§5
Sikhissa , bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa…pe….
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,于可系缚之法住于随观乐味者,爱增长。以爱为缘有取……乃至……如此苦蕴集起。比库们,犹如幼嫩的树苗,若有人不时松土、不时浇水,比库们,如此那幼嫩树苗以此为食、为燃料,会生长、增大、充满。同样,比库们,于可系缚之法住于随观乐味者……乃至……如此苦蕴集起。比库们,于可系缚之法住于随观过患者,爱灭尽……乃至……如此苦蕴灭尽。比库们,犹如幼嫩树苗,有人带着锄头与筐来;他从根部砍伐那苗,砍后挖掘……乃至……于未来不再生起。同样,比库们,于可系缚之法住于随观过患者,爱灭尽……乃至……如此苦蕴灭尽。」
6. Vessabhūsuttaṃ6. 韦萨菩经
§6
Vessabhussa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa…pe….
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,于可系缚之法住于随观乐味者,有识的入胎。以识为缘有名色……乃至……如此苦蕴集起。比库们,于可系缚之法住于随观过患者,没有识的入胎。以识灭而名色灭……乃至……如此苦蕴灭尽。」
7. Kakusandhasuttaṃ7. 咖古桑德经
§7
Kakusandhassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa…pe….
如是我闻。一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭达林给孤独园……乃至……「比库们,未受教导的凡夫对此四大种所成之身能厌离、能离贪、能解脱。为什么呢?比库们,对此四大种所成之身可见增长、减衰、取、舍——因此未受教导的凡夫能厌离、能离贪、能解脱。但是,比库们,这所谓『心、意、识』的,于此未受教导的凡夫无法厌离、无法离贪、无法解脱。为什么呢?因为它长久以来被执着、被爱着、被误认——『这是我的、这是我、这是我的自我』——因此未受教导的凡夫无法厌离、无法离贪、无法解脱。比库们,未受教导的凡夫不如执取此四大种所成之身为自我,因为对四大种所成之身可见其维持一年、两年、三年、四年、五年、十年、二十年、三十年、四十年、五十年,可见其维持一百年乃至更久。然而,比库们,这所谓『心、意、识』的,白天、夜间,生起时是一个、灭去时是另一个。比库们,犹如森林中、林野中的猴子,攀一树枝,放开此枝抓彼枝,放开彼枝抓另一枝——同样,比库们,这所谓『心、意、识』的,白天、夜间,生起时是一个、灭去时是另一个。比库们,对此多闻的圣弟子如理作意缘起——『此有故彼有,此生故彼生;此无故彼无,此灭故彼灭——即无明缘行……乃至……如此苦蕴集起、灭尽。』比库们,如此观察的多闻圣弟子对色厌离、对受厌离、对想厌离、对诸行厌离、对识厌离;厌离者离贪;离贪者解脱;解脱时有『已解脱』的智;他了知:『生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此状态。』」
8. Koṇāgamanasuttaṃ8. 果那嘎马那经
§8
Koṇāgamanassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa…pe….
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,有此四种食,资养已生起的有情或摄益求出生者。哪四种?粗或细的抟食为第一,触为第二,意思为第三,识为第四——比库们,这四种食资养已生起的有情或摄益求出生者。比库们,如何应观察抟食呢?比库们,犹如夫妇二人带着少量干粮步入荒野。他们有一个可爱、心爱的独子。比库们,那时夫妇二人的干粮在荒野中耗尽,剩下荒野待穿越。比库们,那时夫妇二人这样想:『我们的少量干粮已耗尽,剩下荒野待穿越。我们何不杀了这个可爱、心爱的独子,做成肉干与肉脯,食子之肉穿越其余的荒野?以免我们三人皆死。』比库们,于是那对夫妇就杀了可爱、心爱的独子,做成肉干与肉脯,食子之肉穿越其余的荒野。他们吃着孩子的肉时捶胸哀号:『独子啊!独子啊,你在哪里?』比库们,你们认为如何?他们是为了娱乐而食,还是为了陶醉、装饰、庄严而食?」「尊者,不是。」「比库们,那么他们是仅仅为了穿越荒野而食吗?」「是的,尊者。」「同样,比库们,我说应如此观察抟食。比库们,抟食被遍知时,对五欲之贪被遍知。当对五欲之贪被遍知时,就没有那结——为它所系缚使多闻的圣弟子再回到此世间。比库们,如何应观察触食呢?比库们,犹如一头无皮之牛,若她站在墙边,依墙的诸生物会啃咬她;若她站在树下,依树的诸生物会啃咬她;若她站在水中,依水的诸生物会啃咬她;若她站在空地,依空的诸生物会啃咬她——比库们,无论那无皮之牛站在何处,依彼处的诸生物都会啃咬她。同样,比库们,我说应如此观察触食。比库们,触食被遍知时,三受被遍知。当三受被遍知时,我说多闻的圣弟子无更多应作。比库们,如何应观察意思食呢?比库们,犹如有一火坑深过人身,充满无烟、无焰的炭火。有某人来求生、怕死、爱乐、畏苦。于是两个强壮男子抓住他的双臂往火坑拖。比库们,那人向远方扭转意;他以远方的思而愿。为什么呢?比库们,那人这样想:『我若落入此火坑,将因此而死亡或达死的苦。』同样,比库们,我说应如此观察意思食。比库们,意思食被遍知时,三爱被遍知。当三爱被遍知时,我说多闻的圣弟子无更多应作。比库们,如何应观察识食呢?比库们,犹如罪犯盗贼被捕,被送到国王面前:『陛下,这是罪犯盗贼;请对他施以陛下所愿的刑罚。』国王就这样对他说:『去,诸位先生,你们在上午用百矛击打此人。』他们便在上午用百矛击打他。然后国王在中午说:『喂,那人怎样?』『陛下,还活着。』『去,诸位先生,你们在中午也用百矛击打他。』他们便在中午也用百矛击打他。然后国王在傍晚说:『喂,那人怎样?』『陛下,还活着。』『去,诸位先生,你们在傍晚也用百矛击打他。』他们便在傍晚也用百矛击打他。比库们,你们认为如何?那人被三百矛击打时,会因此感受苦、忧吗?」「尊者,即使被一矛击打也会感受苦、忧,何况被三百矛?」「同样,比库们,我说应如此观察识食。比库们,识食被遍知时,名色被遍知。当名色被遍知时,我说多闻的圣弟子无更多应作。」
9. Kassapasuttaṃ9. 咖萨巴经
§9
Kassapassa, bhikkhave, bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa…pe….
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,我在正觉之前,未现正觉时,还是菩萨时如此想:『此世间实在陷入困境,生、衰、死、消逝、再生。然而对此苦、老死不了知出离。何时才会了知对此苦、老死的出离呢?』比库们,我如此想:『有什么存在时,老死才有?以什么为缘有老死?』比库们,由如理作意,以慧现观——『生存在时,老死才有;以生为缘有老死。』比库们,我如此想:『有什么存在时,生才有?……有、取、爱、受、触、六处、名色才有?以什么为缘有名色?』比库们,由如理作意,以慧现观——『识存在时,名色才有;以识为缘有名色。』比库们,我如此想:『有什么存在时,识才有?以什么为缘有识?』比库们,由如理作意,以慧现观——『名色存在时,识才有;以名色为缘有识。』比库们,我如此想:『此识将由此转回,不逾越名色。如此而生、老、死、消逝、再生——即以名色为缘有识,以识为缘有名色,以名色为缘有六处,以六处为缘有触……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起。』『集起,集起』——比库们,对我前所未闻之法生起眼、生起智、生起慧、生起明、生起光。比库们,我如此想:『什么不存在时,老死才不存在?以什么灭而老死灭?』由如理作意,以慧现观——『生不存在时,老死才不存在;以生灭而老死灭。』……乃至……『什么不存在时,名色才不存在?』——『识不存在时,名色才不存在;以识灭而名色灭。』……『什么不存在时,识才不存在?』——『名色不存在时,识才不存在;以名色灭而识灭。』比库们,我如此想:『此道我已获得——即由名色灭而识灭;由识灭而名色灭;由名色灭而六处灭……乃至……如此苦蕴灭尽。』『灭,灭』——比库们,对我前所未闻之法生起眼、生起智、生起慧、生起明、生起光。比库们,犹如人在森林、林野中行走,看见古人所走的古道古路,便跟随它走。跟随它走时,看见古人所住的古城古都,具足园林、树林、莲池、城墙、可爱之地。比库们,那人便告诉国王或大臣:『陛下,请知:我在森林、林野中行走时,看见古人所走的古道古路……可爱之地。陛下,请重建那城。』国王或大臣就重建了那城,那城后来成为繁荣、富足、人口众多、增广发展。同样,比库们,我也见到古人、等正觉者们所走的古道古路。比库们,什么是古人、等正觉者们所走的古道古路?就是此八支圣道——即正见、正思惟、正语、正业、正命、正精进、正念、正定。比库们,这就是古人、等正觉者们所走的古道古路。我跟随它走。跟随它走时,我证知老死;证知老死的集起、证知老死的消亡、证知导至老死消亡之道;我证知生……有……取……爱……受……触……六处……名色……识……诸行、证知诸行的集起、证知诸行的消亡、证知导至诸行消亡之道。证知后,我告诉比库们、比库尼们、近事男们、近事女们。比库们,此梵行得以繁荣、富足、增广、普及、为众人所知,被天、人们善加宣示。」
10. Gotamasuttaṃ10. 果德玛经
§10
‘‘Pubbeva me, bhikkhave, sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato etadahosi – ‘kicchaṃ vatāyaṃ loko āpanno jāyati ca jīyati ca mīyati ca cavati ca upapajjati ca. Atha ca panimassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ nappajānāti jarāmaraṇassa. Kudāssu nāma imassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyissati jarāmaraṇassā’’’ti?
一时,具寿沙利子与具寿马哈果提咖住在巴拉那西的仙人堕处鹿野苑。那时,具寿马哈果提咖在傍晚从独坐中起来,去见具寿沙利子;去到后,与具寿沙利子互相问候,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的具寿马哈果提咖对具寿沙利子如此说:「怎么样?沙利子贤友,老死是自作的吗?还是老死是他作的?还是老死是自作他作的?还是老死既非自作非他作,是无因生的?」「贤友果提咖,老死不是自作的、不是他作的、不是自作他作的、也不是既非自作非他作无因生的。然而以生为缘有老死。」「怎么样?沙利子贤友,生……有……取……爱……受……触……六处……名色是自作的吗?……乃至……」「贤友果提咖,名色不是自作的、不是他作的、不是自作他作的、也不是既非自作非他作无因生的。然而以识为缘有名色。」「怎么样?沙利子贤友,识是自作的吗?……」「贤友果提咖,识不是自作的……也不是无因生的。然而以名色为缘有识。」「我们刚才这样理解具寿沙利子所说:『贤友果提咖,名色不是自作的……无因生的。然而以识为缘有名色。』现在我们又这样理解具寿沙利子所说:『贤友果提咖,识不是自作的……无因生的。然而以名色为缘有识。』沙利子贤友,此言的含义应如何见?」「贤友,那么我给你一个譬喻。通过譬喻,有些智者得以理解所说之义。贤友,犹如两束芦苇互相倚靠而立。同样,贤友,以名色为缘有识;以识为缘有名色;以名色为缘有六处;以六处为缘有触……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以集起。贤友,若我抽掉那两束芦苇中的一束,另一束便会倒下;若我抽掉另一束,前者便会倒下。同样,贤友,以名色灭而识灭;以识灭而名色灭;以名色灭而六处灭;以六处灭而触灭……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴得以灭尽。」「奇哉,沙利子贤友!未曾有,沙利子贤友!具寿沙利子善说。我们对具寿沙利子此善说随喜,依此三十六事。贤友,若比库为老死的厌离、离贪、灭而说法,『说法的比库』就足以这样称呼。若比库为老死的厌离、离贪、灭而行道,『依法行道的比库』就足以这样称呼。若比库由对老死的厌离、离贪、灭,以不执取而解脱,『已达现法涅槃的比库』就足以这样称呼。贤友,若比库为生的……有的……取的……爱的……受的……触的……六处的……名色的……识的……诸行的……无明的厌离、离贪、灭而说法……乃至……已达现法涅槃的比库』就足以这样称呼。」
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti, kiṃpaccayā jarāmaraṇa’nti ? Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘jātiyā kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’’nti.
一时,具寿姆西拉、具寿巴维塔、具寿那拉达、具寿阿难住在高赏比的果西达园。那时,具寿巴维塔对具寿姆西拉如此说:「姆西拉贤友,除了信、除了喜好、除了传承、除了思惟考察、除了见的忍可之外,具寿姆西拉有自证之智:『以生为缘有老死』吗?」「贤友巴维塔,除了信、除了喜好、除了传承、除了思惟考察、除了见的忍可之外,我如此了知、如此看见——『以生为缘有老死』。」「姆西拉贤友,除了信……之外,具寿姆西拉有自证之智:『以有为缘有生……以取为缘有有……以爱为缘有取……以受为缘有爱……以触为缘有受……以六处为缘有触……以名色为缘有六处……以识为缘有名色……以行为缘有识……以无明为缘有行』吗?」「贤友……乃至……——『以无明为缘有行』。」「姆西拉贤友,除了信……之外,具寿姆西拉有自证之智:『以生灭而老死灭……乃至……以无明灭而行灭』吗?」「贤友……——『以无明灭而行灭』。」「姆西拉贤友,除了信……之外,具寿姆西拉有自证之智:『有之灭即涅槃』吗?」「贤友巴维塔,除了信……之外,我如此了知、如此看见——『有之灭即涅槃』。」「那么,具寿姆西拉是漏尽的阿拉汉吗?」如此说时,具寿姆西拉默然。那时,具寿那拉达对具寿巴维塔如此说:「贤友巴维塔,若我能得到此问,我会回答。请问我此问。我将回答。」「愿具寿那拉达得到此问。我问具寿那拉达此问。请具寿那拉达回答此问。那拉达贤友,除了信……之外,具寿那拉达有自证之智:『以生为缘有老死』吗?」「贤友……——『以生为缘有老死』。」「……『以无明为缘有行……以无明灭而行灭……有之灭即涅槃』吗?」「贤友巴维塔,除了信……之外,我如此了知、如此看见——『有之灭即涅槃』。」「那么,具寿那拉达是漏尽的阿拉汉吗?」「贤友,虽然我以正慧如实善见『有之灭即涅槃』,但我不是漏尽的阿拉汉。贤友,犹如荒野中的井,但既无绳、也无汲水器。那时有某人来,被炎热所迫……口渴、疲倦。他俯视那井。他有知:『是水』,但他无法以身触住。同样,贤友,虽然我以正慧如实善见『有之灭即涅槃』,但我不是漏尽的阿拉汉。」如此说时,具寿阿难对具寿巴维塔如此说:「贤友巴维塔,这样说时,你对具寿那拉达说什么?」「贤友阿难,这样说时,我对具寿那拉达除了善、除了善外没说什么。」
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati jāti hoti…pe… bhavo… upādānaṃ… taṇhā… vedanā… phasso… saḷāyatanaṃ… nāmarūpaṃ… viññāṇaṃ… saṅkhārā honti, kiṃpaccayā saṅkhārā’ti? Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave , yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘avijjāya kho sati saṅkhārā honti, avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’’ti.
如是我闻。一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭达林给孤独园。在那里……乃至……「比库们,大海涨时使大江涨;大江涨时使小河涨;小河涨时使大湖涨;大湖涨时使小湖涨。同样,比库们,无明涨时使诸行涨;诸行涨时使识涨;识涨时使名色涨;名色涨时使六处涨;六处涨时使触涨;触涨时使受涨;受涨时使爱涨;爱涨时使取涨;取涨时使有涨;有涨时使生涨;生涨时使老死涨。比库们,大海退时使大江退;大江退时使小河退;小河退时使大湖退;大湖退时使小湖退。同样,比库们,无明退时使诸行退;诸行退时使识退;识退时使名色退;名色退时使六处退;六处退时使触退;触退时使受退;受退时使爱退;爱退时使取退;取退时使有退;有退时使生退;生退时使老死退。」
‘‘Iti hidaṃ avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. ‘Samudayo, samudayo’ti kho me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādi.
如是我闻。一时,世尊住在王舍城竹林咖兰达园。那时,世尊受尊敬、恭敬、尊重、供养、礼敬,是衣、团食、坐卧具、病缘药资具的获得者。比库僧团也受尊敬、恭敬、尊重、供养、礼敬,是衣、团食、坐卧具、病缘药资具的获得者。而其他外道游方者不受尊敬……乃至……不是衣、团食、坐卧具、病缘药资具的获得者。当时,游方者苏西马与大批游方者住在王舍城。那时,游方者苏西马的群众对游方者苏西马如此说:「来,苏西马贤友,请你到沙门乔答摩处修梵行;你学习法后再告诉我们;我们学习那法后再对在家人们说,如此我们就能得到尊敬、恭敬、尊重、供养、礼敬,也会是衣、团食、坐卧具、病缘药资具的获得者。」「是,贤友们。」游方者苏西马回答他的群众后,去见具寿阿难;去到后,与具寿阿难互相问候,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的游方者苏西马对具寿阿难如此说:「阿难贤友,我想在此法律中修梵行。」具寿阿难便带游方者苏西马去见世尊;去到后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的具寿阿难对世尊如此说:「尊者,这游方者苏西马如此说:『阿难贤友,我想在此法律中修梵行。』」「那么,阿难,你让苏西马出家。」于是游方者苏西马在世尊座下得出家与受达上。那时,有许多比库在世尊面前记说智证:『生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此状态。』我们了知。具寿苏西马听说许多比库在世尊面前记说智证。那时,具寿苏西马去见那些比库;去到后,与那些比库互相问候,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的具寿苏西马对那些比库如此说:「是的,贤友们,具寿们是否在世尊面前记说智证——『生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此状态』?我们了知。」「是,贤友。」「那么具寿们,如此知、如此见时,你们是否得到种种神变——从一身成多身,从多身成一身;或现或隐;墙、城壁、山无碍而过如通过空间;在地中出入如在水中;在水面上行如在地上;在空中盘腿而行如飞鸟;以手触日月如此大神通、大威力;乃至梵世界以身达成自在?」「贤友,没有。」「那么具寿们,如此知、如此见时,你们是否以清净超人的天耳听见远近二种声音——天的和人的?」「贤友,没有。」「那么具寿们,如此知、如此见时,你们是否以心了知其他有情、其他人的心……乃至……了知解脱心为解脱心?」「贤友,没有。」「那么具寿们,如此知、如此见时,你们是否忆念种种宿住,即——一生、二生……乃至……种种宿住连同细节?」「贤友,没有。」「那么具寿们,如此知、如此见时,你们是否以清净超人的天眼见到诸有情死去和再生……乃至……了知诸有情如其业的果报?」「贤友,没有。」「那么具寿们,如此知、如此见时,你们是否超越色的寂静无色解脱触身而住?」「贤友,没有。」「苏西马贤友,回答也好,不回答也好;我们是慧解脱者。」「我不理解具寿们所说的简略之义。请具寿们为我详说此简略所说,令我能理解所说之义。」「贤友苏西马,无论你是否理解,我们都是慧解脱者。」于是具寿苏西马从座起,去见世尊;去到后,礼敬世尊,坐在一旁。坐在一旁的具寿苏西马把与那些比库的全部交谈告诉世尊。「苏西马,法住智在先,涅槃智在后。苏西马,你认为如何?色是常还是无常?」「尊者,无常。」「无常者是苦还是乐?」「尊者,苦。」「无常、苦、变易法,『这是我的,这是我,这是我的自我』——这样看待合适吗?」「尊者,不合适。」「受……想……诸行……识是常还是无常?」「尊者,无常。」「无常者是苦还是乐?」「尊者,苦。」「无常、苦、变易法,『这是我的……我的自我』——这样看待合适吗?」「尊者,不合适。」「因此,苏西马,任何色——过去、未来、现在,内或外,粗或细,劣或胜,远或近——一切色应以正慧如此如实看见:『这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的自我。』任何受……任何想……任何行……任何识——过去、未来、现在……一切识应以正慧如此如实看见:『这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的自我。』苏西马,如此看见的多闻圣弟子对色厌离……对受……对想……对诸行……对识厌离。厌离者离贪;离贪者解脱;解脱时有『已解脱』的智。他了知:『生已尽……不再有此状态。』苏西马,你看见『以生为缘有老死』吗?」「是的,尊者。」「苏西马,你看见『以有为缘有生』……『以取为缘有有』……『以爱为缘有取』……『以受为缘有爱』……『以触为缘有受』……『以六处为缘有触』……『以名色为缘有六处』……『以识为缘有名色』……『以行为缘有识』……『以无明为缘有行』吗?」「是的,尊者。」「苏西马,你看见『以生灭而老死灭』……乃至……『以无明灭而行灭』吗?」「是的,尊者。」「苏西马,如此知、如此见时,你是否得到种种神变……乃至……超越色的寂静无色解脱触身而住?」「尊者,没有。」「那么,苏西马,这里不得到,现在是你所作的吗?苏西马,你所得的是不是坏法?」如此说时,具寿苏西马倒于世尊脚下说:「尊者,我犯了罪——由于愚痴、愚昧、不善巧——我在此善说法律中如贼偷法而出家。尊者,请世尊接受我的罪为罪以便未来防护。」「是,苏西马,你确实犯了罪……未来防护。苏西马,犹如国王所擒的盗贼罪犯……乃至……苏西马,于圣者的律中,凡是见罪为罪后如法悔改者,其未来防护即是圣者律中的增长。」
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’ti? Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘jātiyā kho asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’’’ti.
如是我闻。一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭达林给孤独园。在那里,世尊……乃至……「比库们,凡是任何沙门或婆罗门不了知老死、不了知老死之集、不了知老死之灭、不了知导至老死灭之道——这些沙门或婆罗门在沙门中不被认为是沙门,在婆罗门中不被认为是婆罗门。这些具寿也不在当下以自证、证悟而证入并住于沙门义或婆罗门义。比库们,凡是任何沙门或婆罗门了知老死、了知老死之集、了知老死之灭、了知导至老死灭之道——比库们,这些沙门或婆罗门在沙门中被认为是沙门,在婆罗门中被认为是婆罗门。这些具寿也在当下以自证、证悟而证入并住于沙门义或婆罗门义。」
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati jāti na hoti…pe… bhavo… upādānaṃ… taṇhā… vedanā… phasso… saḷāyatanaṃ… nāmarūpaṃ… viññāṇaṃ… saṅkhārā na honti, kissa nirodhā saṅkhāranirodho’ti? Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘avijjāya kho asati saṅkhārā na honti, avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho’’’ti.
在沙瓦提城……不了知生……乃至……(对生、有、取、爱、受、触、六处、名色、识、诸行,皆同样详说——凡是任何沙门或婆罗门不了知其自身、不了知其集起、不了知其消亡、不了知导至其消亡之道——皆不被认为是沙门或婆罗门;凡是了知者——皆被认为是沙门或婆罗门。)
‘‘Iti hidaṃ avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti. ‘Nirodho, nirodho’ti kho me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi, ñāṇaṃ udapādi, paññā udapādi, vijjā udapādi, āloko udapādī’’ti. Dasamo.
在沙瓦提城……「比库们,对不知、不见老死如其如实者而言,为了对老死的如其如实之智,应追求导师。对不知、不见老死之集……对老死之灭……对导至老死灭之道如其如实者而言,为了对导至老死灭之道的如其如实之智,应追求导师。」——这是第一篇。(应以这同一方式完成老死、生、有、取、爱、受、触、六处、名色、识、诸行的十一主题——追求学、追求修习、追求精进、追求热诚、追求适切之力、追求坚忍、追求热心、追求正勤、追求不放逸、追求念、追求正知、追求不放逸——如是『追求经十二』。)
Buddhavaggo paṭhamo. · 佛品第一
Tassuddānaṃ –
其摄颂──
Desanā vibhaṅgapaṭipadā ca,
教说、分别论、道迹,
Vipassī sikhī ca vessabhū;
维巴西、西奇、韦沙菩;
Kakusandho koṇāgamano kassapo,
咖古桑达、果那嘎马那、咖沙巴,
Mahāsakyamuni ca gotamoti.
大萨咖牟尼与果德玛。
2. Āhāravaggo
2. 食品
1. Āhārasuttaṃ1. 食经
§11
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme…pe… etadavoca – ‘‘cattārome, bhikkhave, āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā sambhavesīnaṃ vā anuggahāya. Katame cattāro? Kabaḷīkāro āhāro – oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṃ catutthaṃ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā sambhavesīnaṃ vā anuggahāya’’.
如是我闻──一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园……乃至……如此说道──「诸比库,有此等四食,为了已生诸有情的住立,或为了寻求出生者的资助。哪四种?段食──或粗或细,触为第二,意思为第三,识为第四。诸比库,此等四食,为了已生诸有情的住立,或为了寻求出生者的资助。」
‘‘Ime, bhikkhave, cattāro āhārā kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavā? Ime cattāro āhārā taṇhānidānā taṇhāsamudayā taṇhājātikā taṇhāpabhavā. Taṇhā cāyaṃ, bhikkhave, kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavā? Taṇhā vedanānidānā vedanāsamudayā vedanājātikā vedanāpabhavā. Vedanā cāyaṃ, bhikkhave, kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavā? Vedanā phassanidānā phassasamudayā phassajātikā phassapabhavā. Phasso cāyaṃ, bhikkhave, kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kiṃpabhavo? Phasso saḷāyatananidāno saḷāyatanasamudayo saḷāyatanajātiko saḷāyatanapabhavo. Saḷāyatanañcidaṃ, bhikkhave, kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ kiṃjātikaṃ kiṃpabhavaṃ? Saḷāyatanaṃ nāmarūpanidānaṃ nāmarūpasamudayaṃ nāmarūpajātikaṃ nāmarūpapabhavaṃ. Nāmarūpañcidaṃ, bhikkhave, kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ kiṃjātikaṃ kiṃpabhavaṃ? Nāmarūpaṃ viññāṇanidānaṃ viññāṇasamudayaṃ viññāṇajātikaṃ viññāṇapabhavaṃ. Viññāṇañcidaṃ, bhikkhave, kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ kiṃjātikaṃ kiṃpabhavaṃ? Viññāṇaṃ saṅkhāranidānaṃ saṅkhārasamudayaṃ saṅkhārajātikaṃ saṅkhārapabhavaṃ. Saṅkhārā cime, bhikkhave, kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavā? Saṅkhārā avijjānidānā avijjāsamudayā avijjājātikā avijjāpabhavā.
「诸比库,此等四食以何为因、以何为集、以何为生、以何为源?此等四食以渴爱为因、以渴爱为集、以渴爱为生、以渴爱为源。诸比库,而此渴爱以何为因、以何为集、以何为生、以何为源?渴爱以受为因、以受为集、以受为生、以受为源。诸比库,而此受以何为因、以何为集、以何为生、以何为源?受以触为因、以触为集、以触为生、以触为源。诸比库,而此触以何为因、以何为集、以何为生、以何为源?触以六处为因、以六处为集、以六处为生、以六处为源。诸比库,而此六处以何为因、以何为集、以何为生、以何为源?六处以名色为因、以名色为集、以名色为生、以名色为源。诸比库,而此名色以何为因、以何为集、以何为生、以何为源?名色以识为因、以识为集、以识为生、以识为源。诸比库,而此识以何为因、以何为集、以何为生、以何为源?识以行为因、以行为集、以行为生、以行为源。诸比库,而此等行以何为因、以何为集、以何为生、以何为源?诸行以无明为因、以无明为集、以无明为生、以无明为源。
‘‘Iti kho, bhikkhave, avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho …pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
「诸比库,如是,以无明为缘而有行;以行为缘而有识……如是,这整个苦蕴集起。然而,以无明的无余离贪灭而行灭;以行灭而识灭……如是,这整个苦蕴灭。」第一经。
2. Moḷiyaphaggunasuttaṃ2. 摩利亚帕古那经
§12
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘cattārome , bhikkhave, āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā sambhavesīnaṃ vā anuggahāya. Katame cattāro? Kabaḷīkāro āhāro – oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṃ catutthaṃ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā sambhavesīnaṃ vā anuggahāyā’’ti.
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库,有这四种食,为了已生有情的住立,或为了寻求出生者的资助。哪四种?段食——或粗或细,触为第二,意思为第三,识为第四。诸比库,这四种食,为了已生有情的住立,或为了寻求出生者的资助。」
Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā moḷiyaphagguno bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante, viññāṇāhāraṃ āhāretī’’ti? ‘‘No kallo pañho’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘‘āhāretī’ti ahaṃ na vadāmi. ‘Āhāretī’ti cāhaṃ vadeyyaṃ, tatrassa kallo pañho – ‘ko nu kho, bhante, āhāretī’ti ? Evaṃ cāhaṃ na vadāmi. Evaṃ maṃ avadantaṃ yo evaṃ puccheyya – ‘kissa nu kho, bhante, viññāṇāhāro’ti, esa kallo pañho. Tatra kallaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ – ‘viññāṇāhāro āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattiyā paccayo, tasmiṃ bhūte sati saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso’’’ti.
如是说已,具寿摩利亚帕古那对世尊如此说:「尊者,谁食识食?」「这不是适当的问题」,世尊说:「我不说『食』。若我说『食』,那么这才是适当的问题:『尊者,谁食?』如是,我不这样说。如是,对我这样不说者,若这样问:『尊者,识食是什么的?』这是适当的问题。对此,适当的解答是:『识食是未来再生再有的缘,当那存在时有六处,以六处为缘而有触。』」
‘‘Ko nu kho, bhante, phusatī’’ti? ‘‘No kallo pañho’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘‘phusatī’ti ahaṃ na vadāmi. ‘Phusatī’ti cāhaṃ vadeyyaṃ, tatrassa kallo pañho – ‘ko nu kho, bhante, phusatī’ti? Evaṃ cāhaṃ na vadāmi. Evaṃ maṃ avadantaṃ yo evaṃ puccheyya – ‘kiṃpaccayā nu kho, bhante, phasso’ti, esa kallo pañho. Tatra kallaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ – ‘saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā’’’ti.
「尊者,谁触?」「这不是适当的问题」,世尊说:「我不说『触』。若我说『触』,那么这才是适当的问题:『尊者,谁触?』如是,我不这样说。如是,对我这样不说者,若这样问:『尊者,以什么为缘而有触?』这是适当的问题。对此,适当的解答是:『以六处为缘而有触,以触为缘而有受。』」
‘‘Ko nu kho, bhante, vedayatī’’ti ? ‘‘No kallo pañho’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘‘vedayatī’ti ahaṃ na vadāmi. ‘Vedayatī’ti cāhaṃ vadeyyaṃ, tatrassa kallo pañho – ‘ko nu kho, bhante, vedayatī’ti? Evaṃ cāhaṃ na vadāmi. Evaṃ maṃ avadantaṃ yo evaṃ puccheyya – ‘kiṃpaccayā nu kho, bhante, vedanā’ti, esa kallo pañho. Tatra kallaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ – ‘phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā’’’ti.
「尊者,谁受?」「这不是适当的问题」,世尊说:「我不说『受』。若我说『受』,那么这才是适当的问题:『尊者,谁受?』如是,我不这样说。如是,对我这样不说者,若这样问:『尊者,以什么为缘而有受?』这是适当的问题。对此,适当的解答是:『以触为缘而有受,以受为缘而有渴爱。』」
‘‘Ko nu kho, bhante, tasatī’’ti ? ‘‘No kallo pañho’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘‘tasatī’ti ahaṃ na vadāmi . ‘Tasatī’ti cāhaṃ vadeyyaṃ, tatrassa kallo pañho – ‘ko nu kho, bhante, tasatī’ti? Evaṃ cāhaṃ na vadāmi. Evaṃ maṃ avadantaṃ yo evaṃ puccheyya – ‘kiṃpaccayā nu kho, bhante, taṇhā’ti, esa kallo pañho. Tatra kallaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ – ‘vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādāna’’’nti.
「尊者,谁渴爱?」「这不是适当的问题」,世尊说:「我不说『渴爱』。若我说『渴爱』,那么这才是适当的问题:『尊者,谁渴爱?』如是,我不这样说。如是,对我这样不说者,若这样问:『尊者,以什么为缘而有渴爱?』这是适当的问题。对此,适当的解答是:『以受为缘而有渴爱,以渴爱为缘而有取。』」
‘‘Ko nu kho, bhante, upādiyatī’’ti? ‘‘No kallo pañho’’ti bhagavā avoca – ‘‘‘upādiyatī’ti ahaṃ na vadāmi. ‘Upādiyatī’ti cāhaṃ vadeyyaṃ, tatrassa kallo pañho – ‘ko nu kho, bhante, upādiyatī’ti? Evaṃ cāhaṃ na vadāmi. Evaṃ maṃ avadantaṃ yo evaṃ puccheyya – ‘kiṃpaccayā nu kho, bhante, upādāna’nti, esa kallo pañho. Tatra kallaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ – ‘taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ; upādānapaccayā bhavo’ti…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
「尊者,谁取?」「这不是适当的问题」,世尊说:「我不说『取』。若我说『取』,那么这才是适当的问题:『尊者,谁取?』如是,我不这样说。如是,对我这样不说者,若这样问:『尊者,以什么为缘而有取?』这是适当的问题。对此,适当的解答是:『以渴爱为缘而有取;以取为缘而有有』……如是,这整个苦蕴集起。
‘‘Channaṃ tveva, phagguna, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā phassanirodho; phassanirodhā vedanānirodho; vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho; taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho; upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho; bhavanirodhā jātinirodho; jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
「然而,帕古那,以这六触处的无余离贪灭而触灭;以触灭而受灭;以受灭而渴爱灭;以渴爱灭而取灭;以取灭而有灭;以有灭而生灭;以生灭而老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼灭。如是,这整个苦蕴灭。」第二经。
3. Samaṇabrāhmaṇasuttaṃ3. 沙门婆罗门经
§13
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā jarāmaraṇaṃ nappajānanti, jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ nappajānanti, jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ nappajānanti, jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānanti; jātiṃ…pe… bhavaṃ… upādānaṃ… taṇhaṃ… vedanaṃ… phassaṃ… saḷāyatanaṃ… nāmarūpaṃ… viññāṇaṃ… saṅkhāre nappajānanti, saṅkhārasamudayaṃ nappajānanti, saṅkhāranirodhaṃ nappajānanti, saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānanti , na me te, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇasammatā; na ca pana te āyasmanto sāmaññatthaṃ vā brahmaññatthaṃ vā diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti.
住在沙瓦提……诸比库,凡任何沙门或婆罗门不了知老死,不了知老死集,不了知老死灭,不了知导向老死灭之道;不了知生……不了知有……不了知取……不了知渴爱……不了知受……不了知触……不了知六处……不了知名色……不了知识……不了知行,不了知行集,不了知行灭,不了知导向行灭之道,诸比库,对我而言,他们不是沙门中被认可的沙门,也不是婆罗门中被认可的婆罗门;而且那些具寿也不能在现法中以自己的证智实现、作证、具足而住沙门义或婆罗门义。
‘‘Ye ca kho keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā jarāmaraṇaṃ pajānanti, jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ pajānanti, jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ pajānanti, jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānanti; jātiṃ…pe… bhavaṃ… upādānaṃ… taṇhaṃ… vedanaṃ… phassaṃ… saḷāyatanaṃ… nāmarūpaṃ… viññāṇaṃ… saṅkhāre pajānanti, saṅkhārasamudayaṃ pajānanti, saṅkhāranirodhaṃ pajānanti, saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānanti, te kho me, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu ceva samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu ca brāhmaṇasammatā; te ca panāyasmanto sāmaññatthañca brahmaññatthañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
诸比库,凡任何沙门或婆罗门了知老死,了知老死集,了知老死灭,了知导向老死灭之道;了知生……了知有……了知取……了知渴爱……了知受……了知触……了知六处……了知名色……了知识……了知行,了知行集,了知行灭,了知导向行灭之道,诸比库,对我而言,他们是沙门中被认可的沙门,也是婆罗门中被认可的婆罗门;而且那些具寿在现法中以自己的证智实现、作证、具足而住沙门义和婆罗门义。第三经。
4. Dutiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇasuttaṃ4. 第二沙门婆罗门经
§14
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā ime dhamme nappajānanti, imesaṃ dhammānaṃ samudayaṃ nappajānanti, imesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhaṃ nappajānanti, imesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānanti, katame dhamme nappajānanti, katamesaṃ dhammānaṃ samudayaṃ nappajānanti, katamesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhaṃ nappajānanti, katamesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānanti’’?
住在沙瓦提……诸比库,凡任何沙门或婆罗门不了知这些法,不了知这些法的集,不了知这些法的灭,不了知导向这些法灭之道,他们不了知哪些法,不了知哪些法的集,不了知哪些法的灭,不了知导向哪些法灭之道?
‘‘Jarāmaraṇaṃ nappajānanti, jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ nappajānanti, jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ nappajānanti, jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānanti; jātiṃ…pe… bhavaṃ… upādānaṃ… taṇhaṃ… vedanaṃ… phassaṃ… saḷāyatanaṃ… nāmarūpaṃ… viññāṇaṃ… saṅkhāre nappajānanti, saṅkhārasamudayaṃ nappajānanti, saṅkhāranirodhaṃ nappajānanti, saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānanti. Ime dhamme nappajānanti, imesaṃ dhammānaṃ samudayaṃ nappajānanti, imesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhaṃ nappajānanti, imesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānanti. Na me te, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇasammatā, na ca pana te āyasmanto sāmaññatthaṃ vā brahmaññatthaṃ vā diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti.
不了知老死,不了知老死集,不了知老死灭,不了知导向老死灭之道;不了知生……不了知有……不了知取……不了知渴爱……不了知受……不了知触……不了知六处……不了知名色……不了知识……不了知行,不了知行集,不了知行灭,不了知导向行灭之道。他们不了知这些法,不了知这些法的集,不了知这些法的灭,不了知导向这些法灭之道。诸比库,对我而言,他们不是沙门中被认可的沙门,也不是婆罗门中被认可的婆罗门,而且那些具寿也不能在现法中以自己的证智实现、作证、具足而住沙门义或婆罗门义。
‘‘Ye ca kho keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā ime dhamme pajānanti, imesaṃ dhammānaṃ samudayaṃ pajānanti, imesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhaṃ pajānanti, imesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānanti, katame dhamme pajānanti, katamesaṃ dhammānaṃ samudayaṃ pajānanti, katamesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhaṃ pajānanti, katamesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānanti?
诸比库,凡任何沙门或婆罗门了知这些法,了知这些法的集,了知这些法的灭,了知导向这些法灭之道,他们了知哪些法,了知哪些法的集,了知哪些法的灭,了知导向哪些法灭之道?
‘‘Jarāmaraṇaṃ pajānanti, jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ pajānanti, jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ pajānanti, jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānanti; jātiṃ…pe… bhavaṃ… upādānaṃ… taṇhaṃ… vedanaṃ… phassaṃ… saḷāyatanaṃ… nāmarūpaṃ… viññāṇaṃ… saṅkhāre pajānanti, saṅkhārasamudayaṃ pajānanti, saṅkhāranirodhaṃ pajānanti, saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānanti. Ime dhamme pajānanti , imesaṃ dhammānaṃ samudayaṃ pajānanti, imesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhaṃ pajānanti, imesaṃ dhammānaṃ nirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānanti. Te kho me, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu ceva samaṇasammatā, brāhmaṇesu ca brāhmaṇasammatā. Te ca panāyasmanto sāmaññatthañca brahmaññatthañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
了知老死,了知老死集,了知老死灭,了知导向老死灭之道;了知生……了知有……了知取……了知渴爱……了知受……了知触……了知六处……了知名色……了知识……了知行,了知行集,了知行灭,了知导向行灭之道。他们了知这些法,了知这些法的集,了知这些法的灭,了知导向这些法灭之道。诸比库,对我而言,他们是沙门中被认可的沙门,也是婆罗门中被认可的婆罗门。而且那些具寿在现法中以自己的证智实现、作证、具足而住沙门义和婆罗门义。第四经。
5. Kaccānagottasuttaṃ5. 咖吒亚那果德经
§15
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Atha kho āyasmā kaccānagotto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā kaccānagotto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘‘sammādiṭṭhi sammādiṭṭhī’ti, bhante, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, sammādiṭṭhi hotī’’ti?
住在沙瓦提。尔时,具寿咖吒亚那果答前往世尊处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的具寿咖吒亚那果答对世尊如此说:「尊者,所谓『正见,正见』,尊者,到何种程度才有正见呢?」
‘‘Dvayanissito khvāyaṃ, kaccāna, loko yebhuyyena – atthitañceva natthitañca. Lokasamudayaṃ kho, kaccāna, yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passato yā loke natthitā sā na hoti. Lokanirodhaṃ kho, kaccāna, yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passato yā loke atthitā sā na hoti. Upayupādānābhinivesavinibandho khvāyaṃ, kaccāna, loko yebhuyyena. Tañcāyaṃ upayupādānaṃ cetaso adhiṭṭhānaṃ abhinivesānusayaṃ na upeti na upādiyati nādhiṭṭhāti – ‘attā me’ti. ‘Dukkhameva uppajjamānaṃ uppajjati, dukkhaṃ nirujjhamānaṃ nirujjhatī’ti na kaṅkhati na vicikicchati aparapaccayā ñāṇamevassa ettha hoti. Ettāvatā kho, kaccāna, sammādiṭṭhi hoti.
「咖吒亚那,这世间大多依于两端——存在与不存在。咖吒亚那,以正慧如实见世间集者,对他而言,世间的不存在就不存在。咖吒亚那,以正慧如实见世间灭者,对他而言,世间的存在就不存在。咖吒亚那,这世间大多被执取、取著、固执、系缚所束缚。但他不接近、不执取、不固执那执取、取著、心的住立、固执、随眠——『我的我』。『只是苦在生起时生起,苦在灭时灭』,他对此不疑惑、不犹豫,不依他缘而有智在此生起。咖吒亚那,到此程度就有正见。」
‘‘‘Sabbaṃ atthī’ti kho, kaccāna, ayameko anto. ‘Sabbaṃ natthī’ti ayaṃ dutiyo anto. Ete te, kaccāna, ubho ante anupagamma majjhena tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti – ‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’’ti. Pañcamaṃ.
「『一切存在』,咖吒亚那,这是一个极端。『一切不存在』,这是第二个极端。咖吒亚那,如来不接近这两个极端,而从中道说法——『以无明为缘而有行;以行为缘而有识……(中略)……如此,这整个苦蕴集起。然而,以无明的无余离贪灭而行灭;以行灭而识灭……(中略)……如此,这整个苦蕴灭。』」第五经。
6. Dhammakathikasuttaṃ6. 说法者经
§16
Sāvatthiyaṃ …pe… atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘‘dhammakathiko dhammakathiko’ti, bhante, vuccati. Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, dhammakathiko hotī’’ti?
在沙瓦提……(中略)……时,某位比库去到世尊那里;到了之后,礼敬世尊,坐在一边。坐在一边的那位比库对世尊这样说——「尊者,被称为『说法者,说法者』。尊者,到什么程度才是说法者呢?」
‘‘Jarāmaraṇassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya dhammaṃ deseti, ‘dhammakathiko bhikkhū’ti alaṃ vacanāya. Jarāmaraṇassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti, ‘dhammānudhammappaṭipanno bhikkhū’ti alaṃ vacanāya. Jarāmaraṇassa ce bhikkhu nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādāvimutto hoti, ‘diṭṭhadhammanibbānappatto bhikkhū’ti alaṃ vacanāya.
「比库,如果为了对老死的厌离、离贪、灭而说法,『说法者比库』,这样称呼是适当的。比库,如果为了对老死的厌离、离贪、灭而行道,『随法行道比库』,这样称呼是适当的。比库,如果由于对老死的厌离、离贪、灭而以无取著解脱,『现法涅槃者比库』,这样称呼是适当的。
‘‘Jātiyā ce bhikkhu…pe… bhavassa ce bhikkhu… upādānassa ce bhikkhu… taṇhāya ce bhikkhu… vedanāya ce bhikkhu… phassassa ce bhikkhu… saḷāyatanassa ce bhikkhu… nāmarūpassa ce bhikkhu… viññāṇassa ce bhikkhu… saṅkhārānaṃ ce bhikkhu… avijjāya ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya dhammaṃ deseti, ‘dhammakathiko bhikkhū’ti alaṃ vacanāya. Avijjāya ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti, ‘dhammānudhammappaṭipanno bhikkhū’ti alaṃ vacanāya. Avijjāya ce bhikkhu nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādāvimutto hoti, ‘diṭṭhadhammanibbānappatto bhikkhū’ti alaṃ vacanāyā’’ti.
「比库,如果为了对生……(中略)……对有……对取……对渴爱……对受……对触……对六处……对名色……对识……对诸行……对无明的厌离、离贪、灭而说法,『说法者比库』,这样称呼是适当的。比库,如果为了对无明的厌离、离贪、灭而行道,『随法行道比库』,这样称呼是适当的。比库,如果由于对无明的厌离、离贪、灭而以无取著解脱,『现法涅槃者比库』,这样称呼是适当的。」
7. Acelakassapasuttaṃ7. 裸行咖萨巴经
§17
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Addasā kho acelo kassapo bhagavantaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho acelo kassapo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘puccheyyāma mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ kañcideva desaṃ, sace no bhavaṃ gotamo okāsaṃ karoti pañhassa veyyākaraṇāyā’’ti.
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在王舍城竹林咖兰达咖尼瓦巴。时,世尊在上午时分穿好衣,拿着钵与衣,进入王舍城行乞食。裸行者咖沙巴从远处看见世尊走来。看见之后,去到世尊那里;到了之后,与世尊互相问候。交换了友好、值得忆念的话语之后,站在一边。站在一边的裸行者咖沙巴对世尊这样说——「我们想问果德玛尊者某些事,如果果德玛尊者给我们机会回答问题的话。」
‘‘Akālo kho tāva, kassapa, pañhassa; antaragharaṃ paviṭṭhamhā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho acelo kassapo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca ‘‘puccheyyāma mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ kañcideva desaṃ, sace no bhavaṃ gotamo okāsaṃ karoti pañhassa veyyākaraṇāyā’’ti. ‘‘Akālo kho tāva, kassapa, pañhassa; antaragharaṃ paviṭṭhamhā’’ti. Tatiyampi kho acelo kassapo…pe… antaragharaṃ paviṭṭhamhāti. Evaṃ vutte, acelo kassapo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘na kho pana mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ bahudeva pucchitukāmā’’ti. ‘‘Puccha, kassapa, yadākaṅkhasī’’ti.
「咖沙巴,现在不是问题的时候;我们已进入村落之间了。」第二次,裸行者咖沙巴对世尊这样说——「我们想问果德玛尊者某些事,如果果德玛尊者给我们机会回答问题的话。」「咖沙巴,现在不是问题的时候;我们已进入村落之间了。」第三次,裸行者咖沙巴……(中略)……我们已进入村落之间了。这样说时,裸行者咖沙巴对世尊这样说——「但我们并不想问果德玛尊者很多。」「咖沙巴,问吧,你想问什么就问。」
‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, bho gotama, ‘sayaṃkataṃ dukkha’nti? ‘Mā hevaṃ, kassapā’ti bhagavā avoca. ‘Kiṃ pana, bho gotama, paraṃkataṃ dukkha’nti? ‘Mā hevaṃ, kassapā’ti bhagavā avoca. ‘Kiṃ nu kho, bho gotama, sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca dukkha’nti? ‘Mā hevaṃ, kassapā’ti bhagavā avoca. ‘Kiṃ pana bho gotama, asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ dukkha’nti? ‘Mā hevaṃ, kassapā’ti bhagavā avoca. ‘Kiṃ nu kho, bho gotama, natthi dukkha’nti? ‘Na kho, kassapa, natthi dukkhaṃ. Atthi kho, kassapa, dukkha’nti. ‘Tena hi bhavaṃ gotamo dukkhaṃ na jānāti, na passatī’ti. ‘Na khvāhaṃ, kassapa, dukkhaṃ na jānāmi, na passāmi. Jānāmi khvāhaṃ, kassapa, dukkhaṃ; passāmi khvāhaṃ, kassapa, dukkha’’’nti.
「果德玛尊者,『苦是自作的』吗?」「咖沙巴,不要这样说。」世尊说。「那么,果德玛尊者,『苦是他作的』吗?」「咖沙巴,不要这样说。」世尊说。「果德玛尊者,『苦是自作的也是他作的』吗?」「咖沙巴,不要这样说。」世尊说。「那么,果德玛尊者,『苦非自作、非他作、是无因生起的』吗?」「咖沙巴,不要这样说。」世尊说。「果德玛尊者,『没有苦』吗?」「咖沙巴,不是没有苦。咖沙巴,有苦。」「那么,果德玛尊者不知苦、不见苦。」「咖沙巴,我并非不知苦、不见苦。咖沙巴,我知苦;咖沙巴,我见苦。」
‘‘Ki nu kho, bho gotama, ‘sayaṃkataṃ dukkha’nti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘mā hevaṃ, kassapā’ti vadesi. ‘Kiṃ pana, bho gotama, paraṃkataṃ dukkha’nti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘mā hevaṃ, kassapā’ti vadesi. ‘Kiṃ nu kho, bho gotama, sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca dukkha’nti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘mā hevaṃ, kassapā’ti vadesi. ‘Kiṃ pana, bho gotama, asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ dukkha’nti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘mā hevaṃ, kassapā’ti vadesi. ‘Kiṃ nu kho, bho gotama, natthi dukkha’nti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘na kho, kassapa, natthi dukkhaṃ , atthi kho, kassapa, dukkha’nti vadesi. ‘Tena hi bhavaṃ gotamo dukkhaṃ na jānāti na passatī’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘na khvāhaṃ, kassapa, dukkhaṃ na jānāmi na passāmi. Jānāmi khvāhaṃ, kassapa, dukkhaṃ; passāmi khvāhaṃ, kassapa, dukkha’nti vadesi. Ācikkhatu ca me, bhante, bhagavā dukkhaṃ. Desetu ca me, bhante, bhagavā dukkha’’nti.
「果德玛尊者,当被问『苦是自作的吗』时,你说『咖沙巴,不要这样说』。当被问『那么,果德玛尊者,苦是他作的吗』时,你说『咖沙巴,不要这样说』。当被问『果德玛尊者,苦是自作的也是他作的吗』时,你说『咖沙巴,不要这样说』。当被问『那么,果德玛尊者,苦非自作、非他作、是无因生起的吗』时,你说『咖沙巴,不要这样说』。当被问『果德玛尊者,没有苦吗』时,你说『咖沙巴,不是没有苦,咖沙巴,有苦』。当被问『那么,果德玛尊者不知苦、不见苦』时,你说『咖沙巴,我并非不知苦、不见苦。咖沙巴,我知苦;咖沙巴,我见苦』。尊者,请世尊为我分别论苦。尊者,请世尊为我教导苦。」
‘‘‘So karoti so paṭisaṃvedayatī’ti kho, kassapa, ādito sato ‘sayaṃkataṃ dukkha’nti iti vadaṃ sassataṃ etaṃ pareti. ‘Añño karoti añño paṭisaṃvedayatī’ti kho, kassapa, vedanābhitunnassa sato ‘paraṃkataṃ dukkha’nti iti vadaṃ ucchedaṃ etaṃ pareti. Ete te, kassapa, ubho ante anupagamma majjhena tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti – ‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’’ti.
「『他作他感受』,咖沙巴,对于从最初存在者来说,如此说『苦是自作的』,这趋向常见。『一者作另一者感受』,咖沙巴,对于被受所击者来说,如此说『苦是他作的』,这趋向断见。咖沙巴,不接近这两个极端,如来以中道说法——『以无明为缘而有行;以行为缘而有识……(中略)……如此有这整个苦蕴的集起。然而,以无明的无余离贪灭而行灭;以行灭而识灭……(中略)……如此有这整个苦蕴的灭。』」
Evaṃ vutte, acelo kassapo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante! Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya…pe… cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantīti; evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampada’’nti.
如是所说已,裸行者咖沙巴对世尊如此说:「尊者,太殊胜了!尊者,太殊胜了!尊者,犹如把覆盖者揭开……(中略)……有眼者能见诸色;如是,世尊以种种方式阐明了法。尊者,我皈依世尊、法与比库僧团。尊者,愿我能在世尊面前得出家,愿我能得受具足。」
‘‘Yo kho, kassapa, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṃ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ, so cattāro māse parivasati. Catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena (parivutthaparivāsaṃ) āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Api ca mayā puggalavemattatā viditā’’ti.
「咖沙巴,凡是先前为外道者,在此法、律中希望出家,希望受具足,他别住四个月。四个月过后,(完成别住)诸比库意乐者令其出家,令其受具足成为比库。然而,我已知人的差别。」
‘‘Sace , bhante, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṃ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ, cattāro māse parivasati. Catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena (parivutthaparivāsaṃ) āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Ahaṃ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi , catunnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena (parivutthaparivāsaṃ) āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā’’ti.
「尊者,如果先前为外道者,在此法、律中希望出家,希望受具足,别住四个月,四个月过后,(完成别住)诸比库意乐者令其出家,令其受具足成为比库,我将别住四年,四年过后,(完成别住)诸比库意乐者令我出家,令我受具足成为比库。」
Alattha kho acelo kassapo bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ. Acirūpasampanno ca panāyasmā kassapo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva – yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tadanuttaraṃ – brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. ‘‘Khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’’ti abbhaññāsi. Aññataro ca panāyasmā kassapo arahataṃ ahosīti. Sattamaṃ.
裸行者咖沙巴在世尊面前得出家,得受具足。受具足不久,具寿咖沙巴独自远离、不放逸、热诚、自励而住,不久——为了此义,善男子们正确地从在家出家成为非家——那无上的梵行终极,在现法中以自己的证智作证、具足而住。他证知:「生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,再无后有。」具寿咖沙巴成为阿拉汉之一。第七经。
8. Timbarukasuttaṃ8. 丁巴卢咖经
§18
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Atha kho timbaruko paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho timbaruko paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
住在沙瓦提。那时,游方者听跋卢咖前往世尊处;前往后,与世尊互相问候。交换了友好、值得忆念的话语后,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的游方者听跋卢咖对世尊如此说:
‘‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, bho gotama, sayaṃkataṃ sukhadukkha’nti? ‘Mā hevaṃ, timbarukā’ti bhagavā avoca. ‘Kiṃ pana, bho gotama, paraṃkataṃ sukhadukkha’nti? ‘Mā hevaṃ, timbarukā’ti bhagavā avoca. ‘Kiṃ nu kho, bho gotama, sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca sukhadukkha’nti? ‘Mā hevaṃ, timbarukā’ti bhagavā avoca. ‘Kiṃ pana, bho gotama, asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ sukhadukkha’nti? ‘Mā hevaṃ, timbarukā’ti bhagavā avoca . ‘Kiṃ nu kho, bho gotama, natthi sukhadukkha’nti? ‘Na kho, timbaruka, natthi sukhadukkhaṃ; atthi kho, timbaruka, sukhadukkha’nti. ‘Tena hi bhavaṃ gotamo sukhadukkhaṃ na jānāti, na passatī’ti? ‘Na khvāhaṃ, timbaruka, sukhadukkhaṃ na jānāmi, na passāmi. Jānāmi khvāhaṃ, timbaruka, sukhadukkhaṃ; passāmi khvāhaṃ, timbaruka, sukhadukkha’’’nti.
「果德玛尊者,苦乐是自作的吗?」「听跋卢咖,不要如此说。」世尊说。「那么,果德玛尊者,苦乐是他作的吗?」「听跋卢咖,不要如此说。」世尊说。「果德玛尊者,苦乐是自作又他作的吗?」「听跋卢咖,不要如此说。」世尊说。「那么,果德玛尊者,苦乐是非自作、非他作、无因生起的吗?」「听跋卢咖,不要如此说。」世尊说。「果德玛尊者,没有苦乐吗?」「听跋卢咖,并非没有苦乐;听跋卢咖,有苦乐。」「那么,果德玛尊者不知、不见苦乐吗?」「听跋卢咖,我并非不知、不见苦乐。听跋卢咖,我知苦乐;听跋卢咖,我见苦乐。」
‘‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, bho gotama, sayaṃkataṃ sukhadukkha’nti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘mā hevaṃ, timbarukā’ti vadesi. ‘Kiṃ pana, bho gotama, paraṃkataṃ sukhadukkha’nti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘mā hevaṃ, timbarukā’ti vadesi. ‘Kiṃ nu kho, bho gotama, sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca sukhadukkha’nti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘mā hevaṃ, timbarukā’ti vadesi. ‘Kiṃ pana, bho gotama, asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ sukhadukkha’nti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘mā hevaṃ, timbarukā’ti vadesi. ‘Kiṃ nu kho, bho gotama, natthi sukhadukkha’nti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘na kho, timbaruka, natthi sukhadukkhaṃ; atthi kho, timbaruka, sukhadukkha’nti vadesi. ‘Tena hi bhavaṃ gotamo sukhadukkhaṃ na jānāti, na passatī’ti iti puṭṭho samāno ‘na khvāhaṃ, timbaruka, sukhadukkhaṃ na jānāmi, na passāmi. Jānāmi khvāhaṃ, timbaruka, sukhadukkhaṃ; passāmi khvāhaṃ, timbaruka, sukhadukkha’nti vadesi. Ācikkhatu ca me bhavaṃ gotamo sukhadukkhaṃ. Desetu ca me bhavaṃ gotamo sukhadukkha’’nti.
「『果德玛尊者,苦乐是自作的吗?』如此被问时,你说『听跋卢咖,不要如此说』。『那么,果德玛尊者,苦乐是他作的吗?』如此被问时,你说『听跋卢咖,不要如此说』。『果德玛尊者,苦乐是自作又他作的吗?』如此被问时,你说『听跋卢咖,不要如此说』。『那么,果德玛尊者,苦乐是非自作、非他作、无因生起的吗?』如此被问时,你说『听跋卢咖,不要如此说』。『果德玛尊者,没有苦乐吗?』如此被问时,你说『听跋卢咖,并非没有苦乐;听跋卢咖,有苦乐』。『那么,果德玛尊者不知、不见苦乐吗?』如此被问时,你说『听跋卢咖,我并非不知、不见苦乐。听跋卢咖,我知苦乐;听跋卢咖,我见苦乐』。愿果德玛尊者为我阐明苦乐。愿果德玛尊者为我教导苦乐。」
‘‘‘Sā vedanā, so vedayatī’ti kho, timbaruka, ādito sato ‘sayaṃkataṃ sukhadukkha’nti evampāhaṃ na vadāmi. ‘Aññā vedanā, añño vedayatī’ti kho, timbaruka, vedanābhitunnassa sato ‘paraṃkataṃ sukhadukkha’nti evampāhaṃ na vadāmi. Ete te, timbaruka, ubho ante anupagamma majjhena tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti – ‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’’ti.
「『那个受,那个感受者』,听吧喇噜咖,对于从最初就认为『苦乐是自作的』者,我不如是说。『另一个受,另一个感受者』,听吧喇噜咖,对于被受所击中而认为『苦乐是他作的』者,我不如是说。听吧喇噜咖,如来不接近这两个极端,以中道说法——『以无明为缘而有行;以行为缘而有识……(中略)……如是有这整个苦蕴的集起。然而,以无明的无余离贪灭而行灭;以行灭而识灭……(中略)……如是有这整个苦蕴的灭。』」
Evaṃ vutte, timbaruko paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama…pe… esāhaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
如是所说已,听吧喇噜咖游方者对世尊如是说:「殊胜,果德玛尊者……(中略)……我归依果德玛尊者、法与比库僧团。愿果德玛尊者忆持我为近事男,从今日起终生归依。」第八经。
9. Bālapaṇḍitasuttaṃ9. 愚者智者经
§19
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘avijjānīvaraṇassa, bhikkhave, bālassa taṇhāya sampayuttassa evamayaṃ kāyo samudāgato. Iti ayañceva kāyo bahiddhā ca nāmarūpaṃ, itthetaṃ dvayaṃ , dvayaṃ paṭicca phasso saḷevāyatanāni , yehi phuṭṭho bālo sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedayati etesaṃ vā aññatarena’’.
住在沙瓦提……(中略)……「诸比库!被无明所盖、与渴爱相应的愚者,如是生起了这个身。如是,这个身与外在的名色,这里有这两者,缘于两者而有触,有六处,被那些所触,愚者感受苦乐,或者被这些中的某一个所触。」
‘‘Avijjānīvaraṇassa, bhikkhave, paṇḍitassa taṇhāya sampayuttassa evamayaṃ kāyo samudāgato. Iti ayañceva kāyo bahiddhā ca nāmarūpaṃ, itthetaṃ dvayaṃ, dvayaṃ paṭicca phasso saḷevāyatanāni, yehi phuṭṭho paṇḍito sukhadukkhaṃ paṭisaṃvedayati etesaṃ vā aññatarena’’.
「诸比库!被无明所盖、与渴爱相应的智者,如是生起了这个身。如是,这个身与外在的名色,这里有这两者,缘于两者而有触,有六处,被那些所触,智者感受苦乐,或者被这些中的某一个所触。」
‘‘Tatra , bhikkhave, ko viseso ko adhippayāso kiṃ nānākaraṇaṃ paṇḍitassa bālenā’’ti? ‘‘Bhagavaṃmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā, bhagavaṃnettikā, bhagavaṃpaṭisaraṇā. Sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaṃyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī’’ti.
「诸比库!在那里,有什么差别、有什么殊胜、有什么区分,智者与愚者之间?」「尊者!我们的法以世尊为根本,以世尊为引导,以世尊为依归。尊者!实在善哉,愿世尊阐明这所说的义理。诸比库听闻世尊之后将忆持。」
‘‘Tena hi, bhikkhave, suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
「那么,诸比库!你们要听!你们要善作意!我要说了。」「是的,尊者!」那些比库回答世尊。世尊如是说——
‘‘Yāya ca, bhikkhave, avijjāya nivutassa bālassa yāya ca taṇhāya sampayuttassa ayaṃ kāyo samudāgato, sā ceva avijjā bālassa appahīnā sā ca taṇhā aparikkhīṇā. Taṃ kissa hetu? Na, bhikkhave, bālo acari brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhakkhayāya. Tasmā bālo kāyassa bhedā kāyūpago hoti, so kāyūpago samāno na parimuccati jātiyā jarāmaraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi. Na parimuccati dukkhasmāti vadāmi.
「诸比库!被那个无明所盖的愚者,与那个渴爱相应,生起了这个身,那个无明,愚者未舍断,那个渴爱未遍尽。那是什么原因?诸比库!愚者未行梵行以正确地灭尽苦。因此,愚者身坏时趣向于身,他趣向于身者,不解脱于生、老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼。我说他不解脱于苦。」
‘‘Yāya ca, bhikkhave, avijjāya nivutassa paṇḍitassa yāya ca taṇhāya sampayuttassa ayaṃ kāyo samudāgato, sā ceva avijjā paṇḍitassa pahīnā, sā ca taṇhā parikkhīṇā. Taṃ kissa hetu? Acari, bhikkhave, paṇḍito brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhakkhayāya. Tasmā paṇḍito kāyassa bhedā na kāyūpago hoti. So akāyūpago samāno parimuccati jātiyā jarāmaraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi. Parimuccati dukkhasmāti vadāmi. Ayaṃ kho , bhikkhave, viseso , ayaṃ adhippayāso, idaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ paṇḍitassa bālena yadidaṃ brahmacariyavāso’’ti. Navamaṃ.
「诸比库!被那个无明所盖的智者,与那个渴爱相应,生起了这个身,那个无明,智者已舍断,那个渴爱已遍尽。那是什么原因?诸比库!智者已行梵行以正确地灭尽苦。因此,智者身坏时不趣向于身。他不趣向于身者,解脱于生、老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼。我说他解脱于苦。诸比库!这是差别,这是殊胜,这是区分,智者与愚者之间,即梵行住。」第九经。
10. Paccayasuttaṃ10. 缘经
§20
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘paṭiccasamuppādañca vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi paṭiccasamuppanne ca dhamme. Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库,我将为你们讲说缘起与缘生法。你们要听!你们要善作意!我要说了。」「是的,尊者。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊说此:
‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppādo? Jātipaccayā, bhikkhave, jarāmaraṇaṃ. Uppādā vā tathāgatānaṃ anuppādā vā tathāgatānaṃ, ṭhitāva sā dhātu dhammaṭṭhitatā dhammaniyāmatā idappaccayatā. Taṃ tathāgato abhisambujjhati abhisameti. Abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti. ‘Passathā’ti cāha – ‘jātipaccayā, bhikkhave, jarāmaraṇaṃ’’’.
「诸比库,什么是缘起?诸比库,缘生而有老死。无论诸如来出现或诸如来不出现,此界确实安住,法住性、法决定性、此缘性。如来现正觉、现等至此。现正觉、现等至后,宣说、教导、施设、建立、开显、分别论、阐明。并说:『你们要看!』『诸比库,缘生而有老死。』」
‘‘Bhavapaccayā, bhikkhave, jāti…pe… upādānapaccayā, bhikkhave, bhavo… taṇhāpaccayā, bhikkhave, upādānaṃ… vedanāpaccayā, bhikkhave, taṇhā… phassapaccayā, bhikkhave, vedanā… saḷāyatanapaccayā, bhikkhave, phasso… nāmarūpapaccayā, bhikkhave, saḷāyatanaṃ… viññāṇapaccayā, bhikkhave, nāmarūpaṃ… saṅkhārapaccayā, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ… avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā uppādā vā tathāgatānaṃ anuppādā vā tathāgatānaṃ, ṭhitāva sā dhātu dhammaṭṭhitatā dhammaniyāmatā idappaccayatā. Taṃ tathāgato abhisambujjhati abhisameti . Abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati uttānīkaroti. ‘Passathā’ti cāha ‘avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā’. Iti kho, bhikkhave, yā tatra tathatā avitathatā anaññathatā idappaccayatā – ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppādo.
「诸比库,缘有而有生……诸比库,缘取而有有……诸比库,缘渴爱而有取……诸比库,缘受而有渴爱……诸比库,缘触而有受……诸比库,缘六处而有触……诸比库,缘名色而有六处……诸比库,缘识而有名色……诸比库,缘行而有识……诸比库,缘无明而有行。无论诸如来出现或诸如来不出现,此界确实安住,法住性、法决定性、此缘性。如来现正觉、现等至此。现正觉、现等至后,宣说、教导、施设、建立、开显、分别论、阐明。并说:『你们要看!』『诸比库,缘无明而有行。』诸比库,如此,于此中,如性、不异性、不他性、此缘性——诸比库,这称为缘起。
‘‘Katame ca, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppannā dhammā? Jarāmaraṇaṃ, bhikkhave, aniccaṃ saṅkhataṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ khayadhammaṃ vayadhammaṃ virāgadhammaṃ nirodhadhammaṃ. Jāti, bhikkhave, aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammā. Bhavo, bhikkhave, anicco saṅkhato paṭiccasamuppanno khayadhammo vayadhammo virāgadhammo nirodhadhammo. Upādānaṃ bhikkhave…pe… taṇhā, bhikkhave… vedanā, bhikkhave… phasso, bhikkhave… saḷāyatanaṃ, bhikkhave… nāmarūpaṃ, bhikkhave… viññāṇaṃ , bhikkhave… saṅkhārā, bhikkhave… avijjā, bhikkhave, aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammā. Ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppannā dhammā.
「诸比库,什么是缘生法?诸比库,老死是无常、有为、缘生、尽法、灭法、离贪法、灭法。诸比库,生是无常、有为、缘生、尽法、灭法、离贪法、灭法。诸比库,有是无常、有为、缘生、尽法、灭法、离贪法、灭法。诸比库,取……诸比库,渴爱……诸比库,受……诸比库,触……诸比库,六处……诸比库,名色……诸比库,识……诸比库,行……诸比库,无明是无常、有为、缘生、尽法、灭法、离贪法、灭法。诸比库,这些称为缘生法。
‘‘Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa ‘ayañca paṭiccasamuppādo, ime ca paṭiccasamuppannā dhammā’ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhā honti, so vata pubbantaṃ vā paṭidhāvissati – ‘ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ atītamaddhānaṃ, nanu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ, kiṃ nu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ, kathaṃ nu kho ahosiṃ atītamaddhānaṃ, kiṃ hutvā kiṃ ahosiṃ nu kho ahaṃ atītamaddhāna’nti; aparantaṃ vā upadhāvissati – ‘bhavissāmi nu kho ahaṃ anāgatamaddhānaṃ, nanu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ , kiṃ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ, kathaṃ nu kho bhavissāmi anāgatamaddhānaṃ, kiṃ hutvā kiṃ bhavissāmi nu kho ahaṃ anāgatamaddhāna’nti; etarahi vā paccuppannaṃ addhānaṃ ajjhattaṃ kathaṃkathī bhavissati – ‘ahaṃ nu khosmi, no nu khosmi, kiṃ nu khosmi, kathaṃ nu khosmi, ayaṃ nu kho satto kuto āgato, so kuhiṃ gamissatī’ti – netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathāhi, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa ayañca paṭiccasamuppādo ime ca paṭiccasamuppannā dhammā yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhā’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
「诸比库,当圣弟子以正慧如实善见『此缘起与这些缘生法』时,他实在须跋跑向过去——『我在过去世存在吗?我在过去世不存在吗?我在过去世是什么?我在过去世如何?我在过去世曾是什么后来成为什么?』;或跑向未来——『我在未来世将存在吗?我在未来世将不存在吗?我在未来世将是什么?我在未来世将如何?我在未来世将是什么后来成为什么?』;或现在对现在时有内在的疑惑——『我存在吗?我不存在吗?我是什么?我如何?此有情从何而来?他将去何处?』——这是须跋的。那是什么原因?诸比库,因为圣弟子已以正慧如实善见此缘起与这些缘生法。」第十。
Āhāravaggo dutiyo. · 食品第二
Tassuddānaṃ –
其摄颂:
Āhāraṃ phagguno ceva, dve ca samaṇabrāhmaṇā;
食、帕古那,以及两个沙门婆罗门;
Kaccānagotto dhammakathikaṃ, acelaṃ timbarukena ca;
咖吒亚那果答、说法者、裸行者与听巴汝咖。
Bālapaṇḍitato ceva, dasamo paccayena cāti.
从愚者与智者,以及第十从缘。
3. Dasabalavaggo
3. 十力品
1. Dasabalasuttaṃ1. 十力经
§21
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘dasabalasamannāgato, bhikkhave, tathāgato catūhi ca vesārajjehi samannāgato āsabhaṃ ṭhānaṃ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṃ nadati, brahmacakkaṃ pavatteti – iti rūpaṃ iti rūpassa samudayo iti rūpassa atthaṅgamo, iti vedanā iti vedanāya samudayo iti vedanāya atthaṅgamo, iti saññā iti saññāya samudayo iti saññāya atthaṅgamo, iti saṅkhārā iti saṅkhārānaṃ samudayo iti saṅkhārānaṃ atthaṅgamo, iti viññāṇaṃ iti viññāṇassa samudayo iti viññāṇassa atthaṅgamo. Iti imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjati. Imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hoti, imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati. Yadidaṃ avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库!如来具足十力,具足四无畏,宣称牛王之位,在众中作狮子吼,转梵轮——如是色,如是色之集,如是色之灭;如是受,如是受之集,如是受之灭;如是想,如是想之集,如是想之灭;如是行,如是诸行之集,如是诸行之灭;如是识,如是识之集,如是识之灭。如是此有故彼有,此生故彼生。此无故彼无,此灭故彼灭。即:以无明为缘而有行;以行为缘而有识……如是有此整个苦蕴之集。然而,以无明之无余离贪灭而行灭;以行灭而识灭……如是有此整个苦蕴之灭。」第一经。
2. Dutiyadasabalasuttaṃ2. 第二十力经
§22
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘dasabalasamannāgato, bhikkhave, tathāgato catūhi ca vesārajjehi samannāgato āsabhaṃ ṭhānaṃ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṃ nadati, brahmacakkaṃ pavattetti – ‘iti rūpaṃ iti rūpassa samudayo iti rūpassa atthaṅgamo, iti vedanā iti vedanāya samudayo iti vedanāya atthaṅgamo, iti saññā iti saññāya samudayo iti saññāya atthaṅgamo, iti saṅkhārā iti saṅkhārānaṃ samudayo iti saṅkhārānaṃ atthaṅgamo, iti viññāṇaṃ iti viññāṇassa samudayo iti viññāṇassa atthaṅgamo. Iti imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjati; imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hoti imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati. Yadidaṃ avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti’’’.
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库!如来具足十力,具足四无畏,宣称牛王之位,在众中作狮子吼,转梵轮——『如是色,如是色之集,如是色之灭;如是受,如是受之集,如是受之灭;如是想,如是想之集,如是想之灭;如是行,如是诸行之集,如是诸行之灭;如是识,如是识之集,如是识之灭。如是此有故彼有,此生故彼生;此无故彼无,此灭故彼灭。即:以无明为缘而有行;以行为缘而有识……如是有此整个苦蕴之集。然而,以无明之无余离贪灭而行灭;以行灭而识灭……如是有此整个苦蕴之灭。』
‘‘Evaṃ svākkhāto, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo uttāno vivaṭo pakāsito chinnapilotiko. Evaṃ svākkhāte kho, bhikkhave, mayā dhamme uttāne vivaṭe pakāsite chinnapilotike alameva saddhāpabbajitena kulaputtena vīriyaṃ ārabhituṃ – ‘kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu, sarīre upasussatu maṃsalohitaṃ. Yaṃ taṃ purisathāmena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṃ, na taṃ apāpuṇitvā vīriyassa saṇṭhānaṃ bhavissatī’’’ti.
「诸比库!如是由我所善说之法是明了的、开显的、阐明的、已断碎布的。诸比库!在如是由我所善说的、明了的、开显的、阐明的、已断碎布的法中,对于以信出家的善男子,足以策励精进——『宁可皮、腱、骨存留,身体的血肉干枯,凡以男子力、以男子精进、以男子勇猛所应得者,未得彼之前,精进不停止。』」
‘‘Dukkhaṃ , bhikkhave, kusīto viharati vokiṇṇo pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi, mahantañca sadatthaṃ parihāpeti. Āraddhavīriyo ca kho, bhikkhave, sukhaṃ viharati pavivitto pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi, mahantañca sadatthaṃ paripūreti. Na, bhikkhave, hīnena aggassa patti hoti. Aggena ca kho, bhikkhave, aggassa patti hoti. Maṇḍapeyyamidaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyaṃ, satthā sammukhībhūto. Tasmātiha, bhikkhave, vīriyaṃ ārabhatha appattassa pattiyā, anadhigatassa adhigamāya, asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāya. ‘Evaṃ no ayaṃ amhākaṃ pabbajjā avañjhā bhavissati saphalā saudrayā. Yesañca mayaṃ paribhuñjāma cīvara-piṇḍapātasenāsana-gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ tesaṃ te kārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṃsā’ti – evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ. Attatthaṃ vā hi, bhikkhave, sampassamānena alameva appamādena sampādetuṃ; paratthaṃ vā hi, bhikkhave, sampassamānena alameva appamādena sampādetuṃ; ubhayatthaṃ vā hi, bhikkhave, sampassamānena alameva appamādena sampādetu’’nti. Dutiyaṃ.
「诸比库!懈怠者住于苦,被诸恶不善法所杂染,舍弃大自义。诸比库!而精进者住于乐,远离诸恶不善法,圆满大自义。诸比库!不以下劣而得达最上。诸比库!以最上而得达最上。诸比库!此梵行是精华,导师面前现前。诸比库!因此,在此你们应策励精进,为了未得之得,为了未达之达,为了未证之证。『如是我们的这出家将不会无果,将有果、有利益。我们所受用的衣、钵食、卧坐处、病者所需之医药资具,那些对我们的供养将有大果、大利益』——诸比库!你们应如是学。诸比库!或者见自义者,足以不放逸而成就;诸比库!或者见他义者,足以不放逸而成就;诸比库!或者见两者之义者,足以不放逸而成就。」第二经。
3. Upanisasuttaṃ3. 近依经
§23
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘jānato ahaṃ, bhikkhave, passato āsavānaṃ khayaṃ vadāmi, no ajānato no apassato. Kiñca, bhikkhave, jānato kiṃ passato āsavānaṃ khayo hoti ? Iti rūpaṃ iti rūpassa samudayo iti rūpassa atthaṅgamo, iti vedanā…pe… iti saññā… iti saṅkhārā… iti viññāṇaṃ iti viññāṇassa samudayo iti viññāṇassa atthaṅgamoti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, jānato evaṃ passato āsavānaṃ khayo hoti’’.
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库!我说知者、见者有诸漏之尽,非不知者、非不见者。诸比库!知什么、见什么而有诸漏之尽?如是色,如是色之集,如是色之灭;如是受……如是想……如是行……如是识,如是识之集,如是识之灭。诸比库!如是知、如是见而有诸漏之尽。」
‘‘Yampissa taṃ, bhikkhave, khayasmiṃ khayeññāṇaṃ, tampi saupanisaṃ vadāmi, no anupanisaṃ. Kā ca, bhikkhave, khayeñāṇassa upanisā? ‘Vimuttī’tissa vacanīyaṃ. Vimuttimpāhaṃ , bhikkhave, saupanisaṃ vadāmi, no anupanisaṃ. Kā ca, bhikkhave, vimuttiyā upanisā? ‘Virāgo’tissa vacanīyaṃ. Virāgampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, saupanisaṃ vadāmi, no anupanisaṃ. Kā ca, bhikkhave, virāgassa upanisā? ‘Nibbidā’tissa vacanīyaṃ. Nibbidampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, saupanisaṃ vadāmi, no anupanisaṃ. Kā ca, bhikkhave, nibbidāya upanisā? ‘Yathābhūtañāṇadassana’ntissa vacanīyaṃ. Yathābhūtañāṇadassanampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, saupanisaṃ vadāmi, no anupanisaṃ. Kā ca, bhikkhave, yathābhūtañāṇadassanassa upanisā? ‘Samādhī’tissa vacanīyaṃ. Samādhimpāhaṃ, bhikkhave, saupanisaṃ vadāmi, no anupanisaṃ.
「诸比库!凡彼于灭中之灭智,我说彼亦有近因,非无近因。诸比库!什么是灭智之近因?应说『解脱』。诸比库!我说解脱亦有近因,非无近因。诸比库!什么是解脱之近因?应说『离贪』。诸比库!我说离贪亦有近因,非无近因。诸比库!什么是离贪之近因?应说『厌离』。诸比库!我说厌离亦有近因,非无近因。诸比库!什么是厌离之近因?应说『如实智见』。诸比库!我说如实智见亦有近因,非无近因。诸比库!什么是如实智见之近因?应说『定』。诸比库!我说定亦有近因,非无近因。
‘‘Kā ca, bhikkhave, samādhissa upanisā? ‘Sukha’ntissa vacanīyaṃ. Sukhampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, saupanisaṃ vadāmi, no anupanisaṃ. Kā ca, bhikkhave, sukhassa upanisā? ‘Passaddhī’tissa vacanīyaṃ. Passaddhimpāhaṃ, bhikkhave, saupanisaṃ vadāmi, no anupanisaṃ. Kā ca, bhikkhave, passaddhiyā upanisā? ‘Pītī’tissa vacanīyaṃ. Pītimpāhaṃ, bhikkhave, saupanisaṃ vadāmi, no anupanisaṃ. Kā ca, bhikkhave, pītiyā upanisā? ‘Pāmojja’ntissa vacanīyaṃ. Pāmojjampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, saupanisaṃ vadāmi, no anupanisaṃ. Kā ca, bhikkhave, pāmojjassa upanisā? ‘Saddhā’tissa vacanīyaṃ. Saddhampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, saupanisaṃ vadāmi, no anupanisaṃ.
「诸比库,什么是定的近因?应该说是『乐』。诸比库,我说乐是有近因的,不是无近因的。诸比库,什么是乐的近因?应该说是『轻安』。诸比库,我说轻安是有近因的,不是无近因的。诸比库,什么是轻安的近因?应该说是『喜』。诸比库,我说喜是有近因的,不是无近因的。诸比库,什么是喜的近因?应该说是『欢悦』。诸比库,我说欢悦是有近因的,不是无近因的。诸比库,什么是欢悦的近因?应该说是『信』。诸比库,我说信是有近因的,不是无近因的。
‘‘Kā ca, bhikkhave, saddhāya upanisā? ‘Dukkha’ntissa vacanīyaṃ. Dukkhampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, saupanisaṃ vadāmi, no anupanisaṃ. Kā ca, bhikkhave, dukkhassa upanisā? ‘Jātī’tissa vacanīyaṃ. Jātimpāhaṃ , bhikkhave, saupanisaṃ vadāmi, no anupanisaṃ. Kā ca, bhikkhave, jātiyā upanisā? ‘Bhavo’tissa vacanīyaṃ. Bhavampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, saupanisaṃ vadāmi , no anupanisaṃ. Kā ca, bhikkhave, bhavassa upanisā? ‘Upādāna’ntissa vacanīyaṃ. Upādānampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, saupanisaṃ vadāmi, no anupanisaṃ. Kā ca, bhikkhave, upādānassa upanisā? ‘Taṇhā’tissa vacanīyaṃ. Taṇhampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, saupanisaṃ vadāmi, no anupanisaṃ.
「诸比库,什么是信的近因?应该说是『苦』。诸比库,我说苦是有近因的,不是无近因的。诸比库,什么是苦的近因?应该说是『生』。诸比库,我说生是有近因的,不是无近因的。诸比库,什么是生的近因?应该说是『有』。诸比库,我说有是有近因的,不是无近因的。诸比库,什么是有的近因?应该说是『取』。诸比库,我说取是有近因的,不是无近因的。诸比库,什么是取的近因?应该说是『渴爱』。诸比库,我说渴爱是有近因的,不是无近因的。
‘‘Kā ca, bhikkhave, taṇhāya upanisā? ‘Vedanā’tissa vacanīyaṃ…pe… ‘phasso’tissa vacanīyaṃ… ‘saḷāyatana’ntissa vacanīyaṃ… ‘nāmarūpa’ntissa vacanīyaṃ… ‘viññāṇa’ntissa vacanīyaṃ… ‘saṅkhārā’tissa vacanīyaṃ. Saṅkhārepāhaṃ, bhikkhave, saupanise vadāmi, no anupanise. Kā ca, bhikkhave, saṅkhārānaṃ upanisā? ‘Avijjā’tissa vacanīyaṃ.
「诸比库,什么是渴爱的近因?应该说是『受』……应该说是『触』……应该说是『六处』……应该说是『名色』……应该说是『识』……应该说是『行』。诸比库,我说诸行是有近因的,不是无近因的。诸比库,什么是诸行的近因?应该说是『无明』。
‘‘Iti kho, bhikkhave, avijjūpanisā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārūpanisaṃ viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇūpanisaṃ nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpūpanisaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanūpaniso phasso, phassūpanisā vedanā, vedanūpanisā taṇhā, taṇhūpanisaṃ upādānaṃ, upādānūpaniso bhavo, bhavūpanisā jāti, jātūpanisaṃ dukkhaṃ, dukkhūpanisā saddhā, saddhūpanisaṃ pāmojjaṃ, pāmojjūpanisā pīti, pītūpanisā passaddhi, passaddhūpanisaṃ sukhaṃ, sukhūpaniso samādhi, samādhūpanisaṃ yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ, yathābhūtañāṇadassanūpanisā nibbidā, nibbidūpaniso virāgo, virāgūpanisā vimutti, vimuttūpanisaṃ khayeñāṇaṃ.
「诸比库,如此,以无明为近因有行,以行为近因有识,以识为近因有名色,以名色为近因有六处,以六处为近因有触,以触为近因有受,以受为近因有渴爱,以渴爱为近因有取,以取为近因有有,以有为近因有生,以生为近因有苦,以苦为近因有信,以信为近因有欢悦,以欢悦为近因有喜,以喜为近因有轻安,以轻安为近因有乐,以乐为近因有定,以定为近因有如实智见,以如实智见为近因有厌离,以厌离为近因有离贪,以离贪为近因有解脱,以解脱为近因有尽智。
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uparipabbate thullaphusitake deve vassante taṃ udakaṃ yathāninnaṃ pavattamānaṃ pabbatakandarapadarasākhā paripūreti. Pabbatakandarapadarasākhāparipūrā kusobbhe paripūrenti. Kusobbhā paripūrā mahāsobbhe paripūrenti. Mahāsobbhā paripūrā kunnadiyo paripūrenti. Kunnadiyo paripūrā mahānadiyo paripūrenti. Mahānadiyo paripūrā mahāsamuddaṃ paripūrenti.
「诸比库,譬如在山顶上,当天降大雨时,那水顺着低处流下,充满山谷、山涧、溪流。山谷、山涧、溪流充满后,充满小池。小池充满后,充满大池。大池充满后,充满小河。小河充满后,充满大河。大河充满后,充满大海。
‘‘Evameva kho, bhikkhave, avijjūpanisā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārūpanisaṃ viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇūpanisaṃ nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpūpanisaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanūpaniso phasso, phassūpanisā vedanā, vedanūpanisā taṇhā, taṇhūpanisaṃ upādānaṃ, upādānūpaniso bhavo, bhavūpanisā jāti, jātūpanisaṃ dukkhaṃ, dukkhūpanisā saddhā, saddhūpanisaṃ pāmojjaṃ, pāmojjūpanisā pīti, pītūpanisā passaddhi, passaddhūpanisaṃ sukhaṃ, sukhūpaniso samādhi, samādhūpanisaṃ yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ, yathābhūtañāṇadassanūpanisā nibbidā, nibbidūpaniso virāgo, virāgūpanisā vimutti, vimuttūpanisaṃ khayeñāṇa’’nti. Tatiyaṃ.
「诸比库,同样地,以无明为近因有行,以行为近因有识,以识为近因有名色,以名色为近因有六处,以六处为近因有触,以触为近因有受,以受为近因有渴爱,以渴爱为近因有取,以取为近因有有,以有为近因有生,以生为近因有苦,以苦为近因有信,以信为近因有欢悦,以欢悦为近因有喜,以喜为近因有轻安,以轻安为近因有乐,以乐为近因有定,以定为近因有如实智见,以如实智见为近因有厌离,以厌离为近因有离贪,以离贪为近因有解脱,以解脱为近因有尽智。」第三经。
4. Aññatitthiyasuttaṃ4. 外道经
§24
Rājagahe viharati veḷuvane. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Atha kho āyasmato sāriputtassa etadahosi – ‘‘atippago kho tāva rājagahe piṇḍāya carituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ yena aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ ārāmo tenupasaṅkameyya’’nti.
住在王舍城竹林。那时,具寿沙利子在上午时分穿好衣,拿着钵与衣,进入王舍城托钵。那时,具寿沙利子这样想:「现在在王舍城托钵还太早。我何不前往外道游方者的园林?」
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ ārāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā etadavocuṃ –
那时,具寿沙利子前往外道游方者的园林;抵达后,与那些外道游方者互相问候。交换了友好、可记念的交谈后,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的具寿沙利子,那些外道游方者对他这样说:
‘‘Santāvuso, sāriputta, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkataṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti. Santi panāvuso sāriputta, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā paraṃkataṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti. Santāvuso sāriputta, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca dukkhaṃ paññapenti. Santi panāvuso sāriputta, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti. Idha, panāvuso sāriputta, samaṇo gotamo kiṃvādī kimakkhāyī? Kathaṃ byākaramānā ca mayaṃ vuttavādino ceva samaṇassa gotamassa assāma, na ca samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ abhūtena abbhācikkheyyāma, dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākareyyāma, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgaccheyyā’’ti?
「贤友沙利子,有些业论的沙门婆罗门施设自作之苦。贤友沙利子,又有些业论的沙门婆罗门施设他作之苦。贤友沙利子,有些业论的沙门婆罗门施设自作与他作之苦。贤友沙利子,又有些业论的沙门婆罗门施设非自作、非他作、无因生起之苦。贤友沙利子,在此,沙门果德玛说什么?宣说什么?我们如何分别论才是说沙门果德玛所说之说,而不以不实诽谤沙门果德玛,且能随法而分别论法,不会有任何如法的论难之语来到应受呵责之处?」
‘‘Paṭiccasamuppannaṃ kho, āvuso, dukkhaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā. Kiṃ paṭicca? Phassaṃ paṭicca. Iti vadaṃ vuttavādī ceva bhagavato assa, na ca bhagavantaṃ abhūtena abbhācikkheyya, dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākareyya, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgaccheyya.
「贤友,世尊说苦是缘起所生。缘什么?缘触。如此说者,即是说世尊所说之说,而不以不实诽谤世尊,且能随法而分别论法,不会有任何如法的论难之语来到应受呵责之处。
‘‘Tatrāvuso, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkataṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti tadapi phassapaccayā. Yepi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā paraṃkataṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti tadapi phassapaccayā. Yepi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca dukkhaṃ paññapenti tadapi phassapaccayā. Yepi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti tadapi phassapaccayā.
「贤友,在此,那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设自作之苦,那也是以触为缘。那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设他作之苦,那也是以触为缘。那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设自作与他作之苦,那也是以触为缘。那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设非自作、非他作、无因生起之苦,那也是以触为缘。
‘‘Tatrāvuso, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkataṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti, te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Yepi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā paraṃkataṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti, te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Yepi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca dukkhaṃ paññapenti, te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Yepi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti, te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti.
「贤友,在此,那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设自作之苦,他们将离触而感受,这是须跋的。那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设他作之苦,他们将离触而感受,这是须跋的。那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设自作与他作之苦,他们将离触而感受,这是须跋的。那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设非自作、非他作、无因生起之苦,他们将离触而感受,这是须跋的。」
Assosi kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato sāriputtassa tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho āyasmā ānando rājagahe piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako āyasmato sāriputtassa tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṃ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṃ sabbaṃ bhagavato ārocesi.
具寿阿难听到具寿沙利子与那些外道游方者的这段谈话。那时,具寿阿难在王舍城行乞后,食后从乞食返回,去到世尊那里;到达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。坐于一旁的具寿阿难将具寿沙利子与那些外道游方者的全部谈话告知世尊。
‘‘Sādhu sādhu, ānanda, yathā taṃ sāriputto sammā byākaramāno byākareyya. Paṭiccasamuppannaṃ kho, ānanda, dukkhaṃ vuttaṃ mayā. Kiṃ paṭicca? Phassaṃ paṭicca. Iti vadaṃ vuttavādī ceva me assa, na ca maṃ abhūtena abbhācikkheyya, dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākareyya, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgaccheyya.
「善哉!善哉!阿难,正如沙利子正确分别论而分别论。阿难,我说苦是缘起所生。缘什么?缘触。如此说者,即是说我所说之说,而不以不实诽谤我,且能随法而分别论法,不会有任何如法的论难之语来到应受呵责之处。
‘‘Tatrānanda , ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkataṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti tadapi phassapaccayā. Yepi te…pe… yepi te…pe… yepi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti tadapi phassapaccayā.
「阿难,在此,那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设自作之苦,那也是以触为缘。那些……那些……那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设非自作、非他作、无因生起之苦,那也是以触为缘。
‘‘Tatrānanda, yepi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkataṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti, te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Yepi te…pe… yepi te…pe… yepi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti, te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
「阿难,在此,那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设自作之苦,他们将离触而感受,这是须跋的。那些……那些……那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设非自作、非他作、无因生起之苦,他们将离触而感受,这是须跋的。」
‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ idheva rājagahe viharāmi veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Atha khvāhaṃ, ānanda, pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya rājagahaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisiṃ. Tassa mayhaṃ, ānanda, etadahosi – ‘atippago kho tāva rājagahe piṇḍāya carituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ yena aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ ārāmo tenupasaṅkameyya’’’nti.
「阿难,一时我住在此王舍城的竹林栗鼠庇护所。阿难,那时我在上午时分穿好衣,拿着钵与衣,进入王舍城托钵。阿难,那时我这样想:『现在在王舍城托钵还太早。我何不前往外道游方者的园林?』」
‘‘Atha khvāhaṃ, ānanda, yena aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ ārāmo tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā tehi aññatitthiyehi paribbājakehi saddhiṃ sammodiṃ. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃ. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho maṃ, ānanda, te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā etadavocuṃ –
「阿难,那时我前往外道游方者的园林;抵达后,与那些外道游方者互相问候。交换了友好、值得忆念的话语后,在一旁坐下。阿难,当我在一旁坐下时,那些外道游方者对我这样说:」
‘Santāvuso gotama, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkataṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti. Santi panāvuso gotama, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā paraṃkataṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti. Santāvuso gotama, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca dukkhaṃ paññapenti. Santi panāvuso gotama, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti. Idha no āyasmā gotamo kiṃvādī kimakkhāyī? Kathaṃ byākaramānā ca mayaṃ vuttavādino ceva āyasmato gotamassa assāma, na ca āyasmantaṃ gotamaṃ abhūtena abbhācikkheyyāma , dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākareyyāma, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgaccheyyā’’’ti?
「果德玛贤友,有些业论的沙门婆罗门施设自作之苦。果德玛贤友,也有些业论的沙门婆罗门施设他作之苦。果德玛贤友,有些业论的沙门婆罗门施设自作与他作之苦。果德玛贤友,也有些业论的沙门婆罗门施设非自作、非他作、无因生起之苦。在此,具寿果德玛是什么说者、什么论者?我们如何分别论才是说具寿果德玛所说之说,而不会以不实诽谤具寿果德玛,会如法地随法分别论,不会有任何如法的论难者会来到应受呵责之处?」
‘‘Evaṃ vuttāhaṃ, ānanda, te aññatitthiye paribbājake etadavocaṃ – ‘paṭiccasamuppannaṃ kho, āvuso, dukkhaṃ vuttaṃ mayā. Kiṃ paṭicca? Phassaṃ paṭicca. Iti vadaṃ vuttavādī ceva me assa, na ca maṃ abhūtena abbhācikkheyya, dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākareyya, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgaccheyyā’’’ti.
「阿难,如是所说时,我对那些外道游方者这样说:『贤友们,我说苦是缘起的。缘什么?缘触。如此说者,才是说我所说之说,不会以不实诽谤我,会如法地随法分别论,不会有任何如法的论难者会来到应受呵责之处。』」
‘‘Tatrāvuso, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkataṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti tadapi phassapaccayā. Yepi te…pe… yepi te…pe… yepi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti tadapi phassapaccayā.
「『贤友们,在此,那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设自作之苦,那也是缘触之缘。那些……那些……那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设非自作、非他作、无因生起之苦,那也是缘触之缘。」
‘‘Tatrāvuso, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkataṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti, te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Yepi te…pe… yepi te…pe… yepi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti, te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti. ‘‘Acchariyaṃ bhante, abbhutaṃ bhante ! Yatra hi nāma ekena padena sabbo attho vutto bhavissati. Siyā nu kho, bhante, esevattho vitthārena vuccamāno gambhīro ceva assa gambhīrāvabhāso cā’’ti?
「『贤友们,在此,那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设自作之苦,他们离开触而感受,这是须跋的。那些……那些……那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设非自作、非他作、无因生起之苦,他们离开触而感受,这是须跋的。』」「不可思议,大德!未曾有,大德!因为以一句话就说了全部义理。大德,这义理若以详细方式来说,是否会既深且显现为深?」
‘‘Tena hānanda, taññevettha paṭibhātū’’ti. ‘‘Sace maṃ, bhante, evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – ‘jarāmaraṇaṃ, āvuso ānanda, kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ kiṃjātikaṃ kiṃpabhava’nti? Evaṃ puṭṭhohaṃ, bhante, evaṃ byākareyyaṃ – ‘jarāmaraṇaṃ kho, āvuso, jātinidānaṃ jātisamudayaṃ jātijātikaṃ jātipabhava’nti. Evaṃ puṭṭhohaṃ, bhante, evaṃ byākareyyaṃ.
「阿难,那么,就让你在此对此有所领悟。」「大德,如果他们这样问我:『阿难贤友,老死以什么为因、以什么为集、以什么为生类、以什么为源?』大德,如此被问时,我会这样分别论:『贤友们,老死以生为因、以生为集、以生为生类、以生为源。』大德,如此被问时,我会这样分别论。」
‘‘Sace maṃ, bhante, evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – ‘jāti panāvuso ānanda, kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavā’ti? Evaṃ puṭṭhohaṃ, bhante, evaṃ byākareyyaṃ – ‘jāti kho, āvuso, bhavanidānā bhavasamudayā bhavajātikā bhavappabhavā’ti. Evaṃ puṭṭhohaṃ, bhante, evaṃ byākareyyaṃ .
「大德,如果他们这样问我:『阿难贤友,那么生以什么为因、以什么为集、以什么为生类、以什么为源?』大德,如此被问时,我会这样分别论:『贤友们,生以有为因、以有为集、以有为生类、以有为源。』大德,如此被问时,我会这样分别论。」
‘‘Sace maṃ, bhante, evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – ‘bhavo panāvuso ānanda, kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kiṃpabhavo’ti? Evaṃ puṭṭhohaṃ, bhante, evaṃ byākareyyaṃ – ‘bhavo kho, āvuso, upādānanidāno upādānasamudayo upādānajātiko upādānappabhavo’ti. Evaṃ puṭṭhohaṃ, bhante, evaṃ byākareyyaṃ.
「尊者,如果他们这样问我——『具寿阿难,有以何为因、以何为集、以何为生、以何为源?』被这样问时,尊者,我会这样解答——『具寿,有以取为因、以取为集、以取为生、以取为源。』被这样问时,尊者,我会这样解答。
‘‘Sace maṃ, bhante, evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – upādānaṃ panāvuso…pe… taṇhā panāvuso…pe… vedanā panāvuso…pe… sace maṃ, bhante, evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – ‘phasso panāvuso ānanda, kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kiṃpabhavo’ti? Evaṃ puṭṭhohaṃ, bhante, evaṃ byākareyyaṃ – ‘phasso kho, āvuso, saḷāyatananidāno saḷāyatanasamudayo saḷāyatanajātiko saḷāyatanappabhavo’ti. ‘Channaṃtveva, āvuso, phassāyatanānaṃ asesavirāganirodhā phassanirodho; phassanirodhā vedanānirodho; vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho; taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho; upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho; bhavanirodhā jātinirodho; jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’ti. Evaṃ puṭṭhohaṃ, bhante, evaṃ byākareyya’’nti. Catutthaṃ.
「尊者,如果他们这样问我——『具寿,取……渴爱……受……尊者,如果他们这样问我——『具寿阿难,触以何为因、以何为集、以何为生、以何为源?』被这样问时,尊者,我会这样解答——『具寿,触以六处为因、以六处为集、以六处为生、以六处为源。』『具寿,由于此六触处的无余离贪灭,触灭;由触灭,受灭;由受灭,渴爱灭;由渴爱灭,取灭;由取灭,有灭;由有灭,生灭;由生灭,老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼灭。如此,这整个苦蕴灭。』被这样问时,尊者,我会这样解答。」第四经。
5. Bhūmijasuttaṃ5. 菩弥迦经
§25
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Atha kho āyasmā bhūmijo sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā bhūmijo āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca –
住在沙瓦提。时,具寿普弥迦于傍晚时从独坐中起,去到具寿沙利子处;到了之后,与具寿沙利子互相问候。交换了友好、值得忆念的话语后,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的具寿普弥迦对具寿沙利子这样说——
‘‘Santāvuso sāriputta, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññapenti. Santi panāvuso sāriputta, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā paraṃkataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññapenti. Santāvuso sāriputta, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca sukhadukkhaṃ paññapenti. Santi panāvuso sāriputta, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññapenti. Idha no, āvuso sāriputta, bhagavā kiṃvādī kimakkhāyī , kathaṃ byākaramānā ca mayaṃ vuttavādino ceva bhagavato assāma, na ca bhagavantaṃ abhūtena abbhācikkheyyāma, dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākareyyāma, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgaccheyyā’’ti?
「具寿沙利子,有一些业论的沙门婆罗门施设自作的苦乐。具寿沙利子,又有一些业论的沙门婆罗门施设他作的苦乐。具寿沙利子,有一些业论的沙门婆罗门施设自作与他作的苦乐。具寿沙利子,又有一些业论的沙门婆罗门施设非自作、非他作、无因生的苦乐。具寿沙利子,在此,世尊说什么、宣说什么?我们如何解答才是世尊所说之说者,不会以不实诽谤世尊,会如法地随法解答,不会有任何如法的论难者来到应受呵责之处?」
‘‘Paṭiccasamuppannaṃ kho, āvuso, sukhadukkhaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā. Kiṃ paṭicca? Phassaṃ paṭicca. Iti vadaṃ vuttavādī ceva bhagavato assa, na ca bhagavantaṃ abhūtena abbhācikkheyya, dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākareyya, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgaccheyya.
「具寿,世尊说苦乐是缘起的。缘于什么?缘于触。如此说者,会是世尊所说之说者,不会以不实诽谤世尊,会如法地随法解答,不会有任何如法的论难者来到应受呵责之处。
‘‘Tatrāvuso, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññapenti, tadapi phassapaccayā. Yepi te…pe… yepi te…pe… yepi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññapenti, tadapi phassapaccayā.
「具寿,在此,那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设自作的苦乐,那也是以触为缘。那些……那些……那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设非自作、非他作、无因生的苦乐,那也是以触为缘。
‘‘Tatrāvuso, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññapenti, te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Yepi te…pe. … yepi te…pe… yepi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññapenti, te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti.
「具寿,在此,那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设自作的苦乐,他们离开触而感受,这是须跋的。那些……那些……那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设非自作、非他作、无因生的苦乐,他们离开触而感受,这是须跋的。」
Assosi kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato sāriputtassa āyasmatā bhūmijena saddhiṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando yāvatako āyasmato sāriputtassa āyasmatā bhūmijena saddhiṃ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṃ sabbaṃ bhagavato ārocesi.
具寿阿难听到了具寿沙利子与具寿普弥迦的这段对话。时,具寿阿难去到世尊处;到了之后,礼敬世尊,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的具寿阿难将具寿沙利子与具寿普弥迦的整段对话全部告诉了世尊。
‘‘Sādhu sādhu, ānanda, yathā taṃ sāriputto sammā byākaramāno byākareyya. Paṭiccasamuppannaṃ kho, ānanda, sukhadukkhaṃ vuttaṃ mayā. Kiṃ paṭicca? Phassaṃ paṭicca. Iti vadaṃ vuttavādī ceva me assa, na ca maṃ abhūtena abbhācikkheyya, dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākareyya, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgaccheyya.
「善哉!善哉!阿难,正如沙利子应当正确解答而解答的那样。阿难,苦乐是缘起所生的,这是我所说的。缘于什么呢?缘于触。如此说者,他确实是我的说法者,不会以非真实来诽谤我,会如法地解答法,任何如法的论难也不会到达应受呵责之处。」
‘‘Tatrānanda , ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññapenti tadapi phassapaccayā. Yepi te…pe… yepi te…pe… yepi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññapenti tadapi phassapaccayā.
「阿难,于此,那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设自作的苦乐,那也是以触为缘。那些……那些……那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设非自作、非他作、无因生起的苦乐,那也是以触为缘。」
‘‘Tatrānanda , ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā kammavādā sayaṃkataṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññapenti, te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Yepi te…pe… yepi te…pe… yepi te samaṇabrāhmaṇākammavādā asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ paññapenti, te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.
「阿难,于此,那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设自作的苦乐,他们离开触而感受,这是须跋的。那些……那些……那些业论的沙门婆罗门施设非自作、非他作、无因生起的苦乐,他们离开触而感受,这是须跋的。」
‘‘Kāye vā hānanda, sati kāyasañcetanāhetu uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ. Vācāya vā hānanda, sati vacīsañcetanāhetu uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ. Mane vā hānanda, sati manosañcetanāhetu uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ avijjāpaccayā ca.
「阿难,当有身时,以身思为因,内在的苦乐生起。阿难,当有语时,以语思为因,内在的苦乐生起。阿难,当有意时,以意思为因,内在的苦乐生起,且以无明为缘。」
‘‘Sāmaṃ vā taṃ, ānanda, kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, yaṃpaccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ. Pare vā taṃ , ānanda, kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharonti, yaṃpaccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ. Sampajāno vā taṃ, ānanda, kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti yaṃpaccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ. Asampajāno vā taṃ, ānanda, kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti yaṃpaccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ.
「阿难,或者他自己造作身行,缘于那个,他的内在苦乐生起。阿难,或者他人造作身行,缘于那个,他的内在苦乐生起。阿难,或者他以正知造作身行,缘于那个,他的内在苦乐生起。阿难,或者他以非正知造作身行,缘于那个,他的内在苦乐生起。」
‘‘Sāmaṃ vā taṃ, ānanda, vacīsaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti yaṃpaccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ. Pare vā taṃ, ānanda, vacīsaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharonti yaṃpaccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ. Sampajāno vā taṃ, ānanda…pe… asampajāno vā taṃ, ānanda, vacīsaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti yaṃpaccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ.
「阿难,或者他自己造作语行,缘于那个,他的内在苦乐生起。阿难,或者他人造作语行,缘于那个,他的内在苦乐生起。阿难,或者他以正知……阿难,或者他以非正知造作语行,缘于那个,他的内在苦乐生起。」
‘‘Sāmaṃ vā taṃ, ānanda, manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti yaṃpaccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ. Pare vā taṃ, ānanda, manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharonti yaṃpaccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ. Sampajāno vā taṃ, ānanda…pe… asampajāno vā taṃ, ānanda, manosaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti yaṃpaccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ.
「阿难,或者他自己造作意行,缘于那个,他的内在苦乐生起。阿难,或者他人造作意行,缘于那个,他的内在苦乐生起。阿难,或者他以正知……阿难,或者他以非正知造作意行,缘于那个,他的内在苦乐生起。」
‘‘Imesu , ānanda, dhammesu avijjā anupatitā. Avijjāya tveva, ānanda, asesavirāganirodhā so kāyo na hoti yaṃpaccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ. Sā vācā na hoti yaṃpaccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ. So mano na hoti yaṃpaccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ. Khettaṃ taṃ na hoti…pe… vatthu taṃ na hoti…pe… āyatanaṃ taṃ na hoti…pe… adhikaraṇaṃ taṃ na hoti yaṃpaccayāssa taṃ uppajjati ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkha’’nti. Pañcamaṃ.
「阿难,无明随入于这些法中。阿难,然而,以无明的无余离贪灭尽,那个身不存在,缘于那个,他的内在苦乐生起。那个语不存在,缘于那个,他的内在苦乐生起。那个意不存在,缘于那个,他的内在苦乐生起。那个田不存在……那个事不存在……那个处不存在……那个所依不存在,缘于那个,他的内在苦乐生起。」第五经。
6. Upavāṇasuttaṃ6. 伍巴瓦那经
§26
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Atha kho āyasmā upavāṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
住在沙瓦提。那时,具寿伍巴瓦那去到世尊那里;到了之后,礼敬世尊,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的具寿伍巴瓦那对世尊这样说——
‘‘Santi, bhante, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sayaṃkataṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti. Santi pana, bhante, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā paraṃkataṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti. Santi pana, bhante, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca dukkhaṃ paññapenti. Santi pana, bhante, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti. Idha no, bhante, bhagavā kiṃvādī kimakkhāyī kathaṃ byākaramānā ca mayaṃ vuttavādino ceva bhagavato assāma, na ca bhagavantaṃ abhūtena abbhācikkheyyāma, dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākareyyāma, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgaccheyyā’’ti?
「尊者,有一些沙门婆罗门施设苦是自作的。尊者,又有一些沙门婆罗门施设苦是他作的。尊者,又有一些沙门婆罗门施设苦是自作和他作的。尊者,又有一些沙门婆罗门施设苦是非自作、非他作、无因生起的。尊者,在此,世尊是怎样说的、怎样宣说的?我们如何分别论才是说世尊所说之语,而不会以不实诽谤世尊,会如法地随法分别论,不会有任何如法的论难者会来到应受呵责之处?」
‘‘Paṭiccasamuppannaṃ kho, upavāṇa, dukkhaṃ vuttaṃ mayā. Kiṃ paṭicca? Phassaṃ paṭicca. Iti vadaṃ vuttavādī ceva me assa, na ca maṃ abhūtena abbhācikkheyya, dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākareyya, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgaccheyya.
「伍巴瓦那,苦是缘起的,这是我所说的。缘于什么?缘于触。如此说者,他就是说我所说之语,不会以不实诽谤我,会如法地随法分别论,不会有任何如法的论难者会来到应受呵责之处。
‘‘Tatra, upavāṇa, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā sayaṃkataṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti, tadapi phassapaccayā. Yepi te…pe… yepi te…pe… yepi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti tadapi phassapaccayā.
「伍巴瓦那,在那里,那些施设苦是自作的沙门婆罗门,那也是以触为缘。那些……那些……那些施设苦是非自作、非他作、无因生起的沙门婆罗门,那也是以触为缘。
‘‘Tatra , upavāṇa, ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā sayaṃkataṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti, te vata añña phassā paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Yepi te…pe… yepi te…pe… yepi te samaṇabrāhmaṇā asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ dukkhaṃ paññapenti, te vata aññatra phassā paṭisaṃvedissantīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
「伍巴瓦那,在那里,那些施设苦是自作的沙门婆罗门,他们将离触而感受,这是须跋的。那些……那些……那些施设苦是非自作、非他作、无因生起的沙门婆罗门,他们将离触而感受,这是须跋的。」第六经。
7. Paccayasuttaṃ7. 缘经
§27
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库,以无明为缘而有行;以行为缘而有识……如此,这整个苦蕴的集起。
‘‘Katamañca, bhikkhave, jarāmaraṇaṃ? Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jarā jīraṇatā khaṇḍiccaṃ pāliccaṃ valittacatā āyuno saṃhāni indriyānaṃ paripāko – ayaṃ vuccati jarā. Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṃ maccu maraṇaṃ kālakiriyā khandhānaṃ bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo; idaṃ vuccati maraṇaṃ. Iti ayañca jarā idañca maraṇaṃ. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, jarāmaraṇaṃ. Jātisamudayā jarāmaraṇasamudayo; jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho. Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminī paṭipadā. Seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi, sammāsaṅkappo, sammāvācā, sammākammanto, sammāājīvo, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati, sammāsamādhi.
「诸比库,什么是老死?凡是那些有情在那个有情部类中的老、老朽、朽坏、白发、皱纹、寿命的衰退、诸根的成熟——这称为老。凡是那些有情从那个有情部类的死没、灭没、破坏、消失、死、死亡、作时、诸蕴的破坏、身体的舍弃——这称为死。如此,这个老和这个死。诸比库,这称为老死。由生的集而有老死的集;由生的灭而有老死的灭。这八支圣道就是导向老死灭的道路。即是——正见、正思惟、正语、正业、正命、正精进、正念、正定。
‘‘Katamā ca, bhikkhave, jāti…pe… katamo ca, bhikkhave, bhavo… katamañca, bhikkhave, upādānaṃ… katamā ca, bhikkhave, taṇhā… katamā ca, bhikkhave, vedanā… katamo ca, bhikkhave , phasso… katamañca, bhikkhave, saḷāyatanaṃ… katamañca, bhikkhave, nāmarūpaṃ… katamañca, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ…?
「诸比库,什么是生……诸比库,什么是有……诸比库,什么是取……诸比库,什么是渴爱……诸比库,什么是受……诸比库,什么是触……诸比库,什么是六处……诸比库,什么是名色……诸比库,什么是识……?
‘‘Katame ca, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā? Tayome, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā – kāyasaṅkhāro, vacīsaṅkhāro, cittasaṅkhāro. Ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā. Avijjāsamudayā saṅkhārasamudayo; avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho. Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo saṅkhāranirodhagāminī paṭipadā. Seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi…pe… sammāsamādhi.
「诸比库,什么是行?诸比库,有此等三行——身行、语行、心行。诸比库,这些被称为行。由无明集而有行集;由无明灭而有行灭。此八支圣道即是导向行灭之道。即是——正见……乃至……正定。
‘‘Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako evaṃ paccayaṃ pajānāti, evaṃ paccayasamudayaṃ pajānāti, evaṃ paccayanirodhaṃ pajānāti, evaṃ paccayanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānāti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako diṭṭhisampanno itipi, dassanasampanno itipi, āgato imaṃ saddhammaṃ itipi, passati imaṃ saddhammaṃ itipi, sekkhena ñāṇena samannāgato itipi, sekkhāya vijjāya samannāgato itipi, dhammasotaṃ samāpanno itipi, ariyo nibbedhikapañño itipi, amatadvāraṃ āhacca tiṭṭhati itipī’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
「诸比库,当圣弟子如此了知缘,如此了知缘集,如此了知缘灭,如此了知导向缘灭之道。诸比库,此被称为圣弟子是见具足者,是见具足者,已来到此正法,见此正法,具足有学智,具足有学明,已证入法流,是具通达慧的圣者,已触及不死之门而住。」第七经。
8. Bhikkhusuttaṃ8. 比库经
§28
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘tatra kho…pe… idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu jarāmaraṇaṃ pajānāti, jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ pajānāti, jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ pajānāti, jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānāti, jātiṃ pajānāti…pe… bhavaṃ pajānāti… upādānaṃ pajānāti… taṇhaṃ pajānāti… vedanaṃ pajānāti… phassaṃ pajānāti… saḷāyatanaṃ pajānāti… nāmarūpaṃ pajānāti… viññāṇaṃ pajānāti… saṅkhāre pajānāti, saṅkhārasamudayaṃ pajānāti , saṅkhāranirodhaṃ pajānāti, saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānāti.
住在沙瓦提……乃至……「于此……乃至……诸比库,于此,比库了知老死,了知老死集,了知老死灭,了知导向老死灭之道,了知生……乃至……了知有……了知取……了知渴爱……了知受……了知触……了知六处……了知名色……了知识……了知行,了知行集,了知行灭,了知导向行灭之道。
‘‘Katamañca, bhikkhave, jarāmaraṇaṃ? Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jarā jīraṇatā khaṇḍiccaṃ pāliccaṃ valittacatā āyuno saṃhāni indriyānaṃ paripāko – ayaṃ vuccati jarā. Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṃ maccu maraṇaṃ kālakiriyā khandhānaṃ bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo; idaṃ vuccati maraṇaṃ. Iti ayaṃ ca jarā idañca maraṇaṃ. Idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, jarāmaraṇaṃ. Jātisamudayā jarāmaraṇasamudayo; jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho. Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminī paṭipadā. Seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi…pe… sammāsamādhi.
「诸比库,什么是老死?凡彼彼有情于彼彼有情部类中的老、老朽、齿落、发白、皮皱、寿命损减、诸根成熟——这被称为老。凡彼彼有情从彼彼有情部类的死没、灭没、破坏、消失、死亡、命终、诸蕴的破坏、身体的舍弃——这被称为死。如此,此老与此死。诸比库,这被称为老死。由生集而有老死集;由生灭而有老死灭。此八支圣道即是导向老死灭之道。即是——正见……乃至……正定。
‘‘Katamā ca, bhikkhave, jāti…pe… katamo ca, bhikkhave, bhavo… katamañca, bhikkhave, upādānaṃ… vedanā… phasso… saḷāyatanaṃ… nāmarūpaṃ… viññāṇaṃ….
「诸比库,什么是生……乃至……诸比库,什么是有……诸比库,什么是取……受……触……六处……名色……识……
‘‘Katame ca, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā? Tayome, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā – kāyasaṅkhāro, vacīsaṅkhāro, cittasaṅkhāro. Ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā. Avijjāsamudayā saṅkhārasamudayo; avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho. Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo saṅkhāranirodhagāminī paṭipadā. Seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi…pe… sammāsamādhi.
「诸比库,什么是行?诸比库,有此等三行——身行、语行、心行。诸比库,这些被称为行。由无明集而有行集;由无明灭而有行灭。此八支圣道即是导向行灭之道。即是——正见……乃至……正定。
‘‘Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ pajānāti, evaṃ jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ pajānāti, evaṃ jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ pajānāti, evaṃ jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānāti, evaṃ jātiṃ pajānāti…pe… bhavaṃ… upādānaṃ… taṇhaṃ… vedanaṃ… phassaṃ… saḷāyatanaṃ… nāmarūpaṃ… viññāṇaṃ … saṅkhāre… saṅkhārasamudayaṃ… saṅkhāranirodhaṃ… evaṃ saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānāti. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu diṭṭhisampanno itipi, dassanasampanno itipi, āgato imaṃ saddhammaṃ itipi, passati imaṃ saddhammaṃ itipi, sekkhena ñāṇena samannāgato itipi, sekkhāya vijjāya samannāgato itipi, dhammasotaṃ samāpanno itipi, ariyo nibbedhikapañño itipi, amatadvāraṃ āhacca tiṭṭhati itipī’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
「诸比库,当比库如此了知老死,如此了知老死集,如此了知老死灭,如此了知导向老死灭之道,如此了知生……乃至……有……取……渴爱……受……触……六处……名色……识……行……行集……行灭……如此了知导向行灭之道。诸比库,此被称为比库是见具足者,是见具足者,已来到此正法,见此正法,具足有学智,具足有学明,已证入法流,是具通达慧的圣者,已触及不死之门而住。」第八经。
9. Samaṇabrāhmaṇasuttaṃ9. 沙门婆罗门经
§29
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘tatra kho…pe… ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā jarāmaraṇaṃ na parijānanti, jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ na parijānanti, jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ na parijānanti, jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ na parijānanti, jātiṃ na parijānanti…pe… bhavaṃ… upādānaṃ… taṇhaṃ… vedanaṃ… phassaṃ… saḷāyatanaṃ… nāmarūpaṃ… viññāṇaṃ… saṅkhāre… saṅkhārasamudayaṃ… saṅkhāranirodhaṃ… saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ na parijānanti. Na mete, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇasammatā. Na ca panete āyasmanto sāmaññatthaṃ vā brahmaññatthaṃ vā diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti’’.
住在沙瓦提……乃至……「于此……乃至……诸比库,凡任何沙门或婆罗门不遍知老死,不遍知老死集,不遍知老死灭,不遍知导向老死灭之道,不遍知生……乃至……有……取……渴爱……受……触……六处……名色……识……行……行集……行灭……不遍知导向行灭之道。诸比库,彼等沙门或婆罗门,于诸沙门中不被认可为沙门,于诸婆罗门中不被认可为婆罗门。而且,彼等具寿不能于现法中以自己的证智实证、证入沙门义或婆罗门义而住。」
‘‘Ye ca kho keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā jarāmaraṇaṃ parijānanti, jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ parijānanti, jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ parijānanti, jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ parijānanti, jātiṃ parijānanti…pe… bhavaṃ… upādānaṃ… taṇhaṃ… vedanaṃ… phassaṃ… saḷāyatanaṃ… nāmarūpaṃ… viññāṇaṃ… saṅkhāre parijānanti , saṅkhārasamudayaṃ parijānanti, saṅkhāranirodhaṃ parijānanti, saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ parijānanti. Te kho me, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu ceva samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu ca brāhmaṇasammatā. Te ca panāyasmanto sāmaññatthañca brahmaññatthañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantī’’ti. Navamaṃ.
「诸比库,凡任何沙门或婆罗门遍知老死,遍知老死集,遍知老死灭,遍知导至老死灭之道,遍知生……遍知有……遍知取……遍知渴爱……遍知受……遍知触……遍知六处……遍知名色……遍知识……遍知诸行,遍知诸行集,遍知诸行灭,遍知导至诸行灭之道。诸比库,彼等沙门或婆罗门,于诸沙门中被认为是沙门,于诸婆罗门中被认为是婆罗门。而且,彼等具寿于现法中以自己之证智作证、具足而住于沙门义与婆罗门义。」第九经。
10. Dutiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇasuttaṃ10. 第二沙门婆罗门经
§30
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘tatra kho…pe… ye hi keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā jarāmaraṇaṃ nappajānanti, jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ nappajānanti, jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ nappajānanti, jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānanti te vata jarāmaraṇaṃ samatikkamma ṭhassantīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Jātiṃ nappajānanti…pe… bhavaṃ… upādānaṃ… taṇhaṃ… vedanaṃ… phassaṃ… saḷāyatanaṃ… nāmarūpaṃ… viññāṇaṃ… saṅkhāre nappajānanti, saṅkhārasamudayaṃ nappajānanti, saṅkhāranirodhaṃ nappajānanti, saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānanti te vata saṅkhāre samatikkamma ṭhassantīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati’’.
住在沙瓦提……「于此……诸比库,凡任何沙门或婆罗门不遍知老死,不遍知老死集,不遍知老死灭,不遍知导至老死灭之道,他们将超越老死而住,此无处可得。不遍知生……不遍知有……不遍知取……不遍知渴爱……不遍知受……不遍知触……不遍知六处……不遍知名色……不遍知识……不遍知诸行,不遍知诸行集,不遍知诸行灭,不遍知导至诸行灭之道,他们将超越诸行而住,此无处可得。」
‘‘Ye ca kho keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā jarāmaraṇaṃ pajānanti, jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ pajānanti, jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ pajānanti, jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānanti te vata jarāmaraṇaṃ samatikkamma ṭhassantīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjati. Jātiṃ pajānanti…pe… bhavaṃ… upādānaṃ… taṇhaṃ… vedanaṃ… phassaṃ… saḷāyatanaṃ… nāmarūpaṃ… viññāṇaṃ… saṅkhāre pajānanti, saṅkhārasamudayaṃ pajānanti, saṅkhāranirodhaṃ pajānanti, saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānanti. Te vata saṅkhāre samatikkamma ṭhassantīti ṭhānametaṃ vijjatī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
「诸比库,凡任何沙门或婆罗门遍知老死,遍知老死集,遍知老死灭,遍知导至老死灭之道,他们将超越老死而住,此处可得。遍知生……遍知有……遍知取……遍知渴爱……遍知受……遍知触……遍知六处……遍知名色……遍知识……遍知诸行,遍知诸行集,遍知诸行灭,遍知导至诸行灭之道,他们将超越诸行而住,此处可得。」第十经。
Dasabalavaggo tatiyo. · 十力品第三
Tassuddānaṃ –
其摄颂——
Dve dasabalā upanisā ca, aññatitthiyabhūmijo;
二则十力者,所依与其他外道之地;
Upavāṇo paccayo bhikkhu, dve ca samaṇabrāhmaṇāti.
伍巴瓦那、缘、比库,以及二则沙门婆罗门。
4. Kaḷārakhattiyavaggo
4. 咖喇拉刹帝利品
1. Bhūtasuttaṃ1. 已生经
§31
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘vuttamidaṃ, sāriputta, pārāyane ajitapañhe –
一时,世尊住在沙瓦提。于此,世尊对具寿沙利子说——「沙利子,于『彼岸道』中阿基答问中说此——」
‘‘Ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse, ye ca sekkhā puthū idha;
「那些已知法者,以及此处众多的有学者;
Tesaṃ me nipako iriyaṃ, puṭṭho pabrūhi mārisā’’ti.
请你善巧地告诉我他们的行仪,尊者,当被问时。」
‘‘Imassa nu kho, sāriputta, saṃkhittena bhāsitassa kathaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo’’ti? Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto tuṇhī ahosi. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ āmantesi…pe… dutiyampi kho āyasmā sāriputto tuṇhī ahosi. Tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘vuttamidaṃ, sāriputta, pārāyane ajitapañhe –
「沙利子,对于这简略所说的,应如何见其详细的义理呢?」如是说时,具寿沙利子沉默了。第二次,世尊对具寿沙利子说……第二次,具寿沙利子沉默了。第三次,世尊对具寿沙利子说——「沙利子,这在彼岸道的阿基答问中所说——
‘‘Ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse, ye ca sekkhā puthū idha;
「那些已知法者,以及此处众多的有学者;
Tesaṃ me nipako iriyaṃ, puṭṭho pabrūhi mārisā’’ti.
请你善巧地告诉我他们的行仪,尊者,当被问时。」
‘‘Imassa nu kho, sāriputta, saṃkhittena bhāsitassa kathaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo’’ti? Tatiyampi kho āyasmā sāriputto tuṇhī ahosi.
「沙利子,对于这简略所说的,应如何见其详细的义理呢?」第三次,具寿沙利子沉默了。
‘‘Bhūtamidanti, sāriputta, passasī’’ti? Bhūtamidanti, bhante, yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. Bhūtamidanti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā bhūtassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti. Tadāhārasambhavanti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. Tadāhārasambhavanti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā āhārasambhavassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti. Tadāhāranirodhā yaṃ bhūtaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. Tadāhāranirodhā yaṃ bhūtaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā nirodhadhammassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti. Evaṃ kho, bhante, sekkho hoti.
「沙利子,你见到『这是已生起的』吗?」「大德,他以正慧如实见『这是已生起的』。以正慧如实见『这是已生起的』后,他为了对已生起的厌离、离贪、灭尽而行道。他以正慧如实见『这是食之集所生』。以正慧如实见『这是食之集所生』后,他为了对食之集所生的厌离、离贪、灭尽而行道。他以正慧如实见『由于彼食之灭,凡已生起的,那是灭法』。以正慧如实见『由于彼食之灭,凡已生起的,那是灭法』后,他为了对灭法的厌离、离贪、灭尽而行道。大德,如此为有学者。」
‘‘Kathañca, bhante, saṅkhātadhammo hoti? Bhūtamidanti, bhante, yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. Bhūtamidanti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā bhūtassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti. Tadāhārasambhavanti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. Tadāhārasambhavanti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā āhārasambhavassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti. Tadāhāranirodhā yaṃ bhūtaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. Tadāhāranirodhā yaṃ bhūtaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā nirodhadhammassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti. Evaṃ kho, bhante, saṅkhātadhammo hoti. Iti kho, bhante, yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ pārāyane ajitapañhe –
「大德,如何是已知法者呢?大德,他以正慧如实见『这是已生起的』。以正慧如实见『这是已生起的』后,他由于对已生起的厌离、离贪、灭尽,以无取而解脱。他以正慧如实见『这是食之集所生』。以正慧如实见『这是食之集所生』后,他由于对食之集所生的厌离、离贪、灭尽,以无取而解脱。他以正慧如实见『由于彼食之灭,凡已生起的,那是灭法』。以正慧如实见『由于彼食之灭,凡已生起的,那是灭法』后,他由于对灭法的厌离、离贪、灭尽,以无取而解脱。大德,如此是已知法者。大德,如此,凡在彼岸道的阿基答问中所说的——」
‘‘Ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse, ye ca sekkhā puthū idha;
「那些已达法者,以及此处众多的有学者;
Tesaṃ me nipako iriyaṃ, puṭṭho pabrūhi mārisā’’ti.
请尊者为我说明,他们明智的行仪。」
‘‘Imassa khvāhaṃ, bhante, saṃkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena atthaṃ ājānāmī’’ti.
「尊者,对于这简略所说,我如此详细地了知其义。」
‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta, bhūtamidanti, sāriputta, yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. Bhūtamidanti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā bhūtassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭippanno hoti. Tadāhārasambhavanti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. Tadāhārasambhavanti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā āhārasambhavassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti. Tadāhāranirodhā yaṃ bhūtaṃ nirodhadhammanti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. Tadāhāranirodhā yaṃ bhūtaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā nirodhadhammassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti. Evaṃ kho, sāriputta, sekkho hoti.
「善哉,善哉,沙利子!沙利子,『此是已生』,以正慧如实见。如实以正慧见『此是已生』后,他为了对已生的厌离、离贪、灭尽而行道。『此是食集所生』,以正慧如实见。如实以正慧见『此是食集所生』后,他为了对食集所生的厌离、离贪、灭尽而行道。『由彼食灭,凡已生者是灭法』,以正慧如实见。如实以正慧见『由彼食灭,凡已生者是灭法』后,他为了对灭法的厌离、离贪、灭尽而行道。沙利子,如此为有学者。」
‘‘Kathañca, sāriputta, saṅkhātadhammo hoti? Bhūtamidanti, sāriputta, yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. Bhūtamidanti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā bhūtassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti. Tadāhārasambhavanti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. Tadāhārasambhavanti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā āhārasambhavassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti. Tadāhāranirodhā yaṃ bhūtaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. Tadāhāranirodhā yaṃ bhūtaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññā disvā nirodhadhammassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti. Evaṃ kho, sāriputta, saṅkhātadhammo hoti. Iti kho, sāriputta, yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ pārāyane ajitapañhe –
「沙利子,如何是已达法者?沙利子,『此是已生』,以正慧如实见。如实以正慧见『此是已生』后,由于对已生的厌离、离贪、灭尽,无取而解脱。『此是食集所生』,以正慧如实见。如实以正慧见『此是食集所生』后,由于对食集所生的厌离、离贪、灭尽,无取而解脱。『由彼食灭,凡已生者是灭法』,以正慧如实见。如实以正慧见『由彼食灭,凡已生者是灭法』后,由于对灭法的厌离、离贪、灭尽,无取而解脱。沙利子,如此是已达法者。沙利子,如此,凡在彼岸道的阿基答问中所说——」
‘‘Ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse, ye ca sekkhā puthū idha;
「那些已达法者,以及此处众多的有学者;
Tesaṃ me nipako iriyaṃ, puṭṭho pabrūhi mārisā’’ti.
请尊者为我说明,他们明智的行仪。」
‘‘Imassa kho sāriputta saṃkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
「沙利子,对于这简略所说,应如此详细地见其义。」第一经。
2. Kaḷārasuttaṃ2. 咖喇拉经
§32
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Atha kho kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘moḷiyaphagguno, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattoti. Na hi nūna so āyasmā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye assāsamalatthāti. Tena hāyasmā sāriputto imasmiṃ dhammavinaye assāsaṃ patto’’ti?
住在沙瓦提。尔时,咖喇拉卡帝利亚比库前往具寿沙利子处;抵达后,与具寿沙利子互相问候。交换了友好、值得忆念的谈话后,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的咖喇拉卡帝利亚比库对具寿沙利子如此说:「朋友沙利子,摩利亚帕古那比库舍弃学而还俗了。那位具寿在此法、律中确实没有获得安慰。那么,具寿沙利子在此法、律中获得安慰了吗?」
‘‘Na khvāhaṃ, āvuso, kaṅkhāmī’’ti. ‘‘Āyatiṃ, panāvuso’’ti?
「朋友,我确实不疑惑。」「那么,朋友,关于未来呢?」
‘‘Na khvāhaṃ, āvuso, vicikicchāmī’’ti.
「朋友,我确实不犹豫。」
Atha kho kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi . Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘āyasmatā, bhante, sāriputtena aññā byākatā – ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāmī’’ti.
尔时,咖喇拉卡帝利亚比库从座起立,前往世尊处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的咖喇拉卡帝利亚比库对世尊如此说:「大德,具寿沙利子已宣说了智:『我了知:生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在。』」
Atha kho bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, mama vacanena sāriputtaṃ āmantehi – ‘satthā taṃ, āvuso sāriputta, āmantetī’’’ti . ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘satthā taṃ, āvuso sāriputta, āmantetī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, āvuso’’ti kho āyasmā sāriputto tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘saccaṃ kira tayā, sāriputta, aññā byākatā – ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāmī’’ti? ‘‘Na kho, bhante, etehi padehi etehi byañjanehi attho vutto’’ti. ‘‘Yena kenacipi, sāriputta, pariyāyena kulaputto aññaṃ byākaroti, atha kho byākataṃ byākatato daṭṭhabba’’nti. ‘‘Nanu ahampi , bhante, evaṃ vadāmi – ‘na kho, bhante, etehi padehi etehi byañjanehi attho vutto’’’ti.
尔时,世尊召唤某位比库:「来,比库,你以我的名义召唤沙利子:『朋友沙利子,导师召唤你。』」「是的,大德。」那位比库应诺世尊后,前往具寿沙利子处;抵达后,对具寿沙利子如此说:「朋友沙利子,导师召唤你。」「是的,朋友。」具寿沙利子应诺那位比库后,前往世尊处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,在一旁坐下。世尊对在一旁坐下的具寿沙利子如此说:「沙利子,听说你已宣说了智:『我了知:生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在。』这是真的吗?」「大德,我并非以这些词句、以这些文字说此义。」「沙利子,无论善男子以何种方式宣说智,那么,已宣说的应被视为已宣说。」「大德,我不是也这样说吗:『大德,我并非以这些词句、以这些文字说此义。』」
‘‘Sace taṃ, sāriputta, evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – ‘kathaṃ jānatā pana tayā, āvuso sāriputta, kathaṃ passatā aññā byākatā – khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’ti. Evaṃ puṭṭho tvaṃ, sāriputta, kinti byākareyyāsī’’ti?
「沙利子,如果他们这样问你:『那么,朋友沙利子,你如何知、如何见而宣说了智:我了知:生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在?』沙利子,如此被问,你会如何回答?」
‘‘Sace maṃ, bhante, evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – ‘kathaṃ jānatā pana tayā, āvuso sāriputta, kathaṃ passatā aññā byākatā – khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’ti; evaṃ puṭṭhohaṃ , bhante, evaṃ byākareyyaṃ – ‘yaṃnidānā, āvuso, jāti, tassa nidānassa khayā khīṇasmiṃ khīṇāmhīti viditaṃ. Khīṇāmhīti viditvā – khīṇājāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’ti. Evaṃ puṭṭhohaṃ, bhante, evaṃ byākareyya’’nti.
「大德,如果他们这样问我:『那么,朋友沙利子,你如何知、如何见而宣说了智:我了知:生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在?』大德,如此被问,我会这样回答:『朋友,生以何为因,那个因已灭尽,已灭尽者已被了知。已了知「已灭尽」后,我了知:生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在。』大德,如此被问,我会这样回答。」
‘‘Sace pana taṃ, sāriputta, evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – ‘jāti panāvuso sāriputta, kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavā’ti? Evaṃ puṭṭho taṃ, sāriputta, kinti byākareyyāsī’’ti? ‘‘Sace maṃ, bhante, evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – ‘jāti panāvuso sāriputta, kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavā’ti? Evaṃ puṭṭhohaṃ, bhante, evaṃ byākareyyaṃ – ‘jāti kho, āvuso, bhavanidānā bhavasamudayā bhavajātikā bhavappabhavā’ti. Evaṃ puṭṭhohaṃ, bhante, evaṃ byākareyya’’nti.
「沙利子,如果他们这样问你:『那么,朋友沙利子,生以何为因、以何为集、从何而生、以何为源?』沙利子,如此被问,你会如何回答?」「大德,如果他们这样问我:『那么,朋友沙利子,生以何为因、以何为集、从何而生、以何为源?』大德,如此被问,我会这样回答:『朋友,生以有为因、以有为集、从有而生、以有为源。』大德,如此被问,我会这样回答。」
‘‘Sace pana taṃ, sāriputta, evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – ‘bhavo panāvuso sāriputta, kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kiṃpabhavo’ti? Evaṃ puṭṭho tvaṃ, sāriputta, kinti byākareyyāsī’’ti? ‘‘Sace maṃ, bhante, evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – ‘bhavo panāvuso sāriputta, kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kiṃpabhavo’ti ? Evaṃ puṭṭhohaṃ, bhante, evaṃ byākareyyaṃ – ‘bhavo kho, āvuso, upādānanidāno upādānasamudayo upādānajātiko upādānappabhavo’ti. Evaṃ puṭṭhohaṃ, bhante, evaṃ byākareyya’’nti.
「沙利子,如果他们这样问你——『朋友沙利子,那么有以什么为因、以什么为集、以什么为生、以什么为源呢?』如此被问,沙利子,你将如何解答呢?」「大德,如果他们这样问我——『朋友沙利子,那么有以什么为因、以什么为集、以什么为生、以什么为源呢?』大德,如此被问,我将这样解答——『朋友,有以取为因、以取为集、以取为生、以取为源。』大德,如此被问,我将这样解答。」
‘‘Sace pana taṃ, sāriputta, evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – ‘upādānaṃ panāvuso…pe… sace pana taṃ, sāriputta, evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – taṇhā panāvuso sāriputta, kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavā’ti? Evaṃ puṭṭho tvaṃ, sāriputta, kinti byākareyyāsī’’ti? ‘‘Sace maṃ, bhante, evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – taṇhā panāvuso sāriputta, kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavā’ti? Evaṃ puṭṭhohaṃ, bhante, evaṃ byākareyyaṃ – ‘taṇhā kho, āvuso, vedanānidānā vedanāsamudayā vedanājātikā vedanāpabhavā’ti. Evaṃ puṭṭhohaṃ, bhante, evaṃ byākareyya’’nti.
「沙利子,如果他们这样问你——『朋友,那么取……』(中略)沙利子,如果他们这样问你——『朋友沙利子,那么渴爱以什么为因、以什么为集、以什么为生、以什么为源呢?』如此被问,沙利子,你将如何解答呢?」「大德,如果他们这样问我——『朋友沙利子,那么渴爱以什么为因、以什么为集、以什么为生、以什么为源呢?』大德,如此被问,我将这样解答——『朋友,渴爱以受为因、以受为集、以受为生、以受为源。』大德,如此被问,我将这样解答。」
‘‘Sace pana taṃ, sāriputta, evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – ‘kathaṃ jānato pana te, āvuso sāriputta, kathaṃ passato yā vedanāsu nandī sā na upaṭṭhāsī’ti. Evaṃ puṭṭho tvaṃ, sāriputta, kinti byākareyyāsī’’ti? ‘‘Sace maṃ, bhante, evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – ‘kathaṃ jānato pana te, āvuso sāriputta, kathaṃ passato yā vedanāsu nandī sā na upaṭṭhāsī’ti evaṃ puṭṭhohaṃ, bhante, evaṃ byākareyyaṃ – ‘tisso kho imā, āvuso, vedanā. Katamā tisso? Sukhā vedanā, dukkhā vedanā, adukkhamasukhā vedanā. Imā kho, āvuso, tisso vedanā aniccā. Yadaniccaṃ taṃ dukkhanti viditaṃ , yā vedanāsu nandī sā na upaṭṭhāsī’ti. Evaṃ, puṭṭhohaṃ, bhante, evaṃ byākareyya’’nti.
「沙利子,如果他们这样问你——『朋友沙利子,那么如何知、如何见,对诸受的欢喜不现起呢?』如此被问,沙利子,你将如何解答呢?」「大德,如果他们这样问我——『朋友沙利子,那么如何知、如何见,对诸受的欢喜不现起呢?』大德,如此被问,我将这样解答——『朋友,有这三种受。哪三种呢?乐受、苦受、不苦不乐受。朋友,这三种受是无常的。凡无常者即是苦,如此了知,对诸受的欢喜不现起。』大德,如此被问,我将这样解答。」
‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta. Ayampi kho, sāriputta, pariyāyo, etasseva atthassa saṃkhittena veyyākaraṇāya – ‘yaṃ kiñci vedayitaṃ taṃ dukkhasmi’’’nti.
「善哉!善哉!沙利子。沙利子,这也是简要解答此义的方法——『凡所感受的,那都是苦。』」
‘‘Sace pana taṃ, sāriputta, evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – ‘kathaṃ vimokkhā pana tayā, āvuso sāriputta, aññā byākatā – khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’ti? Evaṃ puṭṭho tvaṃ, sāriputta, kinti byākareyyāsī’’ti? ‘‘Sace maṃ, bhante, evaṃ puccheyyuṃ – ‘kathaṃ vimokkhā pana tayā, āvuso sāriputta, aññā byākatā – khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāmī’ti. Evaṃ puṭṭhohaṃ, bhante, evaṃ byākareyyaṃ – ‘ajjhattaṃ vimokkhā khvāhaṃ, āvuso, sabbupādānakkhayā tathā sato viharāmi yathā sataṃ viharantaṃ āsavā nānussavanti, attānañca nāvajānāmī’ti. Evaṃ puṭṭhohaṃ, bhante, evaṃ byākareyya’’nti.
「沙利子,如果他们这样问你——『朋友沙利子,那么你以何种解脱而记说智——我了知:生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在呢?』如此被问,沙利子,你将如何解答呢?」「大德,如果他们这样问我——『朋友沙利子,那么你以何种解脱而记说智——我了知:生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在呢?』大德,如此被问,我将这样解答——『朋友,我以内在的解脱,由于一切取的灭尽,如此具念而住,当如此具念而住时,诸漏不流入,我也不轻视自己。』大德,如此被问,我将这样解答。」
‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta. Ayampi kho sāriputta, pariyāyo etasseva atthassa saṃkhittena veyyākaraṇāya – ye āsavā samaṇena vuttā tesvāhaṃ na kaṅkhāmi, te me pahīnāti na vicikicchāmī’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvā sugato uṭṭhāyāsanā vihāraṃ pāvisi.
「善哉!善哉!沙利子。沙利子,这也是简要解答此义的方法——『对于沙门所说的诸漏,我不疑惑,我不犹豫它们已被我舍断。』」世尊说此。说此已,善逝从座起,进入住处。
Tatra kho āyasmā sāriputto acirapakkantassa bhagavato bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘pubbe appaṭisaṃviditaṃ maṃ, āvuso, bhagavā paṭhamaṃ pañhaṃ apucchi, tassa me ahosi dandhāyitattaṃ. Yato ca kho me, āvuso, bhagavā paṭhamaṃ pañhaṃ anumodi, tassa mayhaṃ, āvuso, etadahosi – divasaṃ cepi maṃ bhagavā etamatthaṃ puccheyya aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi, divasampāhaṃ bhagavato etamatthaṃ byākareyyaṃ aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi. Rattiṃ cepi maṃ bhagavā etamatthaṃ puccheyya aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi, rattimpāhaṃ bhagavato etamatthaṃ byākareyyaṃ aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi. Rattindivaṃ cepi maṃ bhagavā etamatthaṃ puccheyya aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi , rattindivampāhaṃ bhagavato etamatthaṃ byākareyyaṃ aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi. Dve rattindivāni cepi maṃ bhagavā etamatthaṃ puccheyya…pe… dve rattindivānipāhaṃ bhagavato etamatthaṃ byākareyyaṃ…pe… tīṇi rattindivāni cepi maṃ bhagavā etamatthaṃ puccheyya…pe… tīṇi rattindivānipāhaṃ bhagavato etamatthaṃ byākareyyaṃ…pe… cattāri rattindivāni cepi maṃ bhagavā etamatthaṃ puccheyya…pe… cattāri rattindivānipāhaṃ bhagavato etamatthaṃ byākareyyaṃ…pe… pañca rattindivāni cepi maṃ bhagavā etamatthaṃ puccheyya…pe… pañca rattindivānipāhaṃ bhagavato etamatthaṃ byākareyyaṃ…pe… cha rattindivāni cepi maṃ bhagavā etamatthaṃ puccheyya…pe… cha rattindivānipāhaṃ bhagavato etamatthaṃ byākareyyaṃ…pe… satta rattindivāni cepi maṃ bhagavā etamatthaṃ puccheyya aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi, satta rattindivānipāhaṃ bhagavato etamatthaṃ byākareyyaṃ aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehī’’ti.
于是,具寿沙利子在世尊离去不久,对诸比库说——「朋友们,世尊首先问我未曾体验过的问题,我有迟疑。朋友们,但当世尊随喜我对首个问题的回答时,朋友们,我这样想——『即使世尊以不同的词句、不同的方法,整日问我此义,我也能以不同的词句、不同的方法,整日向世尊解答此义。即使世尊以不同的词句、不同的方法,整夜问我此义,我也能以不同的词句、不同的方法,整夜向世尊解答此义。即使世尊以不同的词句、不同的方法,日夜问我此义,我也能以不同的词句、不同的方法,日夜向世尊解答此义。即使世尊两日夜问我此义……(中略)……我也能两日夜向世尊解答此义……(中略)……即使世尊三日夜问我此义……(中略)……我也能三日夜向世尊解答此义……(中略)……即使世尊四日夜问我此义……(中略)……我也能四日夜向世尊解答此义……(中略)……即使世尊五日夜问我此义……(中略)……我也能五日夜向世尊解答此义……(中略)……即使世尊六日夜问我此义……(中略)……我也能六日夜向世尊解答此义……(中略)……即使世尊以不同的词句、不同的方法,七日夜问我此义,我也能以不同的词句、不同的方法,七日夜向世尊解答此义。』」
Atha kho kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho kaḷārakhattiyo bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘āyasmatā, bhante, sāriputtena sīhanādo nadito – pubbe appaṭisaṃviditaṃ maṃ, āvuso, bhagavā paṭhamaṃ pañhaṃ apucchi, tassa me ahosi dandhāyitattaṃ. Yato ca kho me, āvuso, bhagavā paṭhamaṃ pañhaṃ anumodi , tassa mayhaṃ, āvuso, etadahosi – divasaṃ cepi maṃ bhagavā etamatthaṃ puccheyya aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi, divasampāhaṃ bhagavato etamatthaṃ byākareyyaṃ aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi; rattiṃ cepi…pe… rattindivaṃ cepi maṃ bhagavā…pe… dve rattindivāni cepi maṃ bhagavā…pe… tīṇi… cattāri… pañca… cha… satta rattindivāni cepi maṃ bhagavā etamatthaṃ puccheyya aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi, satta rattindivānipāhaṃ bhagavato etamatthaṃ byākareyyaṃ aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehī’’ti.
于是,咖喇拉刹帝利比库从座起,前往世尊处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的咖喇拉刹帝利比库对世尊这样说——「大德,具寿沙利子作了狮子吼——『朋友们,世尊首先问我未曾体验过的问题,我有迟疑。朋友们,但当世尊随喜我对首个问题的回答时,朋友们,我这样想——即使世尊以不同的词句、不同的方法,整日问我此义,我也能以不同的词句、不同的方法,整日向世尊解答此义;即使整夜……(中略)……即使日夜……(中略)……即使两日夜……(中略)……三……四……五……六……即使世尊以不同的词句、不同的方法,七日夜问我此义,我也能以不同的词句、不同的方法,七日夜向世尊解答此义。』」
‘‘Sā hi, bhikkhu, sāriputtassa dhammadhātu suppaṭividdhā, yassā dhammadhātuyā suppaṭividdhattā divasaṃ cepāhaṃ sāriputtaṃ etamatthaṃ puccheyyaṃ aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi, divasampi me sāriputto etamatthaṃ byākareyya aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi. Rattiṃ cepāhaṃ sāriputtaṃ etamatthaṃ puccheyyaṃ aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi, rattimpi me sāriputto etamatthaṃ byākareyya…pe… rattindivaṃ cepāhaṃ sāriputtaṃ etamatthaṃ puccheyyaṃ, rattindivampi me sāriputto etamatthaṃ byākareyya… dve rattindivāni cepāhaṃ sāriputtaṃ etamatthaṃ puccheyyaṃ, dve rattindivānipi me sāriputto etamatthaṃ byākareyya… tīṇi rattindivāni cepāhaṃ sāriputtaṃ etamatthaṃ puccheyyaṃ, tīṇi rattindivānipi me sāriputto etamatthaṃ byākareyya… cattāri rattindivāni cepāhaṃ sāriputtaṃ etamatthaṃ puccheyyaṃ, cattāri rattindivānipi me sāriputto etamatthaṃ byākareyya… pañca rattindivāni cepāhaṃ sāriputtaṃ etamatthaṃ puccheyyaṃ, pañca rattindivānipi me sāriputto etamatthaṃ byākareyya… cha rattindivāni cepāhaṃ sāriputtaṃ etamatthaṃ puccheyyaṃ, cha rattindivānipi me sāriputto etamatthaṃ byākareyya… satta rattindivāni cepāhaṃ sāriputtaṃ etamatthaṃ puccheyyaṃ aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehi, satta rattindivānipi me sāriputto etamatthaṃ byākareyya aññamaññehi padehi aññamaññehi pariyāyehī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
「比库,沙利子的法界已善通达,由于法界已善通达,如果我以各种句、各种方式,整日询问沙利子此义,沙利子也会以各种句、各种方式,整日为我分别论此义。如果我以各种句、各种方式,整夜询问沙利子此义,沙利子也会以各种句、各种方式,整夜为我分别论此义。如果我整日整夜询问沙利子此义,沙利子也会整日整夜为我分别论此义。如果我两日两夜询问沙利子此义,沙利子也会两日两夜为我分别论此义。如果我三日三夜询问沙利子此义,沙利子也会三日三夜为我分别论此义。如果我四日四夜询问沙利子此义,沙利子也会四日四夜为我分别论此义。如果我五日五夜询问沙利子此义,沙利子也会五日五夜为我分别论此义。如果我六日六夜询问沙利子此义,沙利子也会六日六夜为我分别论此义。如果我以各种句、各种方式,七日七夜询问沙利子此义,沙利子也会以各种句、各种方式,七日七夜为我分别论此义。」第二经。
3. Ñāṇavatthusuttaṃ3. 智事经
§33
Sāvatthiyaṃ…pe… ‘‘catucattārīsaṃ vo, bhikkhave, ñāṇavatthūni desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
在沙瓦提……「诸比库,我将为你们讲说四十四智处,你们谛听,善作意,我将说。」「是的,尊者。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊说此——
‘‘Katamāni , bhikkhave, catucattārīsaṃ ñāṇavatthūni? Jarāmaraṇe ñāṇaṃ, jarāmaraṇasamudaye ñāṇaṃ, jarāmaraṇanirodhe ñāṇaṃ, jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ; jātiyā ñāṇaṃ, jātisamudaye ñāṇaṃ, jātinirodhe ñāṇaṃ, jātinirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ; bhave ñāṇaṃ, bhavasamudaye ñāṇaṃ, bhavanirodhe ñāṇaṃ, bhavanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ; upādāne ñāṇaṃ, upādānasamudaye ñāṇaṃ, upādānanirodhe ñāṇaṃ, upādānanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ; taṇhāya ñāṇaṃ, taṇhāsamudaye ñāṇaṃ, taṇhānirodhe ñāṇaṃ, taṇhānirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ; vedanāya ñāṇaṃ, vedanāsamudaye ñāṇaṃ, vedanānirodhe ñāṇaṃ, vedanānirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ; phasse ñāṇaṃ…pe… saḷāyatane ñāṇaṃ… nāmarūpe ñāṇaṃ… viññāṇe ñāṇaṃ… saṅkhāresu ñāṇaṃ, saṅkhārasamudaye ñāṇaṃ, saṅkhāranirodhe ñāṇaṃ, saṅkhāranirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ. Imāni vuccanti, bhikkhave, catucattārīsaṃ ñāṇavatthūni.
「诸比库,什么是四十四智处?老死之智,老死集之智,老死灭之智,导至老死灭之道之智;生之智,生集之智,生灭之智,导至生灭之道之智;有之智,有集之智,有灭之智,导至有灭之道之智;取之智,取集之智,取灭之智,导至取灭之道之智;渴爱之智,渴爱集之智,渴爱灭之智,导至渴爱灭之道之智;受之智,受集之智,受灭之智,导至受灭之道之智;触之智……六处之智……名色之智……识之智……诸行之智,诸行集之智,诸行灭之智,导至诸行灭之道之智。诸比库,这些称为四十四智处。
‘‘Katamañca, bhikkhave, jarāmaraṇaṃ? Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jarā jīraṇatā khaṇḍiccaṃ pāliccaṃ valittacatā āyuno saṃhāni indriyānaṃ paripāko, ayaṃ vuccati jarā. Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṃ maccu maraṇaṃ kālakiriyā khandhānaṃ bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo. Idaṃ vuccati maraṇaṃ. Iti ayañca jarā, idañca maraṇaṃ; idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, jarāmaraṇaṃ.
「诸比库,什么是老死?凡彼彼有情于彼彼有情类中的老、老耄、朽坏、衰损、皱纹、寿命的损减、诸根的成熟,这称为老。凡彼彼有情从彼彼有情类的死没、灭没、破坏、消失、死、死亡、作时、诸蕴的破坏、身体的舍弃,这称为死。如此,此老与此死,诸比库,这称为老死。
‘‘Jātisamudayā jarāmaraṇasamudayo; jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho; ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi…pe… sammāsamādhi.
「由生集而有老死集;由生灭而有老死灭;此八支圣道是导至老死灭之道,即是——正见……正定。
‘‘Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako evaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ pajānāti, evaṃ jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ pajānāti, evaṃ jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ pajānāti, evaṃ jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānāti, idamassa dhamme ñāṇaṃ . So iminā dhammena diṭṭhena viditena akālikena pattena pariyogāḷhena atītānāgatena yaṃ neti.
「诸比库,当圣弟子如此了知老死,如此了知老死集,如此了知老死灭,如此了知导至老死灭之道,这是他于法的智。他以此所见、所知、无时的、所得、所深入的法,推论过去未来。
‘‘Ye kho keci atītamaddhānaṃ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā jarāmaraṇaṃ abbhaññaṃsu, jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ abbhaññaṃsu, jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ abbhaññaṃsu, jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ abbhaññaṃsu, sabbe te evameva abbhaññaṃsu, seyyathāpāhaṃ etarahi.
「凡任何过去时的沙门或婆罗门了知老死,了知老死集,了知老死灭,了知导至老死灭之道,他们一切都如此了知,如我现在一样。
‘‘Yepi hi keci anāgatamaddhānaṃ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā jarāmaraṇaṃ abhijānissanti, jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ abhijānissanti, jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ abhijānissanti, jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ abhijānissanti, sabbe te evameva abhijānissanti, seyyathāpāhaṃ etarahīti. Idamassa anvaye ñāṇaṃ.
「凡任何未来时的沙门或婆罗门将了知老死,将了知老死集,将了知老死灭,将了知导至老死灭之道,他们一切都将如此了知,如我现在一样。这是他于推论的智。」
‘‘Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa imāni dve ñāṇāni parisuddhāni honti pariyodātāni – dhamme ñāṇañca anvaye ñāṇañca. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako diṭṭhisampanno itipi, dassanasampanno itipi, āgato imaṃ saddhammaṃ itipi, passati imaṃ saddhammaṃ itipi, sekkhena ñāṇena samannāgato itipi, sekkhāya vijjāya samannāgato itipi, dhammasotaṃ samāpanno itipi, ariyo nibbedhikapañño itipi, amatadvāraṃ āhacca tiṭṭhati itipīti.
「诸比库,当圣弟子的这两种智清净、皎洁——法智与类智时,诸比库,这被称为圣弟子具足正见,具足正观,来到此正法,见此正法,具足有学智,具足有学明,证入法流,具有通达慧的圣者,已触及不死之门而住。」
‘‘Katamā ca, bhikkhave, jāti…pe… katamo ca, bhikkhave, bhavo… katamañca, bhikkhave, upādānaṃ… katamā ca, bhikkhave taṇhā… katamā ca, bhikkhave, vedanā… katamo ca, bhikkhave, phasso… katamañca, bhikkhave , saḷāyatanaṃ… katamañca, bhikkhave, nāmarūpaṃ … katamañca, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ… katame ca, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā? Tayome, bhikkhave , saṅkhārā – kāyasaṅkhāro, vacīsaṅkhāro, cittasaṅkhāroti. Ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā.
「诸比库,什么是生……诸比库,什么是有……诸比库,什么是取……诸比库,什么是渴爱……诸比库,什么是受……诸比库,什么是触……诸比库,什么是六处……诸比库,什么是名色……诸比库,什么是识……诸比库,什么是诸行?诸比库,有这三种行——身行、语行、心行。诸比库,这些被称为诸行。」
‘‘Avijjāsamudayā saṅkhārasamudayo; avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho; ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo saṅkhāranirodhagāminī paṭipadā, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi…pe… sammāsamādhi.
「由无明集而有行集;由无明灭而有行灭;此八支圣道即是导至行灭之道,即是:正见……正定。」
‘‘Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako evaṃ saṅkhāre pajānāti, evaṃ saṅkhārasamudayaṃ pajānāti , evaṃ saṅkhāranirodhaṃ pajānāti, evaṃ saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānāti, idamassa dhamme ñāṇaṃ. So iminā dhammena diṭṭhena viditena akālikena pattena pariyogāḷhena atītānāgatena yaṃ neti.
「诸比库,当圣弟子如此了知诸行,如此了知行集,如此了知行灭,如此了知导至行灭之道时,这是他的法智。他以此法——已见、已知、无时的、已得、已深入的——推论过去未来。」
‘‘Ye kho keci atītamaddhānaṃ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā saṅkhāre abbhaññaṃsu, saṅkhārasamudayaṃ abbhaññaṃsu, saṅkhāranirodhaṃ abbhaññaṃsu, saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ abbhaññaṃsu, sabbe te evameva abbhaññaṃsu, seyyathāpāhaṃ etarahi.
「凡任何过去时的沙门或婆罗门了知诸行,了知行集,了知行灭,了知导至行灭之道,他们一切都如此了知,正如我现在一样。」
‘‘Yepi hi keci anāgatamaddhānaṃ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā saṅkhāre abhijānissanti, saṅkhārasamudayaṃ abhijānissanti, saṅkhāranirodhaṃ abhijānissanti, saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ abhijānissanti, sabbe te evameva abhijānissanti, seyyathāpāhaṃ etarahi. Idamassa anvaye ñāṇaṃ.
「凡任何未来时的沙门或婆罗门将了知诸行,将了知行集,将了知行灭,将了知导至行灭之道,他们一切都将如此了知,正如我现在一样。这是他的类智。」
‘‘Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa imāni dve ñāṇāni parisuddhāni honti pariyodātāni – dhamme ñāṇañca anvaye ñāṇañca. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako diṭṭhisampanno itipi, dassanasampanno itipi, āgato imaṃ saddhammaṃ itipi, passati imaṃ saddhammaṃ itipi, sekkhena ñāṇena samannāgato itipi, sekkhāya vijjāya samannāgato itipi, dhammasotaṃ samāpanno itipi, ariyo nibbedhikapañño itipi, amatadvāraṃ āhacca tiṭṭhati itipī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
「诸比库,当圣弟子的这两种智清净、皎洁——法智与类智时,诸比库,这被称为圣弟子具足正见,具足正观,来到此正法,见此正法,具足有学智,具足有学明,证入法流,具有通达慧的圣者,已触及不死之门而住。」第三经。
4. Dutiyañāṇavatthusuttaṃ4. 第二智事经
§34
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘sattasattari vo, bhikkhave, ñāṇavatthūni desessāmi. Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库,我将为你们讲说七十七智事。你们要谛听,善加作意;我要说了。」「是的,世尊。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊说此——
‘‘Katamāni , bhikkhave, sattasattari ñāṇavatthūni? Jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti ñāṇaṃ ; asati jātiyā natthi jarāmaraṇanti ñāṇaṃ; atītampi addhānaṃ jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti ñāṇaṃ, asati jātiyā natthi jarāmaraṇanti ñāṇaṃ; anāgatampi addhānaṃ jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti ñāṇaṃ, asati jātiyā natthi jarāmaraṇanti ñāṇaṃ; yampissa taṃ dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ tampi khayadhammaṃ vayadhammaṃ virāgadhammaṃ nirodhadhammanti ñāṇaṃ.
「诸比库,什么是七十七智事?『缘生而有老死』之智;『生不存在时,老死不存在』之智;『过去时也是缘生而有老死』之智,『生不存在时,老死不存在』之智;『未来时也是缘生而有老死』之智,『生不存在时,老死不存在』之智;『凡彼法住智,彼也是尽法、灭法、离贪法、灭法』之智。
‘‘Bhavapaccayā jātīti ñāṇaṃ…pe… upādānapaccayā bhavoti ñāṇaṃ… taṇhāpaccayā upādānanti ñāṇaṃ… vedanāpaccayā taṇhāti ñāṇaṃ… phassapaccayā vedanāti ñāṇaṃ… saḷāyatanapaccayā phassoti ñāṇaṃ… nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatananti ñāṇaṃ… viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti ñāṇaṃ… saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇanti ñāṇaṃ; avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti ñāṇaṃ, asati avijjāya natthi saṅkhārāti ñāṇaṃ; atītampi addhānaṃ avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti ñāṇaṃ, asati avijjāya natthi saṅkhārāti ñāṇaṃ; anāgatampi addhānaṃ avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti ñāṇaṃ, asati avijjāya natthi saṅkhārāti ñāṇaṃ; yampissa taṃ dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ tampi khayadhammaṃ vayadhammaṃ virāgadhammaṃ nirodhadhammanti ñāṇaṃ. Imāni vuccanti, bhikkhave, sattasattari ñāṇavatthūnī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
「『缘有而有生』之智……(中略)……『缘取而有有』之智……『缘渴爱而有取』之智……『缘受而有渴爱』之智……『缘触而有受』之智……『缘六处而有触』之智……『缘名色而有六处』之智……『缘识而有名色』之智……『缘行而有识』之智;『缘无明而有行』之智,『无明不存在时,行不存在』之智;『过去时也是缘无明而有行』之智,『无明不存在时,行不存在』之智;『未来时也是缘无明而有行』之智,『无明不存在时,行不存在』之智;『凡彼法住智,彼也是尽法、灭法、离贪法、灭法』之智。诸比库,这些被称为七十七智事。」第四经。
5. Avijjāpaccayasuttaṃ5. 无明缘经
§35
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hotī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘‘katamaṃ nu kho, bhante, jarāmaraṇaṃ, kassa ca panidaṃ jarāmaraṇa’nti? ‘No kallo pañho’ti bhagavā avoca, ‘katamaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ , kassa ca panidaṃ jarāmaraṇa’nti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ‘aññaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ aññassa ca panidaṃ jarāmaraṇa’nti, iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ubhayametaṃ ekatthaṃ byañjanameva nānaṃ. Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīranti vā, bhikkhu, diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti. Aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīranti vā, bhikkhu , diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti. Ete te, bhikkhu, ubho ante anupagamma majjhena tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti – ‘jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’’nti.
住在沙瓦提……(中略)……「诸比库,缘无明而有行;缘行而有识……(中略)……如此有此整个苦蕴的集起。」如是所说时,某位比库对世尊如此说道:「尊者,什么是老死,而这老死又属于谁呢?」「这不是适当的问题」,世尊说:「比库,若说『什么是老死,而这老死又属于谁呢?』,或者,比库,若说『老死是一个,而这老死属于另一个』,这两者意义相同,只是文句不同。比库,若有『命即是身』之见,则梵行住不存在。比库,若有『命是一个,身是另一个』之见,则梵行住不存在。比库,如来不接近这两个极端,而从中道说法:『缘生而有老死。』」
‘‘Katamā nu kho, bhante, jāti, kassa ca panāyaṃ jātī’’ti? ‘‘No kallo pañho’’ti bhagavā avoca, ‘‘‘katamā jāti, kassa ca panāyaṃ jātī’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ‘aññā jāti aññassa ca panāyaṃ jātī’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ubhayametaṃ ekatthaṃ byañjanameva nānaṃ. Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīranti vā, bhikkhu, diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti. Aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīranti vā, bhikkhu, diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti. Ete te, bhikkhu, ubho ante anupagamma majjhena tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti – ‘bhavapaccayā jātī’’’ti.
「尊者,什么是生,而这生又属于谁呢?」「这不是适当的问题」,世尊说:「比库,若说『什么是生,而这生又属于谁呢?』,或者,比库,若说『生是一个,而这生属于另一个』,这两者意义相同,只是文句不同。比库,若有『命即是身』之见,则梵行住不存在。比库,若有『命是一个,身是另一个』之见,则梵行住不存在。比库,如来不接近这两个极端,而从中道说法:『缘有而有生。』」
‘‘Katamo nu kho, bhante, bhavo, kassa ca panāyaṃ bhavo’’ti? ‘‘No kallo pañho’’ti bhagavā avoca, ‘‘‘katamo bhavo, kassa ca panāyaṃ bhavo’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ‘añño bhavo aññassa ca panāyaṃ bhavo’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ubhayametaṃ ekatthaṃ byañjanameva nānaṃ. Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīranti vā, bhikkhu, diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti; aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīranti vā, bhikkhu, diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti. Ete te, bhikkhu, ubho ante anupagamma majjhena tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti – ‘upādānapaccayā bhavo’ti…pe… ‘taṇhāpaccayā upādānanti… vedanāpaccayā taṇhāti… phassapaccayā vedanāti… saḷāyatanapaccayā phassoti… nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatananti… viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti… saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa’’’nti.
「尊者,什么是有,而这有又属于谁呢?」「这不是适当的问题」,世尊说:「比库,若说『什么是有,而这有又属于谁呢?』,或者,比库,若说『有是一个,而这有属于另一个』,这两者意义相同,只是文句不同。比库,若有『命即是身』之见,则梵行住不存在;比库,若有『命是一个,身是另一个』之见,则梵行住不存在。比库,如来不接近这两个极端,而从中道说法:『缘取而有有』……(中略)……『缘渴爱而有取』……『缘受而有渴爱』……『缘触而有受』……『缘六处而有触』……『缘名色而有六处』……『缘识而有名色』……『缘行而有识。』」
‘‘Katame nu kho, bhante, saṅkhārā, kassa ca panime saṅkhārā’’ti? ‘‘No kallo pañho’’ti bhagavā avoca, ‘‘‘katame saṅkhārā kassa ca panime saṅkhārā’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ‘aññe saṅkhārā aññassa ca panime saṅkhārā’ti iti vā, bhikkhu, yo vadeyya, ubhayametaṃ ekatthaṃ byañjanameva nānaṃ. Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīranti vā, bhikkhu, diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti; aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīranti vā, bhikkhu, diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti. Ete te, bhikkhu, ubho ante anupagamma majjhena tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti – ‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’’ti.
「尊者,什么是行,而这些行又属于谁呢?」「这不是适当的问题」,世尊说:「比库,若说『什么是行,而这些行又属于谁呢?』,或者,比库,若说『行是一个,而这些行属于另一个』,这两者意义相同,只是文句不同。比库,若有『命即是身』之见,则梵行住不存在;比库,若有『命是一个,身是另一个』之见,则梵行住不存在。比库,如来不接近这两个极端,而从中道说法:『缘无明而有行。』」
‘‘Avijjāya tveva, bhikkhu, asesavirāganirodhā yānissa tāni visūkāyikāni visevitāni vipphanditāni kānici kānici. ‘Katamaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ, kassa ca panidaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ’ iti vā, ‘aññaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ, aññassa ca panidaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ’ iti vā, ‘taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīraṃ’ iti vā, ‘aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīraṃ’ iti vā. Sabbānissa tāni pahīnāni bhavanti ucchinnamūlāni tālāvatthukatāni anabhāvaṅkatāni āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāni.
「然而,比库,由于无明的无余离贪灭,凡彼那些种种的、习行的、戏论的诸如『什么是老死,而这老死又属于谁呢?』,或者『老死是一个,而这老死属于另一个』,或者『命即是身』,或者『命是一个,身是另一个』,彼一切那些被舍断,根已被切断,如多罗树头被斩断,成为非有,于未来为不生之法。
‘‘Avijjāya tveva, bhikkhu, asesavirāganirodhā yānissa tāni visūkāyikāni visevitāni vipphanditāni kānici kānici. ‘Katamā jāti, kassa ca panāyaṃ jāti’ iti vā, ‘aññā jāti, aññassa ca panāyaṃ jāti’ iti vā, ‘taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīraṃ’ iti vā, ‘aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīraṃ’ iti vā. Sabbānissa tāni pahīnāni bhavanti ucchinnamūlāni tālāvatthukatāni anabhāvaṅkatāni āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāni.
「然而,比库,由于无明的无余离贪灭,凡彼那些种种的、习行的、戏论的诸如『什么是生,而这生又属于谁呢?』,或者『生是一个,而这生属于另一个』,或者『命即是身』,或者『命是一个,身是另一个』,彼一切那些被舍断,根已被切断,如多罗树头被斩断,成为非有,于未来为不生之法。
‘‘Avijjāya tveva, bhikkhu, asesavirāganirodhā yānissa tāni visūkāyikāni visevitāni vipphanditāni kānici kānici. Katamo bhavo…pe… katamaṃ upādānaṃ… katamā taṇhā… katamā vedanā… katamo phasso… katamaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ… katamaṃ nāmarūpaṃ… katamaṃ viññāṇaṃ…pe….
「诸比库!然而,由于无明的无余离贪灭,凡他那些种种的、习行的、戏论的任何事物:'什么是有……什么是取……什么是渴爱……什么是受……什么是触……什么是六处……什么是名色……什么是识……
‘‘Avijjāya tveva, bhikkhu, asesavirāganirodhā yānissa tāni visūkāyikāni visevitāni vipphanditāni kānici kānici. ‘Katame saṅkhārā, kassa ca panime saṅkhārā’ iti vā, ‘aññe saṅkhārā, aññassa ca panime saṅkhārā’ iti vā, ‘taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīraṃ’ iti vā, ‘aññaṃ jīvaṃ, aññaṃ sarīraṃ’ iti vā. Sabbānissa tāni pahīnāni bhavanti ucchinnamūlāni tālāvatthukatāni anabhāvaṅkatāni āyatiṃ anuppādadhammānī’’ti. Pañcamaṃ.
「诸比库!然而,由于无明的无余离贪灭,凡他那些种种的、习行的、戏论的任何事物:『什么是诸行,这些诸行又属于谁』,或者『诸行是另一个,这些诸行又属于另一个』,或者『命即是身』,或者『命是一,身是另一』。他的所有这些都被舍断,根已被切断,如多罗树头被砍断,成为非有,于未来不再生起。」第五经。
6. Dutiyaavijjāpaccayasuttaṃ6. 第二无明缘经
§36
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库!无明为缘而有行;行为缘而有识……如是,这整个苦蕴集起。
‘‘‘Katamaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ, kassa ca panidaṃ jarāmaraṇa’nti iti vā, bhikkhave , yo vadeyya, ‘aññaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ, aññassa ca panidaṃ jarāmaraṇa’nti iti vā, bhikkhave, yo vadeyya, ubhayametaṃ ekatthaṃ byañjanameva nānaṃ. ‘Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīraṃ’ iti vā, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti. ‘Aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīraṃ’ iti vā, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti. Ete te, bhikkhave, ubho ante anupagamma majjhena tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti – ‘jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’’nti.
「诸比库!若有人说『什么是老死,这老死又属于谁』,或者,诸比库!若有人说『老死是另一个,这老死又属于另一个』,这两者意义相同,只是文句不同。诸比库!若持有『命即是身』之见,则梵行住须跋。诸比库!若持有『命是一,身是另一』之见,则梵行住须跋。诸比库!如来不接近这两个极端,而由中道说法——『以生为缘而有老死』。」
‘‘Katamā jāti…pe… katamo bhavo… katamaṃ upādānaṃ… katamā taṇhā… katamā vedanā… katamo phasso… katamaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ… katamaṃ nāmarūpaṃ… katamaṃ viññāṇaṃ… katame saṅkhārā, kassa ca panime saṅkhārāti iti vā, bhikkhave, yo vadeyya, ‘aññe saṅkhārā aññassa ca panime saṅkhārā’ti iti vā, bhikkhave, yo vadeyya, ubhayametaṃ ekatthaṃ byañjanameva nānaṃ. ‘Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīraṃ’ iti vā, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti. ‘Aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīraṃ’ iti vā, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiyā sati brahmacariyavāso na hoti. Ete te, bhikkhave, ubho ante anupagamma majjhena tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti – ‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’’ti.
「什么是生……什么是有……什么是取……什么是渴爱……什么是受……什么是触……什么是六处……什么是名色……什么是识……诸比库!若有人说『什么是诸行,这些诸行又属于谁』,或者,诸比库!若有人说『诸行是另一个,这些诸行又属于另一个』,这两者意义相同,只是文句不同。诸比库!若持有『命即是身』之见,则梵行住须跋。诸比库!若持有『命是一,身是另一』之见,则梵行住须跋。诸比库!如来不接近这两个极端,而由中道说法——『以无明为缘而有行』。」
‘‘Avijjāya tveva, bhikkhave, asesavirāganirodhā yānissa tāni visūkāyikāni visevitāni vipphanditāni kānici kānici. ‘Katamaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ, kassa ca panidaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ’ iti vā, ‘aññaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ, aññassa ca panidaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ’ iti vā, ‘taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīraṃ’ iti vā, ‘aññaṃ jīvaṃ, aññaṃ sarīraṃ’ iti vā. Sabbānissa tāni pahīnāni bhavanti ucchinnamūlāni tālāvatthukatāni anabhāvaṅkatāni āyatiṃ anuppādadhammāni.
「诸比库!然而,由于无明的无余离贪灭,凡他那些种种的、习行的、戏论的任何事物:『什么是老死,这老死又属于谁』,或者『老死是另一个,这老死又属于另一个』,或者『命即是身』,或者『命是一,身是另一』。他的所有这些都被舍断,根已被切断,如多罗树头被砍断,成为非有,于未来不再生起。
‘‘Avijjāya tveva, bhikkhave, asesavirāganirodhā yānissa tāni visūkāyikāni visevitāni vipphanditāni kānici kānici. Katamā jāti…pe… katamo bhavo… katamaṃ upādānaṃ… katamā taṇhā… katamā vedanā… katamo phasso… katamaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ… katamaṃ nāmarūpaṃ… katamaṃ viññāṇaṃ… ‘katame saṅkhārā, kassa ca panime saṅkhārā’ iti vā, ‘aññe saṅkhārā, aññassa ca panime saṅkhārā’ iti vā; ‘taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīraṃ’ iti vā, ‘aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīraṃ’ iti vā. Sabbānissa tāni pahīnāni bhavanti ucchinnamūlāni tālāvatthukatāni anabhāvaṅkatāni āyatiṃ anuppādadhammānī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
「诸比库!然而,由于无明的无余离贪灭,凡他那些种种的、习行的、戏论的任何事物:什么是生……什么是有……什么是取……什么是渴爱……什么是受……什么是触……什么是六处……什么是名色……什么是识……『什么是诸行,这些诸行又属于谁』,或者『诸行是另一个,这些诸行又属于另一个』;或者『命即是身』,或者『命是一,身是另一』。他的所有这些都被舍断,根已被切断,如多罗树头被砍断,成为非有,于未来不再生起。」第六经。
7. Natumhasuttaṃ7. 非汝等经
§37
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘nāyaṃ, bhikkhave, kāyo tumhākaṃ napi aññesaṃ. Purāṇamidaṃ , bhikkhave, kammaṃ abhisaṅkhataṃ abhisañcetayitaṃ vedaniyaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ’’.
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库!这身不是你们的,也不是其他人的。诸比库!这应被视为过去所造作的、所思作的、应被感受的旧业。」
‘‘Tatra kho, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako paṭiccasamuppādaññeva sādhukaṃ yoniso manasi karoti – ‘iti imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjati; imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hoti, imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati, yadidaṃ – avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
「诸比库,于此,多闻的圣弟子如理地如实作意缘起:『此有故彼有,此生故彼生;此无故彼无,此灭故彼灭,即:以无明为缘而有行;以行为缘而有识……如是,这整个苦蕴集起。然而,以无明的无余离贪灭而行灭;以行灭而识灭……如是,这整个苦蕴灭。』」第七经。
8. Cetanāsuttaṃ8. 思经
§38
Sāvatthinidānaṃ . ‘‘Yañca, bhikkhave, ceteti yañca pakappeti yañca anuseti, ārammaṇametaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā. Ārammaṇe sati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa hoti. Tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite viññāṇe virūḷhe āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti hoti. Āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattiyā sati āyatiṃ jāti jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti’’.
沙瓦提因缘。「诸比库,凡思、凡寻、凡随眠,这成为识住立的所缘。有所缘时,识有住立处。当识住立于此、增长时,未来再有的再生起。有未来再有的再生时,未来的生、老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起。如是,这整个苦蕴集起。」
‘‘No ce, bhikkhave, ceteti no ce pakappeti, atha ce anuseti, ārammaṇametaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā. Ārammaṇe sati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa hoti. Tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite viññāṇe virūḷhe āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti hoti. Āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattiyā sati āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
「诸比库,若不思、若不寻,但若随眠,这成为识住立的所缘。有所缘时,识有住立处。当识住立于此、增长时,未来再有的再生起。有未来再有的再生时,未来的生、老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起。如是,这整个苦蕴集起。
‘‘Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, no ceva ceteti no ca pakappeti no ca anuseti, ārammaṇametaṃ na hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā . Ārammaṇe asati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa na hoti. Tadappatiṭṭhite viññāṇe avirūḷhe āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti na hoti. Āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbattiyā asati āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
「诸比库,然而,当既不思、又不寻、又不随眠时,这不成为识住立的所缘。无所缘时,识无住立处。当识不住立于此、不增长时,未来再有的再生不起。无未来再有的再生时,未来的生、老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼灭。如是,这整个苦蕴灭。」第八经。
9. Dutiyacetanāsuttaṃ9. 第二思经
§39
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘yañca, bhikkhave, ceteti yañca pakappeti yañca anuseti, ārammaṇametaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā. Ārammaṇe sati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa hoti. Tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite viññāṇe virūḷhe nāmarūpassa avakkanti hoti. Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ; saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso; phassapaccayā vedanā…pe… taṇhā… upādānaṃ… bhavo… jāti… jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti’’.
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库,凡思、凡寻、凡随眠,这成为识住立的所缘。有所缘时,识有住立处。当识住立于此、增长时,名色的入胎。以名色为缘而有六处;以六处为缘而有触;以触为缘而有受……渴爱……取……有……生……老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起。如是,这整个苦蕴集起。」
‘‘No ce, bhikkhave, ceteti no ce pakappeti, atha ce anuseti, ārammaṇametaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā. Ārammaṇe sati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa hoti. Tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite viññāṇe virūḷhe nāmarūpassa avakkanti hoti. Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
「诸比库,若不思、若不寻,但若随眠,这成为识住立的所缘。有所缘时,识有住立处。当识住立于此、增长时,名色的入胎。以名色为缘而有六处……如是,这整个苦蕴集起。
‘‘Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, no ceva ceteti no ca pakappeti no ca anuseti, ārammaṇametaṃ na hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā. Ārammaṇe asati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa na hoti. Tadappatiṭṭhite viññāṇe avirūḷhe nāmarūpassa avakkanti na hoti. Nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti. Navamaṃ.
「诸比库,然而,当既不思、又不寻、又不随眠时,这不成为识住立的所缘。无所缘时,识无住立处。当识不住立于此、不增长时,名色的入胎不起。以名色灭而六处灭……如是,这整个苦蕴灭。」第九经。
10. Tatiyacetanāsuttaṃ10. 第三思经
§40
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘yañca , bhikkhave, ceteti yañca pakappeti yañca anuseti ārammaṇametaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā. Ārammaṇe sati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa hoti. Tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite viññāṇe virūḷhe nati hoti. Natiyā sati āgatigati hoti. Āgatigatiyā sati cutūpapāto hoti. Cutūpapāte sati āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti’’.
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库,凡思、凡寻、凡随眠,这成为识住立的所缘。有所缘时,识有住立处。当识住立于此、增长时,有弯曲。有弯曲时,有来去。有来去时,有死生。有死生时,未来的生、老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起。如是,这整个苦蕴集起。」
‘‘No ce, bhikkhave, ceteti no ce pakappeti atha ce anuseti, ārammaṇametaṃ hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā. Ārammaṇe sati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa hoti. Tasmiṃ patiṭṭhite viññāṇe virūḷhe nati hoti. Natiyā sati āgatigati hoti. Āgatigatiyā sati cutūpapāto hoti. Cutūpapāte sati āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
「诸比库!若不思、不思量,但若随眠,这成为识住立的所缘。有所缘时,识有住立处。当识住立于彼而增长时,有倾向。有倾向时,有来去。有来去时,有死生。有死生时,未来的生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起。如此,这整个苦蕴集起。」
‘‘Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, no ceva ceteti no ca pakappeti no ca anuseti, ārammaṇametaṃ na hoti viññāṇassa ṭhitiyā. Ārammaṇe asati patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa na hoti. Tadappatiṭṭhite viññāṇe avirūḷhe nati na hoti. Natiyā asati āgatigati na hoti. Āgatigatiyā asati cutūpapāto na hoti. Cutūpapāte asati āyatiṃ jāti jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
「诸比库!然而,当既不思、不思量、亦不随眠时,这不成为识住立的所缘。无所缘时,识无住立处。当识无彼住立而不增长时,无倾向。无倾向时,无来去。无来去时,无死生。无死生时,未来的生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼灭尽。如此,这整个苦蕴灭尽。」第十经。
Kaḷārakhattiyavaggo catuttho. · 咖喇拉刹帝利品第四
Tassuddānaṃ –
其摄颂——
Bhūtamidaṃ kaḷārañca, duve ca ñāṇavatthūni;
「此已有、迦喇,以及两个智事;
Avijjāpaccayā ca dve, natumhā cetanā tayoti.
以无明为缘两个,非你们、思三。」
5. Gahapativaggo
5. 居士品
1. Pañcaverabhayasuttaṃ1. 五怖畏经
§41
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Atha kho anāthapiṇḍiko gahapati yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etadavoca –
住在沙瓦提。时,阿那他宾地咖居士前往世尊处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。世尊对坐于一旁的阿那他宾地咖居士如此说:
‘‘Yato kho, gahapati, ariyasāvakassa pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti, catūhi ca sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti, ariyo cassa ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano’’’ti.
「居士!当圣弟子的五种怖畏、怨恨已寂止,具足四种入流支,以慧善见、善通达圣方法时,他若愿意,能以自己记说自己:『我已尽地狱、已尽畜生界、已尽饿鬼界、已尽恶趣、恶处、险处,我是入流者,不堕恶趣法,决定,以正觉为彼岸。』」
‘‘Katamāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti? Yaṃ, gahapati, pāṇātipātī pāṇātipātapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedayati, pāṇātipātā paṭiviratassa evaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti.
「什么是五种怖畏、怨恨已寂止?居士,杀生者因杀生之缘故,于现法产生怖畏、怨恨,于来世也产生怖畏、怨恨,也感受心的苦与忧,离杀生者如此那怖畏、怨恨已寂止。
‘‘Yaṃ, gahapati, adinnādāyī adinnādānapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedayati, adinnādānā paṭiviratassa evaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti.
居士,不与取者因不与取之缘故,于现法产生怖畏、怨恨,于来世也产生怖畏、怨恨,也感受心的苦与忧,离不与取者如此那怖畏、怨恨已寂止。
‘‘Yaṃ , gahapati, kāmesumicchācārī kāmesumicchācārapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedayati, kāmesumicchācārā paṭiviratassa evaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti.
居士,欲邪行者因欲邪行之缘故,于现法产生怖畏、怨恨,于来世也产生怖畏、怨恨,也感受心的苦与忧,离欲邪行者如此那怖畏、怨恨已寂止。
‘‘Yaṃ, gahapati, musāvādī musāvādapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedayati, musāvādā paṭiviratassa evaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti.
居士,妄语者因妄语之缘故,于现法产生怖畏、怨恨,于来世也产生怖畏、怨恨,也感受心的苦与忧,离妄语者如此那怖畏、怨恨已寂止。
‘‘Yaṃ, gahapati, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānapaccayā diṭṭhadhammikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, samparāyikampi bhayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedayati, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭiviratassa evaṃ taṃ bhayaṃ veraṃ vūpasantaṃ hoti. Imāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti.
居士,饮放逸之因的诸酒类者因饮放逸之因的诸酒类之缘故,于现法产生怖畏、怨恨,于来世也产生怖畏、怨恨,也感受心的苦与忧,离放逸之因的诸酒类者如此那怖畏、怨恨已寂止。这些是五种怖畏、怨恨已寂止。
‘‘Katamehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’’’ti.
「具足什么四种入流支?居士,于此,圣弟子对佛具足不坏净:『如此,彼世尊是阿拉汉、正等正觉者、明行具足者、善至者、世间解者、无上调御丈夫者、天人师、佛陀、世尊。』
‘‘Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’’’ti.
对法具足不坏净:『法是世尊所善说的,自见的,无时的,来见的,引导的,智者应各自证知的。』
‘‘Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho , yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’’’ti.
对僧团具足不坏净:『世尊的声闻僧团是善行道者,世尊的声闻僧团是正直行道者,世尊的声闻僧团是如理行道者,世尊的声闻僧团是正当行道者,即四双八辈,这世尊的声闻僧团是应供养者、应供奉者、应施与者、应合掌者,是世间的无上福田。』
‘‘Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññuppasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi. Imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti.
「他具足圣者所喜之戒,无缺、无断、无斑点、无杂色、自在、智者所赞叹、无所执取、导向于定。他具足此四入流支。
‘‘Katamo cassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho? Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako paṭiccasamuppādaññeva sādhukaṃ yoniso manasi karoti – ‘iti imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hoti; imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjati, imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati. Yadidaṃ avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’’ti. Ayamassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho.
「什么是他的圣方法以慧善见、善通达?居士,于此,圣弟子如理善作意缘起:『如此,此有故彼有,此无故彼无;此生故彼生,此灭故彼灭。即:以无明为缘而有行;以行为缘而有识……(中略)……如是有此整个苦蕴的集起。然而,以无明的无余离贪灭而行灭;以行灭而识灭……(中略)……如是有此整个苦蕴的灭。』这是他的圣方法以慧善见、善通达。
‘‘Yato kho, gahapati, ariyasāvakassa imāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti, imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti, ayañcassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano’’’ti.
「居士,当圣弟子的此五种怖畏、怨恨已寂止,具足此四入流支,此圣方法以慧善见、善通达,他若愿意,可以自己记说自己:『我已尽地狱,已尽畜生界,已尽饿鬼界,已尽恶趣、苦界、堕处,我是入流者,不堕法,决定,以正觉为彼岸。』」
2. Dutiyapañcaverabhayasuttaṃ2. 第二五怖畏经
§42
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti, catūhi ca sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti, ariyo cassa ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano’’’ti.
住在沙瓦提……(中略)……「诸比库,当圣弟子的五种怖畏、怨恨已寂止,具足四入流支,此圣方法以慧善见、善通达,他若愿意,可以自己记说自己:『我已尽地狱,已尽畜生界,已尽饿鬼界,已尽恶趣、苦界、堕处,我是入流者,不堕法,决定,以正觉为彼岸。』」
‘‘Katamāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti? Yaṃ, bhikkhave, pāṇātipātī …pe… yaṃ, bhikkhave, adinnādāyī…pe… yaṃ, bhikkhave, kāmesumicchācārī… yaṃ, bhikkhave, musāvādī… yaṃ, bhikkhave, surāmerayamajjapamādaṭṭhāyī…pe… imāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti.
「什么是五种怖畏、怨恨已寂止?诸比库,凡杀生者……(中略)……诸比库,凡不与取者……(中略)……诸比库,凡欲邪行者……诸比库,凡妄语者……诸比库,凡放逸之因的诸酒类者……(中略)……此五种怖畏、怨恨已寂止。
‘‘Katamehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako buddhe…pe… dhamme… saṅghe… ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti. Imehi catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti.
「他具足什么四入流支?诸比库,于此,圣弟子于佛……(中略)……于法……于僧……具足圣者所喜之戒。他具足此四入流支。
‘‘Katamo cassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho ? Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako paṭiccasamuppādaññeva sādhukaṃ yoniso manasi karoti…pe… ayamassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho.
「什么是他的圣方法以慧善见、善通达?诸比库,于此,圣弟子如理善作意缘起……(中略)……这是他的圣方法以慧善见、善通达。
‘‘Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvakassa imāni pañca bhayāni verāni vūpasantāni honti, imehi ca catūhi sotāpattiyaṅgehi samannāgato hoti, ayañcassa ariyo ñāyo paññāya sudiṭṭho hoti suppaṭividdho, so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano’’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
「诸比库,当圣弟子的此五种怖畏、怨恨已寂止,具足此四入流支,此圣方法以慧善见、善通达,他若愿意,可以自己记说自己:『我已尽地狱,已尽畜生界,已尽饿鬼界,已尽恶趣、苦界、堕处,我是入流者,不堕法,决定,以正觉为彼岸。』」第二。
3. Dukkhasuttaṃ3. 苦经
§43
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘dukkhassa , bhikkhave, samudayañca atthaṅgamañca desessāmi. Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库,我将教导苦的集与灭尽。你们要谛听,善作意,我将说。」「是的,世尊。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊说此——
‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, dukkhassa samudayo? Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ. Tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso. Phassapaccayā vedanā; vedanāpaccayā taṇhā. Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhassa samudayo.
「诸比库,什么是苦的集?缘眼与色生起眼识。三者的会合是触。以触为缘而有受;以受为缘而有渴爱。诸比库,这是苦的集。
‘‘Sotañca paṭicca sadde ca uppajjati sotaviññāṇaṃ…pe… ghānañca paṭicca gandhe ca…pe… jivhañca paṭicca rase ca…pe… kāyañca paṭicca phoṭṭhabbe ca…pe… manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṃ. Tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso. Phassapaccayā vedanā; vedanāpaccayā taṇhā. Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhassa samudayo.
「缘耳与声生起耳识……缘鼻与香……缘舌与味……缘身与触……缘意与法生起意识。三者的会合是触。以触为缘而有受;以受为缘而有渴爱。诸比库,这是苦的集。
‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, dukkhassa atthaṅgamo? Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ. Tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso. Phassapaccayā vedanā; vedanāpaccayā taṇhā. Tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodhā upādānanirodho; upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho; bhavanirodhā jātinirodho; jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti. Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhassa atthaṅgamo.
「诸比库,什么是苦的灭尽?缘眼与色生起眼识。三者的会合是触。以触为缘而有受;以受为缘而有渴爱。由于该渴爱的无余离贪灭尽而有取灭;由取灭而有有灭;由有灭而有生灭;由生灭而老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼灭尽。如此,这整个苦蕴灭尽。诸比库,这是苦的灭尽。
‘‘Sotañca paṭicca sadde ca uppajjati sotaviññāṇaṃ…pe… ghānañca paṭicca gandhe ca…pe… jivhañca paṭicca rase ca…pe… kāyañca paṭicca phoṭṭhabbe ca…pe… manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṃ. Tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso. Phassapaccayā vedanā; vedanāpaccayā taṇhā. Tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodhā upādānanirodho; upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho; bhavanirodhā jātinirodho; jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti. Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhassa atthaṅgamo’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
「缘耳与声生起耳识……缘鼻与香……缘舌与味……缘身与触……缘意与法生起意识。三者的会合是触。以触为缘而有受;以受为缘而有渴爱。由于该渴爱的无余离贪灭尽而有取灭;由取灭而有有灭;由有灭而有生灭;由生灭而老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼灭尽。如此,这整个苦蕴灭尽。诸比库,这是苦的灭尽。」第三经。
4. Lokasuttaṃ4. 世间经
§44
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘lokassa, bhikkhave, samudayañca atthaṅgamañca desessāmi. Taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库,我将教导世间的集与灭尽。你们要谛听,善作意,我将说。」「是的,世尊。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊说此——
‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, lokassa samudayo? Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ. Tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso. Phassapaccayā vedanā; vedanāpaccayā taṇhā; taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ; upādānapaccayā bhavo; bhavapaccayā jāti; jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, lokassa samudayo.
「诸比库,什么是世间的集?缘眼与色生起眼识。三者的会合是触。以触为缘而有受;以受为缘而有渴爱;以渴爱为缘而有取;以取为缘而有有;以有为缘而有生;以生为缘而有老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起。诸比库,这是世间的集。
‘‘Sotañca paṭicca sadde ca…pe… ghānañca paṭicca gandhe ca… jivhañca paṭicca rase ca… kāyañca paṭicca phoṭṭhabbe ca… manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṃ. Tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso. Phassapaccayā vedanā…pe… jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, lokassa samudayo.
「缘耳与声……缘鼻与香……缘舌与味……缘身与触……缘意与法生起意识。三者的会合是触。以触为缘而有受……以生为缘而有老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起。诸比库,这是世间的集。
‘‘Katamo ca, bhikkhave, lokassa atthaṅgamo? Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ. Tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso. Phassapaccayā vedanā; vedanāpaccayā taṇhā. Tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodhā upādānanirodho; upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti. Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, lokassa atthaṅgamo.
「诸比库,什么是世间的消失?缘眼与诸色而生起眼识。三者的会合为触。以触为缘而有受;以受为缘而有渴爱。以该渴爱的无余离贪灭而取灭;以取灭而有灭……如是,这整个苦蕴灭。诸比库,这是世间的消失。
‘‘Sotañca paṭicca sadde ca…pe… ghānañca paṭicca gandhe ca… jivhañca paṭicca rase ca… kāyañca paṭicca phoṭṭhabbe ca… manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṃ. Tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso. Phassapaccayā vedanā; vedanāpaccayā taṇhā. Tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodhā upādānanirodho; upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti. Ayaṃ kho, bhikkhave, lokassa atthaṅgamo’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
「缘耳与诸声……缘鼻与诸香……缘舌与诸味……缘身与诸触……缘意与诸法而生起意识。三者的会合为触。以触为缘而有受;以受为缘而有渴爱。以该渴爱的无余离贪灭而取灭;以取灭而有灭……如是,这整个苦蕴灭。诸比库,这是世间的消失。」第四经。
5. Ñātikasuttaṃ5. 亲族经
§45
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā ñātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. Atha kho bhagavā rahogato paṭisallāno imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ abhāsi –
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在那提咖的砖屋。那时,世尊独自隐退禅修时,宣说了这个法门——
‘‘Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ. Tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso. Phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā; taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
「缘眼与诸色而生起眼识。三者的会合为触。以触为缘而有受,以受为缘而有渴爱;以渴爱为缘而有取……如是,这整个苦蕴集。
‘‘Sotañca paṭicca sadde ca…pe… ghānañca paṭicca gandhe ca… jivhañca paṭicca rase ca… kāyañca paṭicca phoṭṭhabbe ca… manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṃ. Tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso. Phassapaccayā vedanā; vedanāpaccayā taṇhā; taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
「缘耳与诸声……缘鼻与诸香……缘舌与诸味……缘身与诸触……缘意与诸法而生起意识。三者的会合为触。以触为缘而有受;以受为缘而有渴爱;以渴爱为缘而有取……如是,这整个苦蕴集。
‘‘Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇaṃ. Tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso. Phassapaccayā vedanā; vedanāpaccayā taṇhā. Tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodhā upādānanirodho; upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti.
「缘眼与诸色而生起眼识。三者的会合为触。以触为缘而有受;以受为缘而有渴爱。以该渴爱的无余离贪灭而取灭;以取灭而有灭……如是,这整个苦蕴灭。
‘‘Sotañca paṭicca sadde ca…pe… manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṃ. Tiṇṇaṃ saṅgati phasso. Phassapaccayā vedanā; vedanāpaccayā taṇhā. Tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodhā upādānanirodho; upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti.
「缘耳与诸声……缘意与诸法而生起意识。三者的会合为触。以触为缘而有受;以受为缘而有渴爱。以该渴爱的无余离贪灭而取灭;以取灭而有灭……如是,这整个苦蕴灭。」
Tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu bhagavato upassuti ṭhito hoti. Addasā kho bhagavā taṃ bhikkhuṃ upassuti ṭhitaṃ. Disvāna taṃ bhikkhuṃ etadavoca – ‘‘assosi no tvaṃ, bhikkhu, imaṃ dhammapariyāya’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Uggaṇhāhi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ; pariyāpuṇāhi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ; dhārehi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ. Atthasaṃhito ayaṃ , bhikkhu, dhammapariyāyo ādibrahmacariyako’’ti. Pañcamaṃ.
尔时,有一位比库站在世尊附近听闻。世尊看见那位比库站在附近听闻。看见后,世尊对那位比库说:「比库,你听到这个法门了吗?」「是的,尊者。」「比库,你应学习这个法门;比库,你应通达这个法门;比库,你应受持这个法门。比库,这个法门与义相应,是梵行的根本。」第五经。
6. Aññatarabrāhmaṇasuttaṃ6. 某婆罗门经
§46
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Atha kho aññataro brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
住在沙瓦提。尔时,某位婆罗门来到世尊处;抵达后,与世尊互相问候。交换了友好、值得忆念的交谈后,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的那位婆罗门对世尊如此说——
‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, bho gotama, so karoti so paṭisaṃvedayatī’’ti? ‘‘‘So karoti so paṭisaṃvedayatī’ti kho, brāhmaṇa, ayameko anto’’.
「果德玛尊者,是同一者造作、同一者感受吗?」「『同一者造作、同一者感受』,婆罗门,这是一个极端。」
‘‘Kiṃ pana, bho gotama, añño karoti, añño paṭisaṃvedayatī’’ti? ‘‘‘Añño karoti, añño paṭisaṃvedayatī’ti kho, brāhmaṇa, ayaṃ dutiyo anto. Ete te, brāhmaṇa, ubho ante anupagamma majjhena tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti – ‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho …pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’’ti.
「那么,果德玛尊者,是另一者造作、另一者感受吗?」「『另一者造作、另一者感受』,婆罗门,这是第二个极端。婆罗门,如来不接近这两个极端,而从中道说法——『以无明为缘而有行;以行为缘而有识……(中略)……如此,这整个苦蕴集起。然而,以无明的无余离贪灭而行灭;以行灭而识灭……(中略)……如此,这整个苦蕴灭。』」
Evaṃ vutte, so brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama, abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama,…pe… upāsakaṃ maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
如此说时,那位婆罗门对世尊如此说——「殊胜,果德玛尊者,殊胜,果德玛尊者,……(中略)……请果德玛尊者忆持我为近事男,从今日起终生归依。」第六经。
7. Jāṇussoṇisuttaṃ7. 迦奴宋尼经
§47
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Atha kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ…pe… ekamantaṃ nisinno kho jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
住在沙瓦提。尔时,迦奴索尼婆罗门来到世尊处;抵达后,与世尊……(中略)……在一旁坐下的迦奴索尼婆罗门对世尊如此说——
‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, bho, gotama, sabbamatthī’’ti? ‘‘‘Sabbamatthī’ti kho, brāhmaṇa, ayameko anto’’.
「果德玛尊者,一切存在吗?」「『一切存在』,婆罗门,这是一个极端。」
‘‘Kiṃ pana, bho gotama, sabbaṃ natthī’’ti? ‘‘‘Sabbaṃ natthī’ti kho, brāhmaṇa, ayaṃ dutiyo anto. Ete te, brāhmaṇa, ubho ante anupagamma majjhena tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti – ‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’’ti.
「那么,果德玛尊者,一切不存在吗?」「『一切不存在』,婆罗门,这是第二个极端。婆罗门,如来不接近这两个极端,而从中道说法——『以无明为缘而有行;以行为缘而有识……(中略)……如此,这整个苦蕴集起。然而,以无明的无余离贪灭而行灭;以行灭而识灭……(中略)……如此,这整个苦蕴灭。』」
Evaṃ vutte, jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ bho gotama…pe… pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti. Sattamaṃ.
如此说时,迦奴索尼婆罗门对世尊如此说——「殊胜,果德玛尊者……(中略)……终生归依。」第七经。
8. Lokāyatikasuttaṃ8. 顺世论者经
§48
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati. Atha kho lokāyatiko brāhmaṇo yena bhagavā…pe… ekamantaṃ nisinno kho lokāyatiko brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
住在沙瓦提。时,世俗论者婆罗门前往世尊处……在一旁坐下后,世俗论者婆罗门对世尊如此说——
‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, bho gotama, sabbamatthī’’ti? ‘‘‘Sabbamatthī’ti kho, brāhmaṇa, jeṭṭhametaṃ lokāyataṃ’’.
「果德玛尊者,一切存在吗?」「婆罗门,『一切存在』,这是第一种世俗论。」
‘‘Kiṃ pana, bho gotama, sabbaṃ natthī’’ti? ‘‘‘Sabbaṃ natthī’ti kho, brāhmaṇa, dutiyametaṃ lokāyataṃ’’.
「那么,果德玛尊者,一切不存在吗?」「婆罗门,『一切不存在』,这是第二种世俗论。」
‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, bho gotama, sabbamekatta’’nti? ‘‘‘Sabbamekatta’nti kho, brāhmaṇa, tatiyametaṃ lokāyataṃ’’.
「果德玛尊者,一切是一吗?」「婆罗门,『一切是一』,这是第三种世俗论。」
‘‘Kiṃ pana, bho gotama, sabbaṃ puthutta’’nti? ‘‘‘Sabbaṃ puthutta’nti kho, brāhmaṇa, catutthametaṃ lokāyataṃ’’.
「那么,果德玛尊者,一切是异吗?」「婆罗门,『一切是异』,这是第四种世俗论。」
‘‘Ete te, brāhmaṇa, ubho ante anupagamma majjhena tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti – ‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’’ti.
「婆罗门,如来不接近这两个极端,以中道说法——『以无明为缘而有行;以行为缘而有识……如此,这整个苦蕴集起。然而,以无明的无余离贪灭而行灭;以行灭而识灭……如此,这整个苦蕴灭。』」
Evaṃ vutte, lokāyatiko brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bho gotama…pe… ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
如此说已,世俗论者婆罗门对世尊如此说——「殊胜,果德玛尊者……从今日起终生归依。」第八经。
9. Ariyasāvakasuttaṃ9. 圣弟子经
§49
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘na , bhikkhave, sutavato ariyasāvakassa evaṃ hoti – ‘kiṃ nu kho kismiṃ sati kiṃ hoti, kissuppādā kiṃ uppajjati? (Kismiṃ sati saṅkhārā honti, kismiṃ sati viññāṇaṃ hoti,) kismiṃ sati nāmarūpaṃ hoti, kismiṃ sati saḷāyatanaṃ hoti, kismiṃ sati phasso hoti, kismiṃ sati vedanā hoti, kismiṃ sati taṇhā hoti, kismiṃ sati upādānaṃ hoti, kismiṃ sati bhavo hoti, kismiṃ sati jāti hoti, kismiṃ sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hotī’’’ti?
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库,多闻圣弟子不会如此想:『什么存在时有什么?什么生起时什么生起?(什么存在时有行?什么存在时有识?)什么存在时有名色?什么存在时有六处?什么存在时有触?什么存在时有受?什么存在时有渴爱?什么存在时有取?什么存在时有有?什么存在时有生?什么存在时有老死?』」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, sutavato ariyasāvakassa aparappaccayā ñāṇamevettha hoti – ‘imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjati. (Avijjāya sati saṅkhārā honti; saṅkhāresu sati viññāṇaṃ hoti;) viññāṇe sati nāmarūpaṃ hoti; nāmarūpe sati saḷāyatanaṃ hoti ; saḷāyatane sati phasso hoti; phasse sati vedanā hoti; vedanāya sati taṇhā hoti; taṇhāya sati upādānaṃ hoti; upādāne sati bhavo hoti; bhave sati jāti hoti; jātiyā sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hotī’ti. So evaṃ pajānāti – ‘evamayaṃ loko samudayatī’’’ti.
「诸比库,于此,有闻圣弟子不依他人而有智——『此有故彼有,此生故彼生。(有无明故有行;有行故有识;)有识故有名色;有名色故有六处;有六处故有触;有触故有受;有受故有渴爱;有渴爱故有取;有取故有有;有有故有生;有生故有老死。』他如此了知——『此世间如此集起。』」
‘‘Na , bhikkhave, sutavato ariyasāvakassa evaṃ hoti – ‘kiṃ nu kho kismiṃ asati kiṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā kiṃ nirujjhati? (Kismiṃ asati saṅkhārā na honti, kismiṃ asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti,) kismiṃ asati nāmarūpaṃ na hoti, kismiṃ asati saḷāyatanaṃ na hoti, kismiṃ asati phasso na hoti, kismiṃ asati vedanā na hoti, kismiṃ asati taṇhā na hoti, kismiṃ asati upādānaṃ na hoti, kismiṃ asati bhavo na hoti, kismiṃ asati jāti na hoti, kismiṃ asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hotī’’’ti?
「诸比库,有闻圣弟子不如此想——『什么无故什么无,什么灭故什么灭?(什么无故行无,什么无故识无,)什么无故名色无,什么无故六处无,什么无故触无,什么无故受无,什么无故渴爱无,什么无故取无,什么无故有无,什么无故生无,什么无故老死无?』」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, sutavato ariyasāvakassa aparappaccayā ñāṇamevettha hoti – ‘imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hoti, imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati. (Avijjāya asati saṅkhārā na honti; saṅkhāresu asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti;) viññāṇe asati nāmarūpaṃ na hoti; nāmarūpe asati saḷāyatanaṃ na hoti…pe… bhavo na hoti… jāti na hoti… jātiyā asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hotī’ti. So evaṃ pajānāti – ‘evamayaṃ loko nirujjhatī’’’ti.
「诸比库,于此,有闻圣弟子不依他人而有智——『此无故彼无,此灭故彼灭。(无无明故无行;无行故无识;)无识故无名色;无名色故无六处……无有……无生……无生故无老死。』他如此了知——『此世间如此灭尽。』」
‘‘Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako evaṃ lokassa samudayañca atthaṅgamañca yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako diṭṭhisampanno itipi…pe… amatadvāraṃ āhacca tiṭṭhati itipī’’ti. Navamaṃ.
「诸比库,当圣弟子如此如实了知世间的集起与灭没时,诸比库,此被称为圣弟子是见具足者……乃至……已达不死之门而住者。」第九经。
10. Dutiyaariyasāvakasuttaṃ10. 第二圣弟子经
§50
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘na, bhikkhave, sutavato ariyasāvakassa evaṃ hoti – ‘kiṃ nu kho kismiṃ sati kiṃ hoti, kissuppādā kiṃ uppajjati? Kismiṃ sati saṅkhārā honti, kismiṃ sati viññāṇaṃ hoti, kismiṃ sati nāmarūpaṃ hoti, kismiṃ sati saḷāyatanaṃ hoti, kismiṃ sati phasso hoti, kismiṃ sati vedanā hoti, kismiṃ sati taṇhā hoti, kismiṃ sati upādānaṃ hoti, kismiṃ sati bhavo hoti, kismiṃ sati jāti hoti, kismiṃ sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hotī’’’ti?
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库,有闻圣弟子不如此想——『什么有故什么有,什么生故什么生?什么有故行有,什么有故识有,什么有故名色有,什么有故六处有,什么有故触有,什么有故受有,什么有故渴爱有,什么有故取有,什么有故有有,什么有故生有,什么有故老死有?』」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, sutavato ariyasāvakassa aparappaccayā ñāṇamevettha hoti – ‘imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjati. Avijjāya sati saṅkhārā honti; saṅkhāresu sati viññāṇaṃ hoti; viññāṇe sati nāmarūpaṃ hoti; nāmarūpe sati saḷāyatanaṃ hoti; saḷāyatane sati phasso hoti; phasse sati vedanā hoti ; vedanāya sati taṇhā hoti; taṇhāya sati upādānaṃ hoti; upādāne sati bhavo hoti; bhave sati jāti hoti; jātiyā sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hotī’ti. So evaṃ pajānāti – ‘evamayaṃ loko samudayatī’’’ti.
「诸比库,于此,有闻圣弟子不依他人而有智——『此有故彼有,此生故彼生。有无明故有行;有行故有识;有识故有名色;有名色故有六处;有六处故有触;有触故有受;有受故有渴爱;有渴爱故有取;有取故有有;有有故有生;有生故有老死。』他如此了知——『此世间如此集起。』」
‘‘Na, bhikkhave, sutavato ariyasāvakassa evaṃ hoti – ‘kiṃ nu kho kismiṃ asati kiṃ na hoti, kissa nirodhā kiṃ nirujjhati? Kismiṃ asati saṅkhārā na honti, kismiṃ asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti, kismiṃ asati nāmarūpaṃ na hoti, kismiṃ asati saḷāyatanaṃ na hoti, kismiṃ asati phasso na hoti, kismiṃ asati vedanā na hoti, kismiṃ asati taṇhā na hoti…pe… upādānaṃ… bhavo… jāti… kismiṃ asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hotī’’’ti?
「诸比库,有闻圣弟子不如此想——『什么无故什么无,什么灭故什么灭?什么无故行无,什么无故识无,什么无故名色无,什么无故六处无,什么无故触无,什么无故受无,什么无故渴爱无……取……有……生……什么无故老死无?』」
‘‘Atha kho, bhikkhave, sutavato ariyasāvakassa aparappaccayā ñāṇamevettha hoti – ‘imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hoti, imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati. Avijjāya asati saṅkhārā na honti; saṅkhāresu asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti; viññāṇe asati nāmarūpaṃ na hoti; nāmarūpe asati saḷāyatanaṃ na hoti…pe… jātiyā asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hotī’ti. So evaṃ pajānāti – ‘evamayaṃ loko nirujjhatī’’’ti.
「诸比库,于此,有闻圣弟子不依他人而有智——『此无故彼无,此灭故彼灭。无无明故无行;无行故无识;无识故无名色;无名色故无六处……无生故无老死。』他如此了知——『此世间如此灭尽。』」
‘‘Yato kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako evaṃ lokassa samudayañca atthaṅgamañca yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako diṭṭhisampanno itipi, dassanasampanno itipi, āgato imaṃ saddhammaṃ itipi, passati imaṃ saddhammaṃ itipi, sekkhena ñāṇena samannāgato itipi , sekkhāya vijjāya samannāgato itipi, dhammasotaṃ samāpanno itipi, ariyo nibbedhikapañño itipi, amatadvāraṃ āhacca tiṭṭhati itipī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
「诸比库!当圣弟子如此如实了知世间的集起与灭没时,诸比库!这被称为圣弟子是具足正见者,是具足正观者,是已来到此正法者,是见到此正法者,是具足有学智者,是具足有学明者,是已入法流者,是具有通达慧的圣者,是已触及不死之门而住立者。」第十经。
Gahapativaggo pañcamo. · 居士品第五
Tassuddānaṃ –
其摄颂——
Dve pañcaverabhayā vuttā, dukkhaṃ loko ca ñātikaṃ;
二经说五怖畏,苦、世间与亲戚;
Aññataraṃ jāṇussoṇi ca, lokāyatikena aṭṭhamaṃ;
某者、迦奴索尼,以世间处为第八;
Dve ariyasāvakā vuttā, vaggo tena pavuccatīti.
说二圣弟子经,以此称为品。
6. Dukkhavaggo
6. 苦品
1. Parivīmaṃsanasuttaṃ1. 审察经
§51
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。在那里,世尊称呼诸比库:「诸比库!」「尊者!」那些比库回答世尊。世尊如此说——
‘‘Kittāvatā nu kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhū parivīmaṃsamāno parivīmaṃseyya sabbaso sammā dukkhakkhayāyā’’ti? ‘‘Bhagavaṃmūlakā no, bhante, dhammā bhagavaṃnettikā bhagavaṃpaṭisaraṇā . Sādhu vata, bhante, bhagavantaṃyeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, bhikkhave, suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
「诸比库!比库应当考察到什么程度,才能完全正确地考察以灭尽苦呢?」「尊者!我们的法以世尊为根本,以世尊为引导,以世尊为皈依处。尊者!实在好!愿世尊阐明此所说之义。诸比库听闻世尊之后,将忆持。」「诸比库!那么,你们要听!要善作意!我要说了。」「是的,尊者!」那些比库回答世尊。世尊如此说——
‘‘Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu parivīmaṃsamāno parivīmaṃsati – ‘yaṃ kho idaṃ anekavidhaṃ nānappakārakaṃ dukkhaṃ loke uppajjati jarāmaraṇaṃ; idaṃ nu kho dukkhaṃ kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ kiṃjātikaṃ kiṃpabhavaṃ? Kismiṃ sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti, kismiṃ asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hotī’ti? So parivīmaṃsamāno evaṃ pajānāti – ‘yaṃ kho idaṃ anekavidhaṃ nānappakārakaṃ dukkhaṃ loke uppajjati jarāmaraṇaṃ, idaṃ kho dukkhaṃ jātinidānaṃ jātisamudayaṃ jātijātikaṃ jātippabhavaṃ. Jātiyā sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti, jātiyā asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hotī’’’ti.
「诸比库!于此,比库审察而审察:'凡此种种、各式各样的苦在世间生起,即老死;此苦以何为因、以何为集、以何为生、以何为源?有何时有老死,无何时无老死?'他审察而如此了知:'凡此种种、各式各样的苦在世间生起,即老死,此苦以生为因、以生为集、以生为生、以生为源。有生时有老死,无生时无老死。'」
‘‘So jarāmaraṇañca pajānāti, jarāmaraṇasamudayañca pajānāti, jarāmaraṇanirodhañca pajānāti, yā ca jarāmaraṇanirodhasāruppagāminī paṭipadā tañca pajānāti, tathā paṭipanno ca hoti anudhammacārī; ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso sammā dukkhakkhayāya paṭipanno jarāmaraṇanirodhāya.
「他了知老死,了知老死集,了知老死灭,了知导向老死灭的相应之道,并如是行道、随法而行;诸比库!此称为比库完全地为了正确的苦灭尽而行道,为了老死灭。
‘‘Athāparaṃ parivīmaṃsamāno parivīmaṃsati – ‘jāti panāyaṃ kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavā, kismiṃ sati jāti hoti, kismiṃ asati jāti na hotī’ti? So parivīmaṃsamāno evaṃ pajānāti – ‘jāti bhavanidānā bhavasamudayā bhavajātikā bhavappabhavā; bhave sati jāti hoti, bhave asati jāti na hotī’’’ti.
「再者,审察而审察:'然而此生以何为因、以何为集、以何为生、以何为源?有何时有生,无何时无生?'他审察而如此了知:'生以有为因、以有为集、以有为生、以有为源;有有时有生,无有时无生。'」
‘‘So jātiñca pajānāti, jātisamudayañca pajānāti, jātinirodhañca pajānāti, yā ca jātinirodhasāruppagāminī paṭipadā tañca pajānāti, tathā paṭipanno ca hoti anudhammacārī; ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso sammā dukkhakkhayāya paṭipanno jātinirodhāya.
「他了知生,了知生集,了知生灭,了知导向生灭的相应之道,并如是行道、随法而行;诸比库!此称为比库完全地为了正确的苦灭尽而行道,为了生灭。
‘‘Athāparaṃ parivīmaṃsamāno parivīmaṃsati – ‘bhavo panāyaṃ kiṃnidāno…pe… upādānaṃ panidaṃ kiṃnidānaṃ… taṇhā panāyaṃ kiṃnidānā… vedanā… phasso… saḷāyatanaṃ panidaṃ kiṃnidānaṃ… nāmarūpaṃ panidaṃ… viññāṇaṃ panidaṃ… saṅkhārā panime kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavā; kismiṃ sati saṅkhārā honti, kismiṃ asati saṅkhārā na hontī’ti? So parivīmaṃsamāno evaṃ pajānāti – ‘saṅkhārā avijjānidānā avijjāsamudayā avijjājātikā avijjāpabhavā; avijjāya sati saṅkhārā honti, avijjāya asati saṅkhārā na hontī’’’ti.
「再者,审察而审察:'然而此有以何为因……(中略)……然而此取以何为因……然而此渴爱以何为因……受……触……然而此六处以何为因……然而此名色……然而此识……然而此诸行以何为因、以何为集、以何为生、以何为源?有何时有诸行,无何时无诸行?'他审察而如此了知:'诸行以无明为因、以无明为集、以无明为生、以无明为源;有无明时有诸行,无无明时无诸行。'」
‘‘So saṅkhāre ca pajānāti, saṅkhārasamudayañca pajānāti, saṅkhāranirodhañca pajānāti, yā ca saṅkhāranirodhasāruppagāminī paṭipadā tañca pajānāti, tathā paṭipanno ca hoti anudhammacārī ; ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso sammā dukkhakkhayāya paṭipanno saṅkhāranirodhāya.
「他了知诸行,了知行集,了知行灭,了知导向行灭的相应之道,并如是行道、随法而行;诸比库!此称为比库完全地为了正确的苦灭尽而行道,为了行灭。
‘‘Avijjāgato yaṃ, bhikkhave, purisapuggalo puññaṃ ce saṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, puññūpagaṃ hoti viññāṇaṃ. Apuññaṃ ce saṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti, apuññūpagaṃ hoti viññāṇaṃ. Āneñjaṃ ce saṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti āneñjūpagaṃ hoti viññāṇaṃ. Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno avijjā pahīnā hoti vijjā uppannā, so avijjāvirāgā vijjuppādā neva puññābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti na apuññābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti na āneñjābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharoti. Anabhisaṅkharonto anabhisañcetayanto na kiñci loke upādiyati; anupādiyaṃ na paritassati, aparitassaṃ paccattaññeva parinibbāyati. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti.
「诸比库!被无明所到达的人,若造作福行,识趣向福;若造作非福行,识趣向非福;若造作不动行,识趣向不动。诸比库!当比库的无明已被舍断、明已生起时,他由于无明的离贪、明的生起,既不造作福行,也不造作非福行,也不造作不动行。不造作、不思造,他不执取世间的任何事物;不执取故不战栗,不战栗故自己般涅槃。他了知:'生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在。'
‘‘So sukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vedayati, sā aniccāti pajānāti, anajjhositāti pajānāti, anabhinanditāti pajānāti. Dukkhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vedayati, sā aniccāti pajānāti, anajjhositāti pajānāti, anabhinanditāti pajānāti. Adukkhamasukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vedayati, sā aniccāti pajānāti, anajjhositāti pajānāti, anabhinanditāti pajānāti. So sukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vedayati, visaṃyutto naṃ vedayati. Dukkhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vedayati, visaṃyutto naṃ vedayati. Adukkhamasukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vedayati, visaṃyutto naṃ vedayati.
「他若感受乐受,了知'它是无常的',了知'不被耽著的',了知'不被欢喜的'。若感受苦受,了知'它是无常的',了知'不被耽著的',了知'不被欢喜的'。若感受不苦不乐受,了知'它是无常的',了知'不被耽著的',了知'不被欢喜的'。他若感受乐受,离系而感受它。若感受苦受,离系而感受它。若感受不苦不乐受,离系而感受它。
‘‘So kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmīti pajānāti, jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmīti pajānāti. Kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā idheva sabbavedayitāni anabhinanditāni sītībhavissanti, sarīrāni avasissantīti pajānāti.
「他感受身至尽受时,了知『我感受身至尽受』;感受命至尽受时,了知『我感受命至尽受』。他了知『身坏命终之后,就在此处,一切所感受的,因未被欢喜,将会清凉,只剩下诸身体』。
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso kumbhakārapākā uṇhaṃ kumbhaṃ uddharitvā same bhūmibhāge paṭisisseyya . Tatra yāyaṃ usmā sā tattheva vūpasameyya, kapallāni avasisseyyuṃ. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmīti pajānāti, jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmīti pajānāti. Kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā idheva sabbavedayitāni anabhinanditāni sītībhavissanti, sarīrāni avasissantīti pajānāti.
「诸比库,犹如有人从陶师的窑中取出热瓮,放置在平坦的地面上。其热就在那里平息,只剩下瓦片。同样地,诸比库,比库感受身至尽受时,了知『我感受身至尽受』;感受命至尽受时,了知『我感受命至尽受』。他了知『身坏命终之后,就在此处,一切所感受的,因未被欢喜,将会清凉,只剩下诸身体』。
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu kho khīṇāsavo bhikkhu puññābhisaṅkhāraṃ vā abhisaṅkhareyya apuññābhisaṅkhāraṃ vā abhisaṅkhareyya āneñjābhisaṅkhāraṃ vā abhisaṅkhareyyā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Sabbaso vā pana saṅkhāresu asati, saṅkhāranirodhā api nu kho viññāṇaṃ paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Sabbaso vā pana viññāṇe asati, viññāṇanirodhā api nu kho nāmarūpaṃ paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Sabbaso vā pana nāmarūpe asati, nāmarūpanirodhā api nu kho saḷāyatanaṃ paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Sabbaso vā pana saḷāyatane asati, saḷāyatananirodhā api nu kho phasso paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Sabbaso vā pana phasse asati, phassanirodhā api nu kho vedanā paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Sabbaso vā pana vedanāya asati, vedanānirodhā api nu kho taṇhā paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Sabbaso vā pana taṇhāya asati, taṇhānirodhā api nu kho upādānaṃ paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Sabbaso vā pana upādāne asati, upādānanirodhā api nu kho bhavo paññāyethā’’ti. ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Sabbaso vā pana bhave asati, bhavanirodhā api nu kho jāti paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Sabbaso vā pana jātiyā asati, jātinirodhā api nu kho jarāmaraṇaṃ paññāyethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
「诸比库,你们认为如何?漏尽的比库会造作福行吗?或会造作非福行吗?或会造作不动行吗?」「尊者,不会。」「或者,诸比库,若完全无行,由行灭,识还会被了知吗?」「尊者,不会。」「或者,诸比库,若完全无识,由识灭,名色还会被了知吗?」「尊者,不会。」「或者,诸比库,若完全无名色,由名色灭,六处还会被了知吗?」「尊者,不会。」「或者,诸比库,若完全无六处,由六处灭,触还会被了知吗?」「尊者,不会。」「或者,诸比库,若完全无触,由触灭,受还会被了知吗?」「尊者,不会。」「或者,诸比库,若完全无受,由受灭,渴爱还会被了知吗?」「尊者,不会。」「或者,诸比库,若完全无渴爱,由渴爱灭,取还会被了知吗?」「尊者,不会。」「或者,诸比库,若完全无取,由取灭,有还会被了知吗?」「尊者,不会。」「或者,诸比库,若完全无有,由有灭,生还会被了知吗?」「尊者,不会。」「或者,诸比库,若完全无生,由生灭,老死还会被了知吗?」「尊者,不会。」
‘‘Sādhu sādhu, bhikkhave, evametaṃ, bhikkhave, netaṃ aññathā. Saddahatha me taṃ, bhikkhave, adhimuccatha, nikkaṅkhā ettha hotha nibbicikicchā. Esevanto dukkhassā’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
「善哉!善哉!诸比库,诸比库,确实如此,并非其他。诸比库,你们应对此信受,应对此胜解,应于此无疑,应于此无犹豫。这就是苦的终结。」第一经。
2. Upādānasuttaṃ2. 取经
§52
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘upādāniyesu, bhikkhave, dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati. Taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ; upādānapaccayā bhavo; bhavapaccayā jāti; jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti’’.
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库,住于随观诸可取法的味时,渴爱增长。以渴爱为缘而有取;以取为缘而有有;以有为缘而有生;以生为缘而有老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起。如此,这整个苦蕴集起。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, dasannaṃ vā kaṭṭhavāhānaṃ vīsāya vā kaṭṭhavāhānaṃ tiṃsāya vā kaṭṭhavāhānaṃ cattārīsāya vā kaṭṭhavāhānaṃ mahāaggikkhandho jaleyya. Tatra puriso kālena kālaṃ sukkhāni ceva tiṇāni pakkhipeyya, sukkhāni ca gomayāni pakkhipeyya, sukkhāni ca kaṭṭhāni pakkhipeyya. Evañhi so, bhikkhave, mahāaggikkhandho tadāhāro tadupādāno ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ jaleyya. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, upādāniyesu dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati. Taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
「诸比库,犹如十车薪或二十车薪或三十车薪或四十车薪的大火聚在燃烧。有人时时投入干草、投入干牛粪、投入干柴。诸比库,如此,那大火聚以那些为食、以那些为燃料,会长久燃烧。同样地,诸比库,住于随观诸可取法的味时,渴爱增长。以渴爱为缘而有取……如此,这整个苦蕴集起。
‘‘Upādāniyesu, bhikkhave, dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati. Taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho; upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho; bhavanirodhā jātinirodho; jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti.
「诸比库,住于随观诸可取法的过患时,渴爱灭。由渴爱灭而取灭;由取灭而有灭;由有灭而生灭;由生灭而老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼灭。如此,这整个苦蕴灭。
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dasannaṃ vā kaṭṭhavāhānaṃ vīsāya vā tiṃsāya vā cattārīsāya vā kaṭṭhavāhānaṃ mahāaggikkhandho jaleyya; tatra puriso na kālena kālaṃ sukkhāni ceva tiṇāni pakkhipeyya, na sukkhāni ca gomayāni pakkhipeyya, na sukkhāni ca kaṭṭhāni pakkhipeyya. Evañhi so, bhikkhave, mahāaggikkhandho purimassa ca upādānassa pariyādānā aññassa ca anupahārā anāhāro nibbāyeyya. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, upādāniyesu dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati, taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
「诸比库,犹如十车薪或二十车或三十车或四十车薪的大火聚在燃烧;有人不时时投入干草、不投入干牛粪、不投入干柴。诸比库,如此,那大火聚由于先前燃料的耗尽,以及其他的不供给,无食而熄灭。同样地,诸比库,住于随观诸可取法的过患时,渴爱灭,由渴爱灭而取灭……如此,这整个苦蕴灭。」第二经。
3. Saṃyojanasuttaṃ3. 结经
§53
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati …pe… ‘‘saṃyojaniyesu, bhikkhave, dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati. Taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ; upādānapaccayā bhavo; bhavapaccayā jāti; jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti’’.
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库,住于随观诸结缚法的味时,渴爱增长。以渴爱为缘而有取;以取为缘而有有;以有为缘而有生;以生为缘而有老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起。如此,这整个苦蕴集起。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, telañca paṭicca vaṭṭiñca paṭicca telappadīpo jhāyeyya. Tatra puriso kālena kālaṃ telaṃ āsiñceyya vaṭṭiṃ upasaṃhareyya. Evañhi so, bhikkhave, telappadīpo tadāhāro tadupādāno ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ jaleyya. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, saṃyojaniyesu dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati. Taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ; upādānapaccayā bhavo; bhavapaccayā jāti ; jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
「诸比库,譬如缘于油、缘于灯芯,油灯燃烧。在那里,有人时时添加油、提供灯芯。诸比库,如此,那油灯以此为食、以此为取,能燃烧很久、长时间。同样地,诸比库,住于随观诸结缚法的味时,渴爱增长。以渴爱为缘而有取;以取为缘而有有;以有为缘而有生;以生为缘而有老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起。如此,这整个苦蕴集起。
‘‘Saṃyojaniyesu, bhikkhave, dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati. Taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho; upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho; bhavanirodhā jātinirodho; jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti.
「诸比库,住于随观诸结缚法的患时,渴爱灭尽。以渴爱灭而取灭;以取灭而有灭;以有灭而生灭;以生灭而老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼灭尽。如此,这整个苦蕴灭尽。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, telañca paṭicca vaṭṭiñca paṭicca telappadīpo jhāyeyya. Tatra puriso na kālena kālaṃ telaṃ āsiñceyya na vaṭṭiṃ upasaṃhareyya. Evañhi so, bhikkhave, telappadīpo purimassa ca upādānassa pariyādānā aññassa ca anupahārā anāhāro nibbāyeyya. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, saṃyojaniyesu dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati. Taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
「诸比库,譬如缘于油、缘于灯芯,油灯燃烧。在那里,有人不时时添加油、不提供灯芯。诸比库,如此,那油灯由于先前的取耗尽,以及不供给其他的,无食而熄灭。同样地,诸比库,住于随观诸结缚法的患时,渴爱灭尽。以渴爱灭而取灭……如此,这整个苦蕴灭尽。」第三经。
4. Dutiyasaṃyojanasuttaṃ4. 第二结经
§54
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati …pe… ‘‘seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, telañca paṭicca vaṭṭiñca paṭicca telappadīpo jhāyeyya. Tatra puriso kālena kālaṃ telaṃ āsiñceyya vaṭṭiṃ upasaṃhareyya. Evañhi so, bhikkhave, telappadīpo tadāhāro tadupādāno ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ jaleyya. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, saṃyojaniyesu dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati. Taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti’’.
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库,譬如缘于油、缘于灯芯,油灯燃烧。在那里,有人时时添加油、提供灯芯。诸比库,如此,那油灯以此为食、以此为取,能燃烧很久、长时间。同样地,诸比库,住于随观诸结缚法的味时,渴爱增长。以渴爱为缘而有取……如此,这整个苦蕴集起。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, telañca paṭicca vaṭṭiñca paṭicca telappadīpo jhāyeyya. Tatra puriso na kālena kālaṃ telaṃ āsiñceyya na vaṭṭiṃ upasaṃhareyya . Evañhi so, bhikkhave, telappadīpo purimassa ca upādānassa pariyādānā aññassa ca anupahārā anāhāro nibbāyeyya. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, saṃyojaniyesu dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati. Taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
「诸比库,譬如缘于油、缘于灯芯,油灯燃烧。在那里,有人不时时添加油、不提供灯芯。诸比库,如此,那油灯由于先前的取耗尽,以及不供给其他的,无食而熄灭。同样地,诸比库,住于随观诸结缚法的患时,渴爱灭尽。以渴爱灭而取灭……如此,这整个苦蕴灭尽。」第四经。
5. Mahārukkhasuttaṃ5. 大树经
§55
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘upādāniyesu, bhikkhave, dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati. Taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ; upādānapaccayā bhavo…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti’’.
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库,住于随观诸可取法的味时,渴爱增长。以渴爱为缘而有取;以取为缘而有有……如此,这整个苦蕴集起。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahārukkho. Tassa yāni ceva mūlāni adhogamāni, yāni ca tiriyaṅgamāni, sabbāni tāni uddhaṃ ojaṃ abhiharanti. Evañhi so, bhikkhave, mahārukkho tadāhāro tadupādāno ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ tiṭṭheyya. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, upādāniyesu dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati. Taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
「诸比库,譬如大树。它那些向下走的根和那些横向走的根,一切都向上输送养分。诸比库,如此,那大树以此为食、以此为取,能存立很久、长时间。同样地,诸比库,住于随观诸可取法的味时,渴爱增长。以渴爱为缘而有取……如此,这整个苦蕴集起。」
‘‘Upādāniyesu , bhikkhave, dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati. Taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho; upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti.
「诸比库!住于随观诸可取法的过患者,渴爱灭。由渴爱灭而取灭;由取灭而有灭……如是,这整个苦蕴灭。
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahārukkho. Atha puriso āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakaṃ ādāya. So taṃ rukkhaṃ mūle chindeyya, mūlaṃ chinditvā palikhaṇeyya , palikhaṇitvā mūlāni uddhareyya antamaso usīranāḷimattānipi. So taṃ rukkhaṃ khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chindeyya, khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chinditvā phāleyya, phāletvā sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ kareyya, sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ karitvā vātātape visoseyya; vātātape visosetvā agginā ḍaheyya, agginā ḍahetvā masiṃ kareyya, masiṃ karitvā mahāvāte vā ophuṇeyya nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya. Evañhi so, bhikkhave, mahārukkho ucchinnamūlo assa tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṃkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, upādāniyesu dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati. Taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho; upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti. Pañcamaṃ.
「诸比库!譬如有一棵大树。那时,有人拿着锄头与篮子前来。他在根部砍断那棵树,砍断根部后挖掘,挖掘后拔出诸根,乃至细如乌西拉草根者。他将那棵树砍成一段一段,砍成一段一段后劈开,劈开后做成碎片,做成碎片后在风中与日光下晒干;在风中与日光下晒干后用火焚烧,用火焚烧后做成灰烬,做成灰烬后在大风中扬弃,或在急流的河中冲走。诸比库!如是,那棵大树根已被断,如多罗树头,成为非有,于未来成为不生之法。诸比库!同样地,住于随观诸可取法的过患者,渴爱灭。由渴爱灭而取灭;由取灭而有灭……如是,这整个苦蕴灭。」第五经。
6. Dutiyamahārukkhasuttaṃ6. 第二大树经
§56
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahārukkho. Tassa yāni ceva mūlāni adhogamāni, yāni ca tiriyaṅgamāni , sabbāni tāni uddhaṃ ojaṃ abhiharanti. Evañhi so, bhikkhave, mahārukkho tadāhāro tadupādāno ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ tiṭṭheyya. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, upādāniyesu dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati. Taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ …pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti’’.
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库!譬如有一棵大树。凡其向下生长的诸根与横向生长的诸根,一切这些都向上输送养分。诸比库!如是,那棵大树以此为食、以此为取,能长久住立于长时。诸比库!同样地,住于随观诸可取法的味者,渴爱增长。以渴爱为缘而有取……如是,这整个苦蕴集。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahārukkho. Atha puriso āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakaṃ ādāya. So taṃ rukkhaṃ mūle chindeyya, mūle chetvā palikhaṇeyya, palikhaṇitvā mūlāni uddhareyya…pe… nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya. Evañhi so, bhikkhave, mahārukkho ucchinnamūlo assa tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, upādāniyesu dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati. Taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
「诸比库!譬如有一棵大树。那时,有人拿着锄头与篮子前来。他在根部砍断那棵树,砍断根部后挖掘,挖掘后拔出诸根……或在急流的河中冲走。诸比库!如是,那棵大树根已被断,如多罗树头,成为非有,于未来成为不生之法。诸比库!同样地,住于随观诸可取法的过患者,渴爱灭。由渴爱灭而取灭……如是,这整个苦蕴灭。」第六经。
7. Taruṇarukkhasuttaṃ7. 幼树经
§57
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘saṃyojaniyesu, bhikkhave, dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati. Taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti’’.
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库!住于随观诸结法的味者,渴爱增长。以渴爱为缘而有取……如是,这整个苦蕴集。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, taruṇo rukkho. Tassa puriso kālena kālaṃ mūlāni palimajjeyya kālena kālaṃ paṃsuṃ dadeyya, kālena kālaṃ udakaṃ dadeyya. Evañhi so, bhikkhave, taruṇo rukkho tadāhāro tadupādāno vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjeyya. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, saṃyojaniyesu dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati. Taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
「诸比库!譬如有一棵幼树。有人时时擦拭其诸根,时时给予土壤,时时给予水。诸比库!如是,那棵幼树以此为食、以此为取,能达到增长、茂盛、广大。诸比库!同样地,住于随观诸结法的味者,渴爱增长。以渴爱为缘而有取……如是,这整个苦蕴集。
‘‘Saṃyojaniyesu, bhikkhave, dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati. Taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti.
「诸比库!住于随观诸结法的过患者,渴爱灭。由渴爱灭而取灭……如是,这整个苦蕴灭。
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, taruṇo rukkho. Atha puriso āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakaṃ ādāya…pe… nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya. Evañhi so, bhikkhave, taruṇo rukkho ucchinnamūlo assa tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, saṃyojaniyesu dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati. Taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
「诸比库!譬如有一棵幼树。那时,有人拿着锄头与篮子前来……或在急流的河中冲走。诸比库!如是,那棵幼树根已被断,如多罗树头,成为非有,于未来成为不生之法。诸比库!同样地,住于随观诸结法的过患者,渴爱灭。由渴爱灭而取灭……如是,这整个苦蕴灭。」第七经。
8. Nāmarūpasuttaṃ8. 名色经
§58
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘saṃyojaniyesu, bhikkhave, dhammesu assādānupassino viharato nāmarūpassa avakkanti hoti. Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti’’.
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库!住于随观结缚法的味时,名色有下来。以名色为缘而有六处……如是有此整个苦蕴的集。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahārukkho. Tassa yāni ceva mūlāni adhogamāni, yāni ca tiriyaṅgamāni, sabbāni tāni uddhaṃ ojaṃ abhiharanti. Evañhi so, bhikkhave, mahārukkho tadāhāro tadupādāno ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ tiṭṭheyya. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, saṃyojaniyesu dhammesu assādānupassino viharato nāmarūpassa avakkanti hoti…pe….
「诸比库!譬如有大树,其向下行的诸根与横行的诸根,一切都向上输送养分。诸比库!如是,此大树以此为食、以此为依,能长久住立长时。诸比库!同样地,住于随观结缚法的味时,名色有下来……」
‘‘Saṃyojaniyesu, bhikkhave, dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato nāmarūpassa avakkanti na hoti. Nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti.
「诸比库!住于随观结缚法的过患时,名色无下来。以名色灭而六处灭……如是有此整个苦蕴的灭。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, mahārukkho. Atha puriso āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakaṃ ādāya…pe… āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, saṃyojaniyesu dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato nāmarūpassa avakkanti na hoti. Nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
「诸比库!譬如有大树,那时有人拿着锄头和篮子前来……未来为不生之法。诸比库!同样地,住于随观结缚法的过患时,名色无下来。以名色灭而六处灭……如是有此整个苦蕴的灭。」第八经。
9. Viññāṇasuttaṃ9. 识经
§59
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘saṃyojaniyesu, bhikkhave, dhammesu assādānupassino viharato viññāṇassa avakkanti hoti. Viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti’’.
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库!住于随观结缚法的味时,识有下来。以识为缘而有名色……如是有此整个苦蕴的集。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahārukkho. Tassa yāni ceva mūlāni …pe… evameva kho, bhikkhave, saṃyojaniyesu dhammesu assādānupassino viharato viññāṇassa avakkanti hoti…pe….
「诸比库!譬如有大树,其诸根……诸比库!同样地,住于随观结缚法的味时,识有下来……」
‘‘Saṃyojaniyesu, bhikkhave, dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato viññāṇassa avakkanti na hoti. Viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti.
「诸比库!住于随观结缚法的过患时,识无下来。以识灭而名色灭……如是有此整个苦蕴的灭。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, mahārukkho. Atha puriso āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakaṃ ādāya…pe… āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, saṃyojaniyesu dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato viññāṇassa avakkanti na hoti. Viññāṇassa nirodhā nāmarūpanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti. Navamaṃ.
「诸比库!譬如有大树,那时有人拿着锄头和篮子前来……未来为不生之法。诸比库!同样地,住于随观结缚法的过患时,识无下来。以识灭而名色灭……如是有此整个苦蕴的灭。」第九经。
10. Nidānasuttaṃ10. 因缘经
§60
Ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṃ nāma kurūnaṃ nigamo. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante! Yāva gambhīro cāyaṃ, bhante, paṭiccasamuppādo gambhīrāvabhāso ca, atha ca pana me uttānakuttānako viya khāyatī’’ti.
一时,世尊住在库汝人名为甘马沙昙马的城镇。那时,具寿阿难前往世尊所在之处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的具寿阿难对世尊如此说道——「尊者,不可思议!尊者,未曾有!尊者,此缘起是如此深奥,显现也深奥,然而对我来说,它似乎非常浅显易懂。」
‘‘Mā hevaṃ, ānanda, mā hevaṃ, ānanda ! Gambhīro cāyaṃ, ānanda, paṭiccasamuppādo gambhīrāvabhāso ca. Etassa, ānanda, dhammassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamayaṃ pajā tantākulakajātā kulagaṇṭhikajātā muñjapabbajabhūtā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ saṃsāraṃ nātivattati.
「阿难,不要这样说,阿难,不要这样说!阿难,此缘起是深奥的,显现也深奥。阿难,由于不觉悟、不通达此法,这些众生如同纠缠的线团,如同打结的球,如同文邪草和巴巴迦草,不能超越恶趣、苦界、堕处、轮回。
‘‘Upādāniyesu, ānanda, dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati. Taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ; upādānapaccayā bhavo; bhavapaccayā jāti; jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
「阿难,于诸可取法随观味而住者,渴爱增长。以渴爱为缘而有取;以取为缘而有有;以有为缘而有生;以生为缘而有老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起。如此,这整个苦蕴集起。
‘‘Seyyathāpi, ānanda, mahārukkho. Tassa yāni ceva mūlāni adhogamāni, yāni ca tiriyaṅgamāni, sabbāni tāni uddhaṃ ojaṃ abhiharanti. Evañhi so, ānanda, mahārukkho tadāhāro tadupādāno ciraṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ tiṭṭheyya. Evameva kho, ānanda, upādāniyesu dhammesu assādānupassino viharato taṇhā pavaḍḍhati. Taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ ; upādānapaccayā bhavo…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
「阿难,譬如有一棵大树。它那些向下生长的根和横向生长的根,全都向上输送养分。阿难,如此,那棵大树以此为食、以此为依,能长久住立很长时间。同样地,阿难,于诸可取法随观味而住者,渴爱增长。以渴爱为缘而有取;以取为缘而有有……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴集起。
‘‘Upādāniyesu, ānanda, dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati. Taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho; upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti.
「阿难,于诸可取法随观患而住者,渴爱灭尽。以渴爱灭而取灭;以取灭而有灭……乃至……如此,这整个苦蕴灭尽。
‘‘Seyyathāpi , ānanda, mahārukkho. Atha puriso āgaccheyya kuddālapiṭakaṃ ādāya. So taṃ rukkhaṃ mūle chindeyya, mūle chetvā palikhaṇeyya, palikhaṇitvā mūlāni uddhareyya antamaso usīranāḷimattānipi. So taṃ rukkhaṃ khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chindeyya. Khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chinditvā phāleyya; phāletvā sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ kareyya, sakalikaṃ sakalikaṃ karitvā vātātape visoseyya, vātātape visosetvā agginā ḍaheyya, agginā ḍahetvā masiṃ kareyya, masiṃ karitvā mahāvāte vā ophuṇeyya, nadiyā vā sīghasotāya pavāheyya. Evañhi so, ānanda, mahārukkho ucchinnamūlo assa tālāvatthukato anabhāvaṅkato āyatiṃ anuppādadhammo . Evameva kho, ānanda, upādāniyesu dhammesu ādīnavānupassino viharato taṇhā nirujjhati. Taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho; upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho; bhavanirodhā jātinirodho; jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
「阿难,譬如有一棵大树。那时,有人拿着锄头和篮子前来。他在根部砍断那棵树,砍断后挖掘,挖掘后拔出根,甚至连乌西拉草根那样细小的根也拔出。他把那棵树砍成一段一段。砍成一段一段后劈开;劈开后做成碎片,做成碎片后在风吹日晒中晒干,在风吹日晒中晒干后用火焚烧,用火焚烧后烧成灰,烧成灰后在大风中扬散,或投入急流的河中冲走。阿难,如此,那棵大树根已被切断,如同多罗树头,成为非有,于未来不再生起之法。同样地,阿难,于诸可取法随观患而住者,渴爱灭尽。以渴爱灭而取灭;以取灭而有灭;以有灭而生灭;以生灭而老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼灭尽。如此,这整个苦蕴灭尽。」第十经。
Dukkhavaggo chaṭṭho. · 苦品第六
Tassuddānaṃ –
其摄颂——
Parivīmaṃsanupādānaṃ, dve ca saṃyojanāni ca;
「遍求、不取,以及两个结;
Mahārukkhena dve vuttā, taruṇena ca sattamaṃ;
大树说了两部,幼树说了第七部;
Nāmarūpañca viññāṇaṃ, nidānena ca te dasāti.
名色与识,以及因缘,这些是十部。
7. Mahāvaggo
7. 大品
1. Assutavāsuttaṃ1. 无闻者经
§61
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme…pe… ‘‘assutavā, bhikkhave, puthujjano imasmiṃ cātumahābhūtikasmiṃ kāyasmiṃ nibbindeyyapi virajjeyyapi vimucceyyapi. Taṃ kissa hetu? Dissati, bhikkhave , imassa cātumahābhūtikassa kāyassa ācayopi apacayopi ādānampi nikkhepanampi. Tasmā tatrāssutavā puthujjano nibbindeyyapi virajjeyyapi vimucceyyapi’’.
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园……「诸比库!未受教导的凡夫对于这四大种所成的身,能够厌离、能够离贪、能够解脱。那是什么原因呢?诸比库!这四大种所成的身,可见其增长、衰减、执取、舍弃。因此,未受教导的凡夫对于此,能够厌离、能够离贪、能够解脱。」
‘‘Yañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vuccati cittaṃ itipi, mano itipi, viññāṇaṃ itipi, tatrāssutavā puthujjano nālaṃ nibbindituṃ nālaṃ virajjituṃ nālaṃ vimuccituṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Dīgharattañhetaṃ, bhikkhave, assutavato puthujjanassa ajjhositaṃ mamāyitaṃ parāmaṭṭhaṃ – ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti. Tasmā tatrāssutavā puthujjano nālaṃ nibbindituṃ nālaṃ virajjituṃ nālaṃ vimuccituṃ.
「然而,诸比库!对于这被称为心者、意者、识者,未受教导的凡夫不能厌离、不能离贪、不能解脱。那是什么原因呢?诸比库!因为未受教导的凡夫长夜执取它、我所化它、执着它——『这是我的,这是我,这是我的我』。因此,未受教导的凡夫对于此不能厌离、不能离贪、不能解脱。」
‘‘Varaṃ , bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano imaṃ cātumahābhūtikaṃ kāyaṃ attato upagaccheyya, na tveva cittaṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Dissatāyaṃ, bhikkhave, cātumahābhūtiko kāyo ekampi vassaṃ tiṭṭhamāno dvepi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno tīṇipi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno cattāripi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno pañcapi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno dasapi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno vīsatipi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno tiṃsampi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno cattārīsampi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno paññāsampi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno vassasatampi tiṭṭhamāno, bhiyyopi tiṭṭhamāno.
「诸比库!未受教导的凡夫宁可把这四大种所成的身当作我,而不应把心当作我。那是什么原因呢?诸比库!可见这四大种所成的身住立一年、住立二年、住立三年、住立四年、住立五年、住立十年、住立二十年、住立三十年、住立四十年、住立五十年、住立一百年,甚至住立更久。」
‘‘Yañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vuccati cittaṃ itipi, mano itipi, viññāṇaṃ itipi, taṃ rattiyā ca divasassa ca aññadeva uppajjati aññaṃ nirujjhati. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, makkaṭo araññe pavane caramāno sākhaṃ gaṇhati, taṃ muñcitvā aññaṃ gaṇhati, taṃ muñcitvā aññaṃ gaṇhati; evameva kho, bhikkhave, yamidaṃ vuccati cittaṃ itipi, mano itipi, viññāṇaṃ itipi, taṃ rattiyā ca divasassa ca aññadeva uppajjati aññaṃ nirujjhati.
「然而,诸比库!对于这被称为心者、意者、识者,它于日夜之间,生起的是一个,灭去的是另一个。诸比库!譬如猴子在林野游行时,抓住一根树枝,放开它后又抓住另一根,放开它后又抓住另一根;同样地,诸比库!对于这被称为心者、意者、识者,它于日夜之间,生起的是一个,灭去的是另一个。」
‘‘Tatra, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako paṭiccasamuppādaṃyeva sādhukaṃ yoniso manasi karoti – ‘iti imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjati; imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hoti, imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati – yadidaṃ avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā; saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho; saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’’ti.
「诸比库!于此,已受教导的圣弟子如理善加作意缘起——『如此,此有故彼有,此生故彼生;此无故彼无,此灭故彼灭——即:以无明为缘而有行;以行为缘而有识……如是,这整个苦蕴集起。然而,以无明的无余离贪灭故行灭;以行灭故识灭……如是,这整个苦蕴灭。』」
‘‘Evaṃ passaṃ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmimpi nibbindati, vedanāyapi nibbindati, saññāyapi nibbindati, saṅkhāresupi nibbindati, viññāṇasmimpi nibbindati; nibbindaṃ virajjati, virāgā vimuccati, vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānātī’’ti. Paṭhamaṃ.
「诸比库!如是见者,有闻的圣弟子于色亦厌离,于受亦厌离,于想亦厌离,于诸行亦厌离,于识亦厌离;厌离者离染,离染者解脱,于解脱中有『已解脱』之智。他了知:『生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在。』」第一经。
2. Dutiyaassutavāsuttaṃ2. 第二无闻者经
§62
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘assutavā, bhikkhave, puthujjano imasmiṃ cātumahābhūtikasmiṃ kāyasmiṃ nibbindeyyapi virajjeyyapi vimucceyyapi. Taṃ kissa hetu? Dissati, bhikkhave, imassa cātumahābhūtikassa kāyassa ācayopi apacayopi ādānampi nikkhepanampi . Tasmā tatrāssutavā puthujjano nibbindeyyapi virajjeyyapi vimucceyyapi. Yañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vuccati cittaṃ itipi, mano itipi, viññāṇaṃ itipi, tatrāssutavā puthujjano nālaṃ nibbindituṃ nālaṃ virajjituṃ nālaṃ vimuccituṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Dīgharattañhetaṃ, bhikkhave, assutavato puthujjanassa ajjhositaṃ mamāyitaṃ parāmaṭṭhaṃ – ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti. Tasmā tatrāssutavā puthujjano nālaṃ nibbindituṃ nālaṃ virajjituṃ nālaṃ vimuccituṃ’’.
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库!无闻的凡夫对于此四大种所成之身,可能会厌离,可能会离染,可能会解脱。那是什么原因?诸比库!因为见到此四大种所成之身的增长与衰减、执取与舍弃。因此,无闻的凡夫对于此,可能会厌离,可能会离染,可能会解脱。然而,诸比库!对于此所谓心者、意者、识者,无闻的凡夫不能厌离,不能离染,不能解脱。那是什么原因?诸比库!因为无闻的凡夫长夜执着它、我所化它、执取它——『这是我的,我是这个,这是我的我。』因此,无闻的凡夫对于此不能厌离,不能离染,不能解脱。」
‘‘Varaṃ, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano imaṃ cātumahābhūtikaṃ kāyaṃ attato upagaccheyya, na tveva cittaṃ. Taṃ kissa hetu? Dissatāyaṃ, bhikkhave, cātumahābhūtiko kāyo ekampi vassaṃ tiṭṭhamāno dvepi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno tīṇipi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno cattāripi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno pañcapi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno dasapi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno vīsatipi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno tiṃsampi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno cattārīsampi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno paññāsampi vassāni tiṭṭhamāno vassasatampi tiṭṭhamāno, bhiyyopi tiṭṭhamāno. Yañca kho etaṃ, bhikkhave, vuccati cittaṃ itipi, mano itipi, viññāṇaṃ itipi, taṃ rattiyā ca divasassa ca aññadeva uppajjati aññaṃ nirujjhati.
「诸比库!无闻的凡夫宁可执取此四大种所成之身为我,而不应执取心。那是什么原因?诸比库!因为见到此四大种所成之身住立一年,或住立二年,或住立三年,或住立四年,或住立五年,或住立十年,或住立二十年,或住立三十年,或住立四十年,或住立五十年,或住立一百年,或住立更久。然而,诸比库!对于此所谓心者、意者、识者,它于日夜中生起为一,灭去为另一。
‘‘Tatra , bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako paṭiccasamuppādaṃyeva sādhukaṃ yoniso manasi karoti – ‘iti imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjati; imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hoti, imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhatī’ti. Sukhavedaniyaṃ, bhikkhave, phassaṃ paṭicca uppajjati sukhavedanā. Tasseva sukhavedaniyassa phassassa nirodhā yaṃ tajjaṃ vedayitaṃ sukhavedaniyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppannā sukhavedanā sā nirujjhati sā vūpasammati. Dukkhavedaniyaṃ, bhikkhave, phassaṃ paṭicca uppajjati dukkhavedanā. Tasseva dukkhavedaniyassa phassassa nirodhā yaṃ tajjaṃ vedayitaṃ dukkhavedaniyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppannā dukkhavedanā sā nirujjhati sā vūpasammati. Adukkhamasukhavedaniyaṃ, bhikkhave, phassaṃ paṭicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhavedanā. Tasseva adukkhamasukhavedaniyassa phassassa nirodhā yaṃ tajjaṃ vedayitaṃ adukkhamasukhavedaniyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppannā adukkhamasukhavedanā sā nirujjhati sā vūpasammati.
「诸比库!于此,有闻的圣弟子如理善作意缘起——『如此,此有故彼有,此生故彼生;此无故彼无,此灭故彼灭。』诸比库!缘乐受触而生起乐受。由于彼乐受触之灭,凡由彼所生之受,缘乐受触而生起之乐受,彼灭、彼止息。诸比库!缘苦受触而生起苦受。由于彼苦受触之灭,凡由彼所生之受,缘苦受触而生起之苦受,彼灭、彼止息。诸比库!缘不苦不乐受触而生起不苦不乐受。由于彼不苦不乐受触之灭,凡由彼所生之受,缘不苦不乐受触而生起之不苦不乐受,彼灭、彼止息。
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ kaṭṭhānaṃ saṅghaṭṭanasamodhānā usmā jāyati tejo abhinibbattati. Tesaṃyeva dvinnaṃ kaṭṭhānaṃ nānākatavinibbhogā yā tajjā usmā sā nirujjhati sā vūpasammati; evameva kho, bhikkhave, sukhavedaniyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppajjati sukhavedanā. Tasseva sukhavedaniyassa phassassa nirodhā yaṃ tajjaṃ vedayitaṃ sukhavedaniyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppannā sukhavedanā sā nirujjhati sā vūpasammati…pe… adukkhamasukhavedaniyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppajjati adukkhamasukhavedanā. Tasseva adukkhamasukhavedaniyassa phassassa nirodhā yaṃ tajjaṃ vedayitaṃ adukkhamasukhavedaniyaṃ phassaṃ paṭicca uppannā adukkhamasukhavedanā sā nirujjhati sā vūpasammati.
「诸比库!譬如由于两根木的摩擦结合而生热,生火。由于彼两根木的分离散开,凡由彼所生之热,彼灭、彼止息。同样地,诸比库!缘乐受触而生起乐受。由于彼乐受触之灭,凡由彼所生之受,缘乐受触而生起之乐受,彼灭、彼止息……缘不苦不乐受触而生起不苦不乐受。由于彼不苦不乐受触之灭,凡由彼所生之受,缘不苦不乐受触而生起之不苦不乐受,彼灭、彼止息。
‘‘Evaṃ passaṃ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako phassepi nibbindati, vedanāyapi nibbindati, saññāyapi nibbindati, saṅkhāresupi nibbindati, viññāṇasmimpi nibbindati; nibbindaṃ virajjati, virāgā vimuccati, vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānātī’’ti. Dutiyaṃ.
「诸比库!如是见者,有闻的圣弟子于触亦厌离,于受亦厌离,于想亦厌离,于诸行亦厌离,于识亦厌离;厌离者离染,离染者解脱,于解脱中有『已解脱』之智。他了知:『生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在。』」第二经。
3. Puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ3. 子肉喻经
§63
Sāvatthiyaṃ …pe… ‘‘cattārome , bhikkhave, āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā sambhavesīnaṃ vā anuggahāya . Katame cattāro? Kabaḷīkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṃ catutthaṃ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā sambhavesīnaṃ vā anuggahāya’’.
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库!有此等四食,为了已生有情之住立,或为了求生者之资助。哪四种?段食,或粗或细,为第一;触为第二;意思为第三;识为第四。诸比库!此等四食,为了已生有情之住立,或为了求生者之资助。」
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, kabaḷīkāro āhāro daṭṭhabbo? Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dve jāyampatikā parittaṃ sambalaṃ ādāya kantāramaggaṃ paṭipajjeyyuṃ. Tesamassa ekaputtako piyo manāpo. Atha kho tesaṃ, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ jāyampatikānaṃ kantāragatānaṃ yā parittā sambalamattā, sā parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya. Siyā ca nesaṃ kantārāvaseso anatiṇṇo. Atha kho tesaṃ, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ jāyampatikānaṃ evamassa – ‘amhākaṃ kho yā parittā sambalamattā sā parikkhīṇā pariyādiṇṇā . Atthi cāyaṃ kantārāvaseso anittiṇṇo . Yaṃnūna mayaṃ imaṃ ekaputtakaṃ piyaṃ manāpaṃ vadhitvā vallūrañca soṇḍikañca karitvā puttamaṃsāni khādantā evaṃ taṃ kantārāvasesaṃ nitthareyyāma, mā sabbeva tayo vinassimhā’ti. Atha kho te, bhikkhave, dve jāyampatikā taṃ ekaputtakaṃ piyaṃ manāpaṃ vadhitvā vallūrañca soṇḍikañca karitvā puttamaṃsāni khādantā evaṃ taṃ kantārāvasesaṃ nitthareyyuṃ. Te puttamaṃsāni ceva khādeyyuṃ, ure ca paṭipiseyyuṃ – ‘kahaṃ, ekaputtaka, kahaṃ, ekaputtakā’ti.
「诸比库!应如何看待段食?诸比库!譬如有夫妇二人,携带少量粮食,进入旷野之道。他们有一独子,可爱、可意。诸比库!那时,那对夫妇在旷野中,所携带的少量粮食耗尽、用完了。而他们还有旷野之余未渡过。诸比库!那时,那对夫妇这样想:『我们所携带的少量粮食已耗尽、已用完了。而此旷野之余未渡过。我们何不杀此独子,可爱、可意者,作成肉干与肉脯,食用儿子之肉,如此渡过旷野之余,莫使我们三人全部灭亡。』诸比库!那时,那对夫妇杀了那独子,可爱、可意者,作成肉干与肉脯,食用儿子之肉,如此渡过旷野之余。他们一边食用儿子之肉,一边捶胸说:『独子啊,你在哪里?独子啊,你在哪里?』」
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu te davāya vā āhāraṃ āhāreyyuṃ, madāya vā āhāraṃ āhāreyyuṃ, maṇḍanāya vā āhāraṃ āhāreyyuṃ, vibhūsanāya vā āhāraṃ āhāreyyu’’nti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Nanu te, bhikkhave, yāvadeva kantārassa nittharaṇatthāya āhāraṃ āhāreyyu’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Evameva khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, kabaḷīkāro āhāro daṭṭhabbo’’ti vadāmi. Kabaḷīkāre, bhikkhave, āhāre pariññāte pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo pariññāto hoti. Pañcakāmaguṇike rāge pariññāte natthi taṃ saṃyojanaṃ yena saṃyojanena saṃyutto ariyasāvako puna imaṃ lokaṃ āgaccheyya.
「诸比库,你们认为如何?他们会为了嬉戏而食用食物吗?或为了陶醉而食用食物吗?或为了装饰而食用食物吗?或为了庄严而食用食物吗?」「不会的,世尊。」「诸比库,他们岂不是仅为了度过旷野而食用食物吗?」「是的,世尊。」「诸比库,我说:『应当如此看待段食。』诸比库,当段食被遍知时,五欲功德的贪就被遍知了。当五欲功德的贪被遍知时,没有那样的结缚,被那结缚所缚的圣弟子会再来此世间。」
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, phassāhāro daṭṭhabbo? Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, gāvī niccammā kuṭṭaṃ ce nissāya tiṭṭheyya. Ye kuṭṭanissitā pāṇā te naṃ khādeyyuṃ. Rukkhaṃ ce nissāya tiṭṭheyya, ye rukkhanissitā pāṇā te naṃ khādeyyuṃ. Udakaṃ ce nissāya tiṭṭheyya, ye udakanissitā pāṇā te naṃ khādeyyuṃ. Ākāsaṃ ce nissāya tiṭṭheyya, ye ākāsanissitā pāṇā te naṃ khādeyyuṃ. Yaṃ yadeva hi sā, bhikkhave, gāvī niccammā nissāya tiṭṭheyya, ye tannissitā pāṇā te naṃ khādeyyuṃ. Evameva khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ‘‘phassāhāro daṭṭhabbo’’ti vadāmi. Phasse, bhikkhave, āhāre pariññāte tisso vedanā pariññātā honti. Tīsu vedanāsu pariññātāsu ariyasāvakassa natthi kiñci uttarikaraṇīyanti vadāmi.
「诸比库,应当如何看待触食?诸比库,譬如有一头无皮的母牛,若她依靠墙壁而站立,依靠墙壁的生物就会啃食她。若她依靠树木而站立,依靠树木的生物就会啃食她。若她依靠水而站立,依靠水的生物就会啃食她。若她依靠虚空而站立,依靠虚空的生物就会啃食她。诸比库,那头无皮的母牛无论依靠什么而站立,依靠那个的生物就会啃食她。诸比库,我说:『应当如此看待触食。』诸比库,当触食被遍知时,三受就被遍知了。当三受被遍知时,我说:圣弟子没有任何应再作的。」
‘‘Kathañca , bhikkhave, manosañcetanāhāro daṭṭhabbo? Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, aṅgārakāsu sādhikaporisā puṇṇā aṅgārānaṃ vītaccikānaṃ vītadhūmānaṃ. Atha puriso āgaccheyya jīvitukāmo amaritukāmo sukhakāmo dukkhappaṭikūlo. Tamenaṃ dve balavanto purisā nānābāhāsu gahetvā taṃ aṅgārakāsuṃ upakaḍḍheyyuṃ. Atha kho, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa ārakāvassa cetanā ārakā patthanā ārakā paṇidhi. Taṃ kissa hetu? Evañhi, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa hoti – ‘imaṃ cāhaṃ aṅgārakāsuṃ papatissāmi, tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigacchāmi maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkha’nti. Evameva khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ‘manosañcetanāhāro daṭṭhabbo’ti vadāmi. Manosañcetanāya, bhikkhave, āhāre pariññāte tisso taṇhā pariññātā honti. Tīsu taṇhāsu pariññātāsu ariyasāvakassa natthi kiñci uttarikaraṇīyanti vadāmi.
「诸比库,应当如何看待意思食?诸比库,譬如有一个超过人身高度的炭火坑,充满了无焰无烟的炭火。那时,有一个人走来,他想要活命、不想死、想要快乐、厌恶痛苦。两个强壮的男子各抓住他的一只手臂,把他拖向那个炭火坑。诸比库,那时,那个人的意愿在远处,愿望在远处,志向在远处。那是什么原因呢?诸比库,因为那个人这样想:『我将掉入这个炭火坑,以那个为因缘,我将遭遇死亡或等同死亡的痛苦。』诸比库,我说:『应当如此看待意思食。』诸比库,当意思食被遍知时,三渴爱就被遍知了。当三渴爱被遍知时,我说:圣弟子没有任何应再作的。」
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, viññāṇāhāro daṭṭhabbo? Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, coraṃ āgucāriṃ gahetvā rañño dasseyyuṃ – ‘ayaṃ te, deva, coro āgucārī, imassa yaṃ icchasi taṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇehī’ti. Tamenaṃ rājā evaṃ vadeyya – ‘gacchatha, bho, imaṃ purisaṃ pubbaṇhasamayaṃ sattisatena hanathā’ti. Tamenaṃ pubbaṇhasamayaṃ sattisatena haneyyuṃ. Atha rājā majjhanhikasamayaṃ evaṃ vadeyya – ‘ambho, kathaṃ so puriso’ti? ‘Tatheva, deva, jīvatī’ti. Tamenaṃ rājā evaṃ vadeyya – ‘gacchatha, bho, taṃ purisaṃ majjhanhikasamayaṃ sattisatena hanathā’ti. Tamenaṃ majjhanhikasamayaṃ sattisatena haneyyuṃ. Atha rājā sāyanhasamayaṃ evaṃ vadeyya – ‘ambho, kathaṃ so puriso’ti? ‘Tatheva, deva, jīvatī’ti. Tamenaṃ rājā evaṃ vadeyya – ‘gacchatha, bho, taṃ purisaṃ sāyanhasamayaṃ sattisatena hanathā’ti. Tamenaṃ sāyanhasamayaṃ sattisatena haneyyuṃ. Taṃ kiṃ maññatha , bhikkhave, api nu so puriso divasaṃ tīhi sattisatehi haññamāno tatonidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyethā’’ti? ‘‘Ekissāpi, bhante, sattiyā haññamāno tatonidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyetha; ko pana vādo tīhi sattisatehi haññamāno’’ti! ‘‘Evameva khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, viññāṇāhāro daṭṭhabboti vadāmi. Viññāṇe, bhikkhave, āhāre pariññāte nāmarūpaṃ pariññātaṃ hoti, nāmarūpe pariññāte ariyasāvakassa natthi kiñci uttarikaraṇīyanti vadāmī’’ti. Tatiyaṃ.
「诸比库,应当如何看待识食?诸比库,譬如抓到一个犯罪的盗贼后,把他带到国王面前:『陛下,这是一个犯罪的盗贼,请您对他施加您所希望的惩罚。』国王对他这样说:『诸位,去吧,在早晨时分用一百支矛刺杀这个人。』他们在早晨时分用一百支矛刺杀他。那时,国王在中午时分这样说:『诸位,那个人怎么样了?』『陛下,他还活着。』国王这样说:『诸位,去吧,在中午时分用一百支矛刺杀那个人。』他们在中午时分用一百支矛刺杀他。那时,国王在傍晚时分这样说:『诸位,那个人怎么样了?』『陛下,他还活着。』国王这样说:『诸位,去吧,在傍晚时分用一百支矛刺杀那个人。』他们在傍晚时分用一百支矛刺杀他。诸比库,你们认为如何?那个人在一天中被三百支矛刺杀,以那个为因缘,他会感受痛苦和忧恼吗?」「世尊,即使被一支矛刺杀,以那个为因缘,他也会感受痛苦和忧恼;更何况被三百支矛刺杀呢!」「诸比库,我说:『应当如此看待识食。』诸比库,当识食被遍知时,名色就被遍知了。当名色被遍知时,我说:圣弟子没有任何应再作的。」第三经。
4. Atthirāgasuttaṃ4. 有贪经
§64
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘cattārome, bhikkhave, āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā sambhavesīnaṃ vā anuggahāya. Katame cattāro? Kabaḷīkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṃ catutthaṃ. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā sambhavesīnaṃ vā anuggahāya’’.
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库,有这四种食,为了已生有情的住立,或为了寻求出生者的资助。哪四种?段食,或粗或细,触是第二,意思是第三,识是第四。诸比库,这四种食,为了已生有情的住立,或为了寻求出生者的资助。」
‘‘Kabaḷīkāre ce, bhikkhave, āhāre atthi rāgo atthi nandī atthi taṇhā, patiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ. Yattha patiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ, atthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti. Yattha atthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti, atthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi. Yattha atthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi, atthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti. Yattha atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti, atthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ. Yattha atthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ, sasokaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, sadaraṃ saupāyāsanti vadāmi.
「诸比库,若对段食有贪、有喜、有渴爱,识在那里确立、增长。在识确立、增长之处,有名色的降入。在有名色的降入之处,有诸行的增长。在有诸行的增长之处,有未来再生的产生。在有未来再生的产生之处,有未来的生老死。诸比库,在有未来的生老死之处,我说:那是有愁的、有畏的、有恼的。」
‘‘Phasse ce, bhikkhave, āhāre…pe… manosañcetanāya ce, bhikkhave, āhāre… viññāṇe ce, bhikkhave, āhāre atthi rāgo atthi nandī atthi taṇhā, patiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ. Yattha patiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ, atthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti. Yattha atthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti, atthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi. Yattha atthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi, atthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti. Yattha atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti, atthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ. Yattha atthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ, sasokaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, sadaraṃ saupāyāsanti vadāmi.
「诸比库,若对触食……若对意思食……诸比库,若对识食有贪、有喜、有渴爱,识在那里确立、增长。在识确立、增长之处,有名色的降入。在有名色的降入之处,有诸行的增长。在有诸行的增长之处,有未来再生的产生。在有未来再生的产生之处,有未来的生老死。诸比库,在有未来的生老死之处,我说:那是有愁的、有畏的、有恼的。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, rajako vā cittakārako vā sati rajanāya vā lākhāya vā haliddiyā vā nīliyā vā mañjiṭṭhāya vā suparimaṭṭhe vā phalake bhittiyā vā dussapaṭṭe vā itthirūpaṃ vā purisarūpaṃ vā abhinimmineyya sabbaṅgapaccaṅgaṃ; evameva kho, bhikkhave, kabaḷīkāre ce āhāre atthi rāgo atthi nandī atthi taṇhā, patiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ. Yattha patiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ, atthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti. Yattha atthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti, atthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi. Yattha atthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi, atthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti. Yattha atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti, atthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ. Yattha atthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ, sasokaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, sadaraṃ saupāyāsanti vadāmi.
「诸比库,譬如染匠或画师,用染料、红色、姜黄、蓝色或茜草,在磨光的板上、墙壁上或布片上,会造出女人的形象或男人的形象,具足一切肢体;诸比库,同样地,若对段食有贪、有喜、有渴爱,识在那里确立、增长。在识确立、增长之处,有名色的降入。在有名色的降入之处,有诸行的增长。在有诸行的增长之处,有未来再生的产生。在有未来再生的产生之处,有未来的生老死。诸比库,在有未来的生老死之处,我说:那是有愁的、有畏的、有恼的。」
‘‘Phasse ce, bhikkhave, āhāre…pe… manosañcetanāya ce, bhikkhave, āhāre… viññāṇe ce, bhikkhave, āhāre atthi rāgo atthi nandī atthi taṇhā, patiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ. Yattha patiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ virūḷhaṃ, atthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti. Yattha atthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti, atthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi. Yattha atthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi, atthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti. Yattha atthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti, atthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ. Yattha atthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ, sasokaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, sadaraṃ saupāyāsanti vadāmi.
「诸比库!若于触食……若于意思食……诸比库!若于识食有贪、有喜、有渴爱,识即于彼处确立、增长。于何处识确立、增长,于彼处即有名色的降入。于何处有名色的降入,于彼处即有诸行的增长。于何处有诸行的增长,于彼处即有未来再生的出生。于何处有未来再生的出生,于彼处即有未来的生老死。于何处有未来的生老死,诸比库!我说彼即有愁、有畏、有苦恼。」
‘‘Kabaḷīkāre ce, bhikkhave, āhāre natthi rāgo natthi nandī natthi taṇhā, appatiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ avirūḷhaṃ. Yattha appatiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ avirūḷhaṃ, natthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti. Yattha natthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti, natthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi. Yattha natthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi, natthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti. Yattha natthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti, natthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ. Yattha natthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ, asokaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, adaraṃ anupāyāsanti vadāmi.
「诸比库!若于段食无贪、无喜、无渴爱,识即于彼处不确立、不增长。于何处识不确立、不增长,于彼处即无名色的降入。于何处无名色的降入,于彼处即无诸行的增长。于何处无诸行的增长,于彼处即无未来再生的出生。于何处无未来再生的出生,于彼处即无未来的生老死。于何处无未来的生老死,诸比库!我说彼即无愁、无畏、无苦恼。」
‘‘Phasse ce, bhikkhave, āhāre…pe… manosañcetanāya ce, bhikkhave, āhāre… viññāṇe ce, bhikkhave, āhāre natthi rāgo natthi nandī natthi taṇhā, appatiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ avirūḷhaṃ. Yattha appatiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ avirūḷhaṃ, natthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti . Yattha natthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti, natthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi. Yattha natthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi, natthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti. Yattha natthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti, natthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ. Yattha natthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ, asokaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, adaraṃ anupāyāsanti vadāmi.
「诸比库!若于触食……若于意思食……诸比库!若于识食无贪、无喜、无渴爱,识即于彼处不确立、不增长。于何处识不确立、不增长,于彼处即无名色的降入。于何处无名色的降入,于彼处即无诸行的增长。于何处无诸行的增长,于彼处即无未来再生的出生。于何处无未来再生的出生,于彼处即无未来的生老死。于何处无未来的生老死,诸比库!我说彼即无愁、无畏、无苦恼。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, kūṭāgāraṃ vā kūṭāgārasālaṃ vā uttarāya vā dakkhiṇāya vā pācīnāya vā vātapānā sūriye uggacchante vātapānena rasmi pavisitvā kvāssa patiṭṭhitā’’ ti? ‘‘Pacchimāyaṃ, bhante, bhittiya’’nti. ‘‘Pacchimā ce, bhikkhave, bhitti nāssa kvāssa patiṭṭhitā’’ti? ‘‘Pathaviyaṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Pathavī ce, bhikkhave , nāssa kvāssa patiṭṭhitā’’ti? ‘‘Āpasmiṃ, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Āpo ce, bhikkhave, nāssa kvāssa patiṭṭhitā’’ti? ‘‘Appatiṭṭhitā, bhante’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho, bhikkhave, kabaḷīkāre ce āhāre natthi rāgo natthi nandī natthi taṇhā…pe….
「诸比库!譬如有尖顶屋或尖顶屋堂,于北方、或南方、或东方有窗,当太阳升起时,光线从窗进入,它会确立于何处?」「尊者!于西方的墙壁。」「诸比库!若无西方的墙壁,它会确立于何处?」「尊者!于地。」「诸比库!若无地,它会确立于何处?」「尊者!于水。」「诸比库!若无水,它会确立于何处?」「尊者!不确立。」「诸比库!正是如此,若于段食无贪、无喜、无渴爱……」
‘‘Phasse ce, bhikkhave, āhāre… manosañcetanāya ce, bhikkhave, āhāre… viññāṇe ce, bhikkhave, āhāre natthi rāgo natthi nandī natthi taṇhā, appatiṭṭhitaṃ tattha viññāṇaṃ avirūḷhaṃ. Yattha appatiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇaṃ avirūḷhaṃ, natthi tattha nāmarūpassa avakkanti. Yattha natthi nāmarūpassa avakkanti, natthi tattha saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi. Yattha natthi saṅkhārānaṃ vuddhi, natthi tattha āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti . Yattha natthi āyatiṃ punabbhavābhinibbatti, natthi tattha āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ. Yattha natthi āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇaṃ asokaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, adaraṃ anupāyāsanti vadāmī’’ti. Catutthaṃ.
「诸比库!若于触食……若于意思食……诸比库!若于识食无贪、无喜、无渴爱,识即于彼处不确立、不增长。于何处识不确立、不增长,于彼处即无名色的降入。于何处无名色的降入,于彼处即无诸行的增长。于何处无诸行的增长,于彼处即无未来再生的出生。于何处无未来再生的出生,于彼处即无未来的生老死。于何处无未来的生老死,诸比库!我说彼即无愁、无畏、无苦恼。」第四经。
5. Nagarasuttaṃ5. 城经
§65
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘pubbe me, bhikkhave, sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato etadahosi – ‘kicchā vatāyaṃ loko āpanno jāyati ca jīyati ca mīyati ca cavati ca upapajjati ca. Atha ca panimassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ nappajānāti jarāmaraṇassa. Kudāssu nāma imassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ paññāyissati jarāmaraṇassā’ti? Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti, kiṃpaccayā jarāmaraṇa’nti ? Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘jātiyā kho sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’’nti.
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库!以前,我正觉之前,还是未正觉的菩萨时,我这样想:『这世间确实陷入了困苦,生、老、死、死没、投生,然而却不了知此苦的出离,即老死的出离。何时才能了知此苦的出离,即老死的出离呢?』诸比库!我这样想:『有何故有老死?以何为缘而有老死?』诸比库!通过如理作意,我以慧现观:『有生故有老死,以生为缘而有老死。』」
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati jāti hoti…pe… bhavo hoti… upādānaṃ hoti… taṇhā hoti… vedanā hoti… phasso hoti… saḷāyatanaṃ hoti… nāmarūpaṃ hoti… kiṃpaccayā nāmarūpa’nti? Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘viññāṇe kho sati nāmarūpaṃ hoti, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa’nti. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho sati viññāṇaṃ hoti, kiṃpaccayā viññāṇa’nti ? Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘nāmarūpe kho sati viññāṇaṃ hoti, nāmarūpapaccayā viññāṇa’’’nti.
「诸比库!我这样想:『有何故有生……有何故有有……有何故有取……有何故有渴爱……有何故有受……有何故有触……有何故有六处……有何故有名色?以何为缘而有名色?』诸比库!通过如理作意,我以慧现观:『有识故有名色,以识为缘而有名色。』诸比库!我这样想:『有何故有识?以何为缘而有识?』诸比库!通过如理作意,我以慧现观:『有名色故有识,以名色为缘而有识。』」
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – paccudāvattati kho idaṃ viññāṇaṃ nāmarūpamhā na paraṃ gacchati. Ettāvatā jāyetha vā jīyetha vā mīyetha vā cavetha vā upapajjetha vā, yadidaṃ nāmarūpapaccayā viññāṇaṃ; viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ; nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ; saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. ‘Samudayo, samudayo’ti kho me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi ñāṇaṃ udapādi paññā udapādi vijjā udapādi āloko udapādi.
「诸比库!我这样想:『此识从名色返回,不再超越。如此这般,即可能生、可能老、可能死、可能死没、可能投生,即:以名色为缘而有识;以识为缘而有名色;以名色为缘而有六处;以六处为缘而有触……如是,此全苦蕴集起。集、集。』诸比库!于以前未曾听闻的诸法,我生起了眼、生起了智、生起了慧、生起了明、生起了光。」
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati, jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti; kissa nirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’ti? Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘jātiyā kho asati, jarāmaraṇaṃ na hoti; jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’ti. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati jāti na hoti…pe… bhavo na hoti… upādānaṃ na hoti… taṇhā na hoti… vedanā na hoti… phasso na hoti… saḷāyatanaṃ na hoti… nāmarūpaṃ na hoti. Kissa nirodhā nāmarūpanirodho’ti? Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘viññāṇe kho asati, nāmarūpaṃ na hoti; viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho’’’ti .
「诸比库,我生起这样的想法:『当什么不存在时,老死就不存在?由于什么的灭,而有老死灭?』诸比库,通过如理作意,我以慧现观:『当生不存在时,老死就不存在;由于生灭,而有老死灭。』诸比库,我生起这样的想法:『当什么不存在时,生就不存在……有就不存在……取就不存在……渴爱就不存在……受就不存在……触就不存在……六处就不存在……名色就不存在。由于什么的灭,而有名色灭?』诸比库,通过如理作意,我以慧现观:『当识不存在时,名色就不存在;由于识灭,而有名色灭。』」
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – ‘kimhi nu kho asati viññāṇaṃ na hoti; kissa nirodhā viññāṇanirodho’ti? Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, yoniso manasikārā ahu paññāya abhisamayo – ‘nāmarūpe kho asati, viññāṇaṃ na hoti; nāmarūpanirodhā viññāṇanirodho’’’ti.
「诸比库,我生起这样的想法:『当什么不存在时,识就不存在?由于什么的灭,而有识灭?』诸比库,通过如理作意,我以慧现观:『当名色不存在时,识就不存在;由于名色灭,而有识灭。』」
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, etadahosi – adhigato kho myāyaṃ maggo bodhāya yadidaṃ – nāmarūpanirodhā viññāṇanirodho; viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho; nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho; saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti. ‘Nirodho, nirodho’ti kho me, bhikkhave, pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuṃ udapādi ñāṇaṃ udapādi paññā udapādi vijjā udapādi āloko udapādi.
「诸比库,我生起这样的想法:『我已证得这通向正觉之道,即:由于名色灭,而有识灭;由于识灭,而有名色灭;由于名色灭,而有六处灭;由于六处灭,而有触灭……如此,这整个苦蕴就灭。』诸比库,对于以前未曾听闻的诸法,我生起眼、生起智、生起慧、生起明、生起光:『灭,灭。』」
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso araññe pavane caramāno passeyya purāṇaṃ maggaṃ purāṇañjasaṃ pubbakehi manussehi anuyātaṃ. So tamanugaccheyya . Tamanugacchanto passeyya purāṇaṃ nagaraṃ purāṇaṃ rājadhāniṃ pubbakehi manussehi ajjhāvuṭṭhaṃ ārāmasampannaṃ vanasampannaṃ pokkharaṇīsampannaṃ uddhāpavantaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ. Atha kho so, bhikkhave, puriso rañño vā rājamahāmattassa vā āroceyya – ‘yagghe, bhante, jāneyyāsi – ahaṃ addasaṃ araññe pavane caramāno purāṇaṃ maggaṃ purāṇañjasaṃ pubbakehi manussehi anuyātaṃ tamanugacchiṃ. Tamanugacchanto addasaṃ purāṇaṃ nagaraṃ purāṇaṃ rājadhāniṃ pubbakehi manussehi ajjhāvuṭṭhaṃ ārāmasampannaṃ vanasampannaṃ pokkharaṇīsampannaṃ uddhāpavantaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ. Taṃ, bhante, nagaraṃ māpehī’ti. Atha kho so, bhikkhave, rājā vā rājamahāmatto vā taṃ nagaraṃ māpeyya. Tadassa nagaraṃ aparena samayena iddhañceva phītañca bāhujaññaṃ ākiṇṇamanussaṃ vuddhivepullappattaṃ. Evameva khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, addasaṃ purāṇaṃ maggaṃ purāṇañjasaṃ pubbakehi sammāsambuddhehi anuyātaṃ.
「诸比库,譬如有人在林野中游行,看见一条古道、古径,是以前的人们所走过的。他沿着它而行。沿着它而行时,他看见一座古城、古王都,是以前的人们所居住的,具足园林、具足树林、具足池塘、有城墙围绕,令人愉悦。诸比库,那时,那人会向国王或王大臣报告:『尊敬的先生,请您知道——我在林野中游行时,看见一条古道、古径,是以前的人们所走过的,我沿着它而行。沿着它而行时,我看见一座古城、古王都,是以前的人们所居住的,具足园林、具足树林、具足池塘、有城墙围绕,令人愉悦。尊敬的先生,请重建那座城!』诸比库,那时,那位国王或王大臣会重建那座城。后来,那座城繁荣、兴盛、人口众多、人满为患,达到增长与圆满。诸比库,同样地,我看见一条古道、古径,是以前的诸正等正觉者所走过的。」
‘‘Katamo ca so, bhikkhave, purāṇamaggo purāṇañjaso pubbakehi sammāsambuddhehi anuyāto ? Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi…pe… sammāsamādhi. Ayaṃ kho so, bhikkhave, purāṇamaggo purāṇañjaso pubbakehi sammāsambuddhehi anuyāto, tamanugacchiṃ; tamanugacchanto jarāmaraṇaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ; jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ; jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ; jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ. Tamanugacchiṃ; tamanugacchanto jātiṃ abbhaññāsiṃ…pe… bhavaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ… upādānaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ… taṇhaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ… vedanaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ… phassaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ… saḷāyatanaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ… nāmarūpaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ… viññāṇaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ. Tamanugacchiṃ; tamanugacchanto saṅkhāre abbhaññāsiṃ; saṅkhārasamudayaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ; saṅkhāranirodhaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ; saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ. Tadabhiññā ācikkhiṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave , brahmacariyaṃ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’’nti. Pañcamaṃ.
「诸比库,什么是那条古道、古径,是以前的诸正等正觉者所走过的?即此八支圣道,就是:正见……正定。诸比库,这就是那条古道、古径,是以前的诸正等正觉者所走过的,我沿着它而行;沿着它而行时,我遍知老死;我遍知老死集;我遍知老死灭;我遍知导向老死灭之道。我沿着它而行;沿着它而行时,我遍知生……我遍知有……我遍知取……我遍知渴爱……我遍知受……我遍知触……我遍知六处……我遍知名色……我遍知识。我沿着它而行;沿着它而行时,我遍知行;我遍知行集;我遍知行灭;我遍知导向行灭之道。遍知之后,我向诸比库、诸比库尼、诸近事男、诸近事女宣说。诸比库,这梵行繁荣、兴盛、广布、人众多、广大,直至在天人中善为阐明。」
6. Sammasasuttaṃ6. 触经
§66
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā kurūsu viharati kammāsadhammaṃ nāma kurūnaṃ nigamo. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘sammasatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, antaraṃ sammasa’’nti . Evaṃ vutte, aññataro bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ kho, bhante, sammasāmi antaraṃ sammasa’’nti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana tvaṃ, bhikkhu, sammasasi antaraṃ sammasa’’nti? Atha kho so bhikkhu byākāsi. Yathā so bhikkhu byākāsi na so bhikkhu bhagavato cittaṃ ārādhesi.
如是我闻:一时,世尊住在库汝,名为甘马沙昙马的库汝人村镇。在那里,世尊称呼诸比库:「诸比库。」「尊者。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊如此说:「诸比库,你们是否审察内在的审察?」如此说时,某位比库对世尊如此说:「尊者,我审察内在的审察。」「比库,你如何审察内在的审察?」那时,那位比库作了分别论。那位比库如此分别论,那位比库没有令世尊满意。
Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘etassa, bhagavā, kālo; etassa, sugata, kālo; yaṃ bhagavā antaraṃ sammasaṃ bhāseyya. Bhagavato sutvā bhikkhū dhāressantī’’ti. ‘‘Tenahānanda, suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasi karotha; bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
如此说时,具寿阿难对世尊如此说:「世尊,现在正是时候;善逝,现在正是时候,请世尊宣说内在的审察。听闻世尊所说后,诸比库将忆持。」「那么,阿难,你们要听!你们要善作意!我要说了。」「是的,尊者。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊如此说:
‘‘Idha , bhikkhave, bhikkhu sammasamāno sammasati antaraṃ sammasaṃ – ‘yaṃ kho idaṃ anekavidhaṃ nānappakārakaṃ dukkhaṃ loke uppajjati jarāmaraṇaṃ. Idaṃ kho dukkhaṃ kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ kiṃjātikaṃ kiṃpabhavaṃ, kismiṃ sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti, kismiṃ asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hotī’ti? So sammasamāno evaṃ jānāti – ‘yaṃ kho idaṃ anekavidhaṃ nānappakārakaṃ dukkhaṃ loke uppajjati jarāmaraṇaṃ. Idaṃ kho dukkhaṃ upadhinidānaṃ upadhisamudayaṃ upadhijātikaṃ upadhipabhavaṃ, upadhismiṃ sati jarāmaraṇaṃ hoti, upadhismiṃ asati jarāmaraṇaṃ na hotī’ti. So jarāmaraṇañca pajānāti jarāmaraṇasamudayañca pajānāti jarāmaraṇanirodhañca pajānāti yā ca jarāmaraṇanirodhasāruppagāminī paṭipadā tañca pajānāti. Tathāpaṭipanno ca hoti anudhammacārī. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso sammā dukkhakkhayāya paṭipanno jarāmaraṇanirodhāya.
「诸比库,在此,比库审察时,审察内在的审察:『凡这种种、各式各样的苦在世间生起,即老死。这苦以什么为因?以什么为集?以什么为生?以什么为源?当什么存在时,老死就存在?当什么不存在时,老死就不存在?』他审察时,如此了知:『凡这种种、各式各样的苦在世间生起,即老死。这苦以依为因,以依为集,以依为生,以依为源;当依存在时,老死就存在;当依不存在时,老死就不存在。』他了知老死,了知老死集,了知老死灭,了知导向老死灭的相应之道。他如此行道,随法而行。诸比库,这称为比库完全为了苦的灭尽而行道,为了老死灭。」
‘‘Athāparaṃ sammasamāno sammasati antaraṃ sammasaṃ – ‘upadhi panāyaṃ kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kiṃpabhavo, kismiṃ sati upadhi hoti, kismiṃ asati upadhi na hotī’ti? So sammasamāno evaṃ jānāti – ‘upadhi taṇhānidāno taṇhāsamudayo taṇhājātiko taṇhāpabhavo, taṇhāya sati upadhi hoti, taṇhāya asati upadhi na hotī’ti. So upadhiñca pajānāti upadhisamudayañca pajānāti upadhinirodhañca pajānāti yā ca upadhinirodhasāruppagāminī paṭipadā tañca pajānāti. Tathā paṭipanno ca hoti anudhammacārī. Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabbaso sammā dukkhakkhayāya paṭipanno upadhinirodhāya.
「再者,他如理思惟,内在如理思惟:『然而,此依是什么因、什么集、什么生、什么源?当什么存在时有依,当什么不存在时无依?』他如理思惟而如此了知:『依是渴爱因、渴爱集、渴爱生、渴爱源,当渴爱存在时有依,当渴爱不存在时无依。』他了知依,了知依集,了知依灭,了知导向依灭的相应之道。他如此行道,随法而行。诸比库,此被称为完全为了正确灭苦、为了依灭而行道的比库。」
‘‘Athāparaṃ sammasamāno sammasati antaraṃ sammasaṃ – ‘taṇhā panāyaṃ kattha uppajjamānā uppajjati, kattha nivisamānā nivisatī’ti? So sammasamāno evaṃ jānāti – yaṃ kho loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati . Kiñca loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ? Cakkhuṃ loke piyarūpaṃ, sātarūpaṃ. Etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Sotaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ…pe… ghānaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ… jivhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ… kāyo loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ… mano loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati ettha nivisamānā nivisati.
「再者,他如理思惟,内在如理思惟:『然而,此渴爱在哪里生起时生起,在哪里安住时安住?』他如理思惟而如此了知:『凡世间的可爱相、可意相,此渴爱在那里生起时生起,在那里安住时安住。什么是世间的可爱相、可意相?眼在世间是可爱相、可意相,此渴爱在那里生起时生起,在那里安住时安住。耳在世间是可爱相、可意相……鼻在世间是可爱相、可意相……舌在世间是可爱相、可意相……身在世间是可爱相、可意相……意在世间是可爱相、可意相,此渴爱在那里生起时生起,在那里安住时安住。」
‘‘Ye hi keci, bhikkhave, atītamaddhānaṃ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ taṃ niccato addakkhuṃ sukhato addakkhuṃ attato addakkhuṃ ārogyato addakkhuṃ khemato addakkhuṃ. Te taṇhaṃ vaḍḍhesuṃ. Ye taṇhaṃ vaḍḍhesuṃ te upadhiṃ vaḍḍhesuṃ. Ye upadhiṃ vaḍḍhesuṃ te dukkhaṃ vaḍḍhesuṃ. Ye dukkhaṃ vaḍḍhesuṃ te na parimucciṃsu jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, na parimucciṃsu dukkhasmāti vadāmi.
「诸比库,凡任何过去时的沙门或婆罗门,见世间的可爱相、可意相为常、为乐、为我、为健康、为安稳,他们增长了渴爱。凡增长了渴爱者,他们增长了依。凡增长了依者,他们增长了苦。凡增长了苦者,他们未从生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼解脱,我说他们未从苦解脱。」
‘‘Yepi hi keci, bhikkhave, anāgatamaddhānaṃ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ taṃ niccato dakkhissanti sukhato dakkhissanti attato dakkhissanti ārogyato dakkhissanti khemato dakkhissanti. Te taṇhaṃ vaḍḍhissanti. Ye taṇhaṃ vaḍḍhissanti te upadhiṃ vaḍḍhissanti. Ye upadhiṃ vaḍḍhissanti te dukkhaṃ vaḍḍhissanti. Ye dukkhaṃ vaḍḍhissanti te na parimuccissanti jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, na parimuccissanti dukkhasmāti vadāmi.
「诸比库,凡任何未来时的沙门或婆罗门,将见世间的可爱相、可意相为常、为乐、为我、为健康、为安稳,他们将增长渴爱。凡将增长渴爱者,他们将增长依。凡将增长依者,他们将增长苦。凡将增长苦者,他们将不从生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼解脱,我说他们将不从苦解脱。」
‘‘Yepi hi keci, bhikkhave, etarahi samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ taṃ niccato passanti sukhato passanti attato passanti ārogyato passanti khemato passanti. Te taṇhaṃ vaḍḍhenti . Ye taṇhaṃ vaḍḍhenti te upadhiṃ vaḍḍhenti. Ye upadhiṃ vaḍḍhenti te dukkhaṃ vaḍḍhenti. Ye dukkhaṃ vaḍḍhenti te na parimuccanti jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, na parimuccanti dukkhasmāti vadāmi.
「诸比库,凡任何现在的沙门或婆罗门,见世间的可爱相、可意相为常、为乐、为我、为健康、为安稳,他们增长渴爱。凡增长渴爱者,他们增长依。凡增长依者,他们增长苦。凡增长苦者,他们不从生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼解脱,我说他们不从苦解脱。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, āpānīyakaṃso vaṇṇasampanno gandhasampanno rasasampanno. So ca kho visena saṃsaṭṭho. Atha puriso āgaccheyya ghammābhitatto ghammapareto kilanto tasito pipāsito. Tamenaṃ evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘ayaṃ te, ambho purisa, āpānīyakaṃso vaṇṇasampanno gandhasampanno rasasampanno; so ca kho visena saṃsaṭṭho. Sace ākaṅkhasi piva. Pivato hi kho taṃ chādessati vaṇṇenapi gandhenapi rasenapi, pivitvā ca pana tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigacchasi maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkha’nti. So taṃ āpānīyakaṃsaṃ sahasā appaṭisaṅkhā piveyya, nappaṭinissajjeyya. So tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, ye hi keci atītamaddhānaṃ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ…pe… anāgatamaddhānaṃ…pe… etarahi samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ taṃ niccato passanti sukhato passanti attato passanti ārogyato passanti khemato passanti, te taṇhaṃ vaḍḍhenti. Ye taṇhaṃ vaḍḍhenti te upadhiṃ vaḍḍhenti. Ye upadhiṃ vaḍḍhenti te dukkhaṃ vaḍḍhenti. Ye dukkhaṃ vaḍḍhenti te na parimuccanti jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, na parimuccanti dukkhasmāti vadāmi.
「诸比库,譬如有一钵饮料,色具足、香具足、味具足,然而它混有毒。那时,有一个人来,被热所恼、被热所苦、疲倦、口渴、干渴。人们对他如此说:『贤友,此人,这钵饮料色具足、香具足、味具足,然而它混有毒。如果你愿意,请喝。喝时,它将以色、以香、以味使你满意,但喝了之后,你将因此而遭受死或等同于死的苦。』他不经思考、不经省察,立即喝了那钵饮料,不舍弃它。他因此而遭受死或等同于死的苦。同样地,诸比库,凡任何过去时的沙门或婆罗门,世间的可爱相……未来时……现在的沙门或婆罗门,见世间的可爱相、可意相为常、为乐、为我、为健康、为安稳,他们增长渴爱。凡增长渴爱者,他们增长依。凡增长依者,他们增长苦。凡增长苦者,他们不从生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼解脱,我说他们不从苦解脱。」
‘‘Ye ca kho keci, bhikkhave, atītamaddhānaṃ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ taṃ aniccato addakkhuṃ dukkhato addakkhuṃ anattato addakkhuṃ rogato addakkhuṃ bhayato addakkhuṃ, te taṇhaṃ pajahiṃsu. Ye taṇhaṃ pajahiṃsu te upadhiṃ pajahiṃsu. Ye upadhiṃ pajahiṃsu te dukkhaṃ pajahiṃsu. Ye dukkhaṃ pajahiṃsu te parimucciṃsu jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, parimucciṃsu dukkhasmāti vadāmi.
「诸比库,凡任何过去时的沙门或婆罗门,见世间的可爱相、可意相为无常、为苦、为无我、为病、为怖畏,他们舍断了渴爱。凡舍断了渴爱者,他们舍断了依。凡舍断了依者,他们舍断了苦。凡舍断了苦者,他们从生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼解脱,我说他们从苦解脱。」
‘‘Yepi hi keci, bhikkhave, anāgatamaddhānaṃ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ taṃ aniccato dakkhissanti dukkhato dakkhissanti anattato dakkhissanti rogato dakkhissanti bhayato dakkhissanti, te taṇhaṃ pajahissanti. Ye taṇhaṃ pajahissanti…pe… parimuccissanti dukkhasmāti vadāmi.
「诸比库,凡任何未来时的沙门或婆罗门,将见世间的可爱相、可意相为无常、为苦、为无我、为病、为怖畏,他们将舍断渴爱。凡将舍断渴爱者……我说他们将从苦解脱。」
‘‘Yepi hi keci, bhikkhave, etarahi samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ taṃ aniccato passanti dukkhato passanti anattato passanti rogato passanti bhayato passanti, te taṇhaṃ pajahanti. Ye taṇhaṃ pajahanti te upadhiṃ pajahanti. Ye upadhiṃ pajahanti te dukkhaṃ pajahanti. Ye dukkhaṃ pajahanti te parimuccanti jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, parimuccanti dukkhasmāti vadāmi.
「诸比库!无论过去、未来或现在,任何沙门或婆罗门,凡见世间可爱相、可意相为无常、为苦、为无我、为病、为怖畏者,他们舍断渴爱。凡舍断渴爱者,他们舍断依着。凡舍断依着者,他们舍断苦。凡舍断苦者,他们从生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼解脱,我说他们从苦解脱。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, āpānīyakaṃso vaṇṇasampanno gandhasampanno rasasampanno. So ca kho visena saṃsaṭṭho. Atha puriso āgaccheyya ghammābhitatto ghammapareto kilanto tasito pipāsito. Tamenaṃ evaṃ vadeyyuṃ – ‘ayaṃ te, ambho purisa, āpānīyakaṃso vaṇṇasampanno gandhasampanno rasasampanno so ca kho visena saṃsaṭṭho. Sace ākaṅkhasi piva. Pivato hi kho taṃ chādessati vaṇṇenapi gandhenapi rasenapi; pivitvā ca pana tatonidānaṃ maraṇaṃ vā nigacchasi maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkha’nti. Atha kho, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa evamassa – ‘sakkā kho me ayaṃ surāpipāsitā pānīyena vā vinetuṃ dadhimaṇḍakena vā vinetuṃ bhaṭṭhaloṇikāya vā vinetuṃ loṇasovīrakena vā vinetuṃ, na tvevāhaṃ taṃ piveyyaṃ, yaṃ mama assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’ti. So taṃ āpānīyakaṃsaṃ paṭisaṅkhā na piveyya, paṭinissajjeyya . So tatonidānaṃ na maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, ye hi keci atītamaddhānaṃ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ taṃ aniccato addakkhuṃ dukkhato addakkhuṃ anattato addakkhuṃ rogato addakkhuṃ bhayato addakkhuṃ, te taṇhaṃ pajahiṃsu. Ye taṇhaṃ pajahiṃsu te upadhiṃ pajahiṃsu. Ye upadhiṃ pajahiṃsu te dukkhaṃ pajahiṃsu. Ye dukkhaṃ pajahiṃsu te parimucciṃsu jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, parimucciṃsu dukkhasmāti vadāmi.
「诸比库!譬如有一饮料杯,色具足、香具足、味具足,但混有毒。时有一人来,被热所逼、被热所恼,疲倦、口渴、干渴。人们对他这样说:『喂,这位先生!这饮料杯色具足、香具足、味具足,但混有毒。如果你愿意就喝。当你喝时,它会以色、以香、以味使你满意;但喝了之后,你将因此而遭受死亡或等同死亡之苦。』诸比库!那人这样想:『我能以水、或以酪浆、或以粥汤、或以盐酸粥来消除这酒的渴望,我不应喝那个,那将长久导致我的利益与安乐。』他审察后不喝那饮料杯,舍弃它。他因此不遭受死亡或等同死亡之苦。诸比库!同样地,无论过去世的任何沙门或婆罗门,凡见世间可爱相、可意相为无常、为苦、为无我、为病、为怖畏者,他们舍断了渴爱。凡舍断渴爱者,他们舍断了依着。凡舍断依着者,他们舍断了苦。凡舍断苦者,他们从生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼解脱,我说他们从苦解脱。」
‘‘Yepi hi keci, bhikkhave, anāgatamaddhānaṃ…pe… etarahi samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ taṃ aniccato passanti dukkhato passanti anattato passanti rogato passanti bhayato passanti, te taṇhaṃ pajahanti. Ye taṇhaṃ pajahanti te upadhiṃ pajahanti. Ye upadhiṃ pajahanti te dukkhaṃ pajahanti. Ye dukkhaṃ pajahanti te parimuccanti jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, parimuccanti dukkhasmāti vadāmī’’ti. Chaṭṭhaṃ.
「诸比库!无论未来世的任何……(中略)……现在的任何沙门或婆罗门,凡见世间可爱相、可意相为无常、为苦、为无我、为病、为怖畏者,他们舍断渴爱。凡舍断渴爱者,他们舍断依着。凡舍断依着者,他们舍断苦。凡舍断苦者,他们从生、老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼解脱,我说他们从苦解脱。」
7. Naḷakalāpīsuttaṃ7. 芦束经
§67
Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ca sāriputto āyasmā ca mahākoṭṭhiko bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti isipatane migadāye. Atha kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā sāriputtena saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, sayaṃkataṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ, paraṃkataṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ, sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca jarāmaraṇaṃ, udāhu asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ jarāmaraṇa’’nti? ‘‘Na kho, āvuso koṭṭhika, sayaṃkataṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ, na paraṃkataṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ, na sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca jarāmaraṇaṃ, nāpi asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ jarāmaraṇaṃ. Api ca, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’nti.
一时,具寿沙利子与具寿马哈果提咖住在巴拉纳西仙人堕处鹿野苑。时,具寿马哈果提咖于傍晚时从独坐中起,去到具寿沙利子处;到了之后,与具寿沙利子互相问候。交换了友好、值得忆念的话语后,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的具寿马哈果提咖对具寿沙利子这样说:「贤友沙利子!老死是自作的吗?老死是他作的吗?老死是自作又他作的吗?或者老死是非自作、非他作、无因而生的吗?」「贤友果提咖!老死非自作,老死非他作,老死非自作又他作,老死也非非自作、非他作、无因而生。然而,以生为缘而有老死。」
‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, sayaṃkatā jāti, paraṃkatā jāti, sayaṃkatā ca paraṃkatā ca jāti, udāhu asayaṃkārā aparaṃkārā adhiccasamuppannā jātī’’ti? ‘‘Na kho, āvuso koṭṭhika, sayaṃkatā jāti, na paraṃkatā jāti, na sayaṃkatā ca paraṃkatā ca jāti, nāpi asayaṃkārā aparaṃkārā adhiccasamuppannā jāti. Api ca, bhavapaccayā jātī’’ti.
「贤友沙利子!生是自作的吗?生是他作的吗?生是自作又他作的吗?或者生是非自作、非他作、无因而生的吗?」「贤友果提咖!生非自作,生非他作,生非自作又他作,生也非非自作、非他作、无因而生。然而,以有为缘而有生。」
‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, sayaṃkato bhavo…pe… sayaṃkataṃ upādānaṃ… sayaṃkatā taṇhā… sayaṃkatā vedanā… sayaṃkato phasso… sayaṃkataṃ saḷāyatanaṃ… sayaṃkataṃ nāmarūpaṃ, paraṃkataṃ nāmarūpaṃ, sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca nāmarūpaṃ, udāhu asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ nāmarūpa’’nti ? ‘‘Na kho, āvuso koṭṭhika, sayaṃkataṃ nāmarūpaṃ, na paraṃkataṃ nāmarūpaṃ, na sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca nāmarūpaṃ, nāpi asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ, adhiccasamuppannaṃ nāmarūpaṃ. Api ca, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa’’nti.
「贤友沙利子!有是自作的吗?……(中略)……取是自作的吗?……渴爱是自作的吗?……受是自作的吗?……触是自作的吗?……六处是自作的吗?……名色是自作的吗?名色是他作的吗?名色是自作又他作的吗?或者名色是非自作、非他作、无因而生的吗?」「贤友果提咖!名色非自作,名色非他作,名色非自作又他作,名色也非非自作、非他作、无因而生。然而,以识为缘而有名色。」
‘‘Kiṃ nu kho, āvuso sāriputta, sayaṅkataṃ viññāṇaṃ, paraṅkataṃ viññāṇaṃ, sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca viññāṇaṃ, udāhu asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ viññāṇa’’nti? ‘‘Na kho, āvuso koṭṭhika, sayaṃkataṃ viññāṇaṃ, na paraṃkataṃ viññāṇaṃ na sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca viññāṇaṃ, nāpi asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ viññāṇaṃ. Api ca, nāmarūpapaccayā viññāṇa’’nti.
「贤友沙利子!识是自作的吗?识是他作的吗?识是自作又他作的吗?或者识是非自作、非他作、无因而生的吗?」「贤友果提咖!识非自作,识非他作,识非自作又他作,识也非非自作、非他作、无因而生。然而,以名色为缘而有识。」
‘‘Idāneva kho mayaṃ āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṃ evaṃ ājānāma – ‘na khvāvuso koṭṭhika, sayaṃkataṃ nāmarūpaṃ, na paraṃkataṃ nāmarūpaṃ, na sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca nāmarūpaṃ, nāpi asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ nāmarūpaṃ. Api ca, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa’’’nti.
「刚才我们这样理解具寿沙利子所说:『贤友果提咖!名色非自作,名色非他作,名色非自作又他作,名色也非非自作、非他作、无因而生。然而,以识为缘而有名色。』」
‘‘Idāneva ca pana mayaṃ āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṃ evaṃ ājānāma – ‘na khvāvuso koṭṭhika, sayaṃkataṃ viññāṇaṃ, na paraṃkataṃ viññāṇaṃ, na sayaṃkatañca paraṃkatañca viññāṇaṃ , nāpi asayaṃkāraṃ aparaṃkāraṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ viññāṇaṃ. Api ca, nāmarūpapaccayā viññāṇa’’’nti.
「贤友,现在我们如此了知具寿沙利子所说:『贤友果德提咖,识非自作,识非他作,识非自作亦他作,识亦非非自作非他作无因而生。然而,缘名色而有识。』」
‘‘Yathā kathaṃ panāvuso sāriputta, imassa bhāsitassa attho daṭṭhabbo’’ti? ‘‘Tenahāvuso, upamaṃ te karissāmi. Upamāyapidhekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ jānanti. Seyyathāpi, āvuso, dve naḷakalāpiyo aññamaññaṃ nissāya tiṭṭheyyuṃ. Evameva kho, āvuso, nāmarūpapaccayā viññāṇaṃ; viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ; nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ; saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Tāsaṃ ce, āvuso , naḷakalāpīnaṃ ekaṃ ākaḍḍheyya, ekā papateyya; aparaṃ ce ākaḍḍheyya, aparā papateyya. Evameva kho, āvuso, nāmarūpanirodhā viññāṇanirodho; viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho; nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho; saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho…pe… evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hotī’’ti. ‘‘Acchariyaṃ , āvuso sāriputta; abbhutaṃ, āvuso sāriputta! Yāvasubhāsitaṃ cidaṃ āyasmatā sāriputtena. Idañca pana mayaṃ āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṃ imehi chattiṃsāya vatthūhi anumodāma – ‘jarāmaraṇassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya dhammaṃ deseti, dhammakathiko bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya. Jarāmaraṇassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti, dhammānudhammappaṭipanno bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya. Jarāmaraṇassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhu nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti, diṭṭhadhammanibbānappatto bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya. Jātiyā ce… bhavassa ce… upādānassa ce… taṇhāya ce… vedanāya ce… phassassa ce… saḷāyatanassa ce… nāmarūpassa ce… viññāṇassa ce… saṅkhārānaṃ ce… avijjāya ce, āvuso, bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya dhammaṃ deseti, dhammakathiko bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya. Avijjāya ce, āvuso, bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti, dhammānudhammappaṭipanno bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya . Avijjāya ce, āvuso, bhikkhu nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti, diṭṭhadhammanibbānappatto bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāyā’’’ti. Sattamaṃ.
「贤友沙利子,应如何看待此所说之义?」「那么,贤友,我将为你作譬喻。藉譬喻,某些智者能了知所说之义。贤友,譬如两束芦苇相互依靠而立。同样地,贤友,缘名色而有识;缘识而有名色;缘名色而有六处;缘六处而有触……如是,此整个苦蕴集起。贤友,若拉开那些芦苇束之一,另一束便倒下;若拉开另一束,另一束便倒下。同样地,贤友,名色灭则识灭;识灭则名色灭;名色灭则六处灭;六处灭则触灭……如是,此整个苦蕴灭尽。」「贤友沙利子,不可思议!贤友沙利子,未曾有!具寿沙利子所说实为善说。我们以这三十六事随喜具寿沙利子所说:『贤友,若比库为了厌离、离贪、灭尽老死而说法,堪称为说法比库。贤友,若比库为了厌离、离贪、灭尽老死而行道,堪称为法随法行比库。贤友,若比库因厌离、离贪、灭尽老死,无取而解脱,堪称为现法涅槃到达比库。若为生……若为有……若为取……若为渴爱……若为受……若为触……若为六处……若为名色……若为识……若为行……贤友,若比库为了厌离、离贪、灭尽无明而说法,堪称为说法比库。贤友,若比库为了厌离、离贪、灭尽无明而行道,堪称为法随法行比库。贤友,若比库因厌离、离贪、灭尽无明,无取而解脱,堪称为现法涅槃到达比库。』」第七经。
8. Kosambisuttaṃ8. 国桑比经
§68
Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ca musilo āyasmā ca paviṭṭho āyasmā ca nārado āyasmā ca ānando kosambiyaṃ viharanti ghositārāme. Atha kho āyasmā paviṭṭho āyasmantaṃ musilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘aññatreva, āvuso musila, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā atthāyasmato musilassa paccattameva ñāṇaṃ – ‘jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’’nti? ‘‘Aññatreva, āvuso paviṭṭha, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā ahametaṃ jānāmi ahametaṃ passāmi – ‘jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’’nti.
一时,具寿牟西喇、具寿巴维塔、具寿那拉达、具寿阿难住在国桑比城瞿师罗园。时,具寿巴维塔对具寿牟西喇如是说:「贤友牟西喇,离于信、离于好乐、离于传闻、离于行相思择、离于见审虑忍可,具寿牟西喇有自证之智:『缘生而有老死』吗?」「贤友巴维塔,离于信、离于好乐、离于传闻、离于行相思择、离于见审虑忍可,我知此、我见此:『缘生而有老死。』」
‘‘Aññatreva , āvuso musila, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā atthāyasmato musilassa paccattameva ñāṇaṃ – ‘bhavapaccayā jātīti…pe… upādānapaccayā bhavoti… taṇhāpaccayā upādānanti… vedanāpaccayā taṇhāti… phassapaccayā vedanāti… saḷāyatanapaccayā phassoti… nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatananti… viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti… saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇanti… avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’’ti? ‘‘Aññatreva, āvuso paviṭṭha, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā ahametaṃ jānāmi ahametaṃ passāmi – ‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’’ti.
「贤友牟西喇,离于信、离于好乐、离于传闻、离于行相思择、离于见审虑忍可,具寿牟西喇有自证之智:『缘有而有生……缘取而有有……缘渴爱而有取……缘受而有渴爱……缘触而有受……缘六处而有触……缘名色而有六处……缘识而有名色……缘行而有识……缘无明而有行』吗?」「贤友巴维塔,离于信、离于好乐、离于传闻、离于行相思择、离于见审虑忍可,我知此、我见此:『缘无明而有行。』」
‘‘Aññatreva, āvuso musila, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā atthāyasmato musilassa paccattameva ñāṇaṃ – ‘jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’’’ti? ‘‘Aññatreva, āvuso paviṭṭha, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā ahametaṃ jānāmi ahametaṃ passāmi – ‘jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’’’ti.
「贤友牟西喇,离于信、离于好乐、离于传闻、离于行相思择、离于见审虑忍可,具寿牟西喇有自证之智:『生灭则老死灭』吗?」「贤友巴维塔,离于信、离于好乐、离于传闻、离于行相思择、离于见审虑忍可,我知此、我见此:『生灭则老死灭。』」
‘‘Aññatreva , āvuso musila, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā atthāyasmato musilassa paccattameva ñāṇaṃ – ‘bhavanirodhā jātinirodhoti…pe… upādānanirodhā bhavanirodhoti… taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodhoti… vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodhoti… phassanirodhā vedanānirodhoti… saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodhoti… nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodhoti… viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodhoti … saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodhoti… avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho’’’ti? ‘‘Aññatreva, āvuso paviṭṭha, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā ahametaṃ jānāmi ahametaṃ passāmi – ‘avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho’’’ti.
「贤友牟西喇,离于信、离于好乐、离于传闻、离于行相思择、离于见审虑忍可,具寿牟西喇有自证之智:『有灭则生灭……取灭则有灭……渴爱灭则取灭……受灭则渴爱灭……触灭则受灭……六处灭则触灭……名色灭则六处灭……识灭则名色灭……行灭则识灭……无明灭则行灭』吗?」「贤友巴维塔,离于信、离于好乐、离于传闻、离于行相思择、离于见审虑忍可,我知此、我见此:『无明灭则行灭。』」
‘‘Aññatreva, āvuso musila, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā atthāyasmato musilassa paccattameva ñāṇaṃ – ‘bhavanirodho nibbāna’’’nti? ‘‘Aññatreva, āvuso paviṭṭha, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā ahametaṃ jānāmi ahametaṃ passāmi – ‘bhavanirodho nibbāna’’’nti.
「贤友牟西喇,离于信、离于好乐、离于传闻、离于行相思择、离于见审虑忍可,具寿牟西喇有自证之智:『有灭即涅槃』吗?」「贤友巴维塔,离于信、离于好乐、离于传闻、离于行相思择、离于见审虑忍可,我知此、我见此:『有灭即涅槃。』」
‘‘Tenahāyasmā musilo arahaṃ khīṇāsavo’’ti? Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā musilo tuṇhī ahosi. Atha kho āyasmā nārado āyasmantaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sādhāvuso paviṭṭha, ahaṃ etaṃ pañhaṃ labheyyaṃ. Maṃ etaṃ pañhaṃ puccha. Ahaṃ te etaṃ pañhaṃ byākarissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Labhatāyasmā nārado etaṃ pañhaṃ. Pucchāmahaṃ āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ etaṃ pañhaṃ. Byākarotu ca me āyasmā nārado etaṃ pañhaṃ’’.
「那么,具寿牟西喇是阿拉汉、漏尽者吗?」如是说时,具寿牟西喇沉默。时,具寿那拉达对具寿巴维塔如是说:「善哉,贤友巴维塔,我应得此问。请问我此问,我将为你解答此问。」「具寿那拉达应得此问。我问具寿那拉达此问,愿具寿那拉达为我解答此问。」
‘‘Aññatreva, āvuso nārada, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā atthāyasmato nāradassa paccattameva ñāṇaṃ – ‘jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’’nti? ‘‘Aññatreva, āvuso paviṭṭha, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā ahametaṃ jānāmi ahametaṃ passāmi – ‘jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’’nti.
「贤友那拉达,离于信,离于喜好,离于传闻,离于行相的思择,离于见的审虑与忍可,具寿那拉达是否有自己的智——『缘生而有老死』?」「贤友巴维塔,离于信,离于喜好,离于传闻,离于行相的思择,离于见的审虑与忍可,我知此,我见此——『缘生而有老死』。」
‘‘Aññatreva , āvuso nārada, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā atthāyasmato nāradassa paccattameva ñāṇaṃ – bhavapaccayā jāti…pe… avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti? ‘‘Aññatreva, āvuso paviṭṭha, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā ahametaṃ jānāmi ahametaṃ passāmi – ‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’’ti.
「贤友那拉达,离于信,离于喜好,离于传闻,离于行相的思择,离于见的审虑与忍可,具寿那拉达是否有自己的智——『缘有而有生』……(中略)……『缘无明而有行』?」「贤友巴维塔,离于信,离于喜好,离于传闻,离于行相的思择,离于见的审虑与忍可,我知此,我见此——『缘无明而有行』。」
‘‘Aññatreva, āvuso nārada, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā atthāyasmato nāradassa paccattameva ñāṇaṃ – ‘jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’’’ti? ‘‘Aññatreva, āvuso paviṭṭha, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā ahametaṃ jānāmi ahametaṃ passāmi – ‘jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’’’ti.
「贤友那拉达,离于信,离于喜好,离于传闻,离于行相的思择,离于见的审虑与忍可,具寿那拉达是否有自己的智——『生灭故老死灭』?」「贤友巴维塔,离于信,离于喜好,离于传闻,离于行相的思择,离于见的审虑与忍可,我知此,我见此——『生灭故老死灭』。」
‘‘Aññatreva, āvuso nārada, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā atthāyasmato nāradassa paccattameva ñāṇaṃ – ‘bhavanirodhā jātinirodhoti…pe… avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho’’’ti? ‘‘Aññatreva, āvuso paviṭṭha, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā ahametaṃ jānāmi ahametaṃ passāmi – ‘avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho’’’ti.
「贤友那拉达,离于信,离于喜好,离于传闻,离于行相的思择,离于见的审虑与忍可,具寿那拉达是否有自己的智——『有灭故生灭』……(中略)……『无明灭故行灭』?」「贤友巴维塔,离于信,离于喜好,离于传闻,离于行相的思择,离于见的审虑与忍可,我知此,我见此——『无明灭故行灭』。」
‘‘Aññatreva, āvuso nārada, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā atthāyasmato nāradassa paccattameva ñāṇaṃ – ‘bhavanirodho nibbāna’’’nti? ‘‘Aññatreva, āvuso paviṭṭha, saddhāya aññatra ruciyā aññatra anussavā aññatra ākāraparivitakkā aññatra diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā ahametaṃ jānāmi ahametaṃ passāmi – ‘bhavanirodho nibbāna’’’nti.
「贤友那拉达,离于信,离于喜好,离于传闻,离于行相的思择,离于见的审虑与忍可,具寿那拉达是否有自己的智——『有灭即是涅槃』?」「贤友巴维塔,离于信,离于喜好,离于传闻,离于行相的思择,离于见的审虑与忍可,我知此,我见此——『有灭即是涅槃』。」
‘‘Tenahāyasmā nārado arahaṃ khīṇāsavo’’ti? ‘‘‘Bhavanirodho nibbāna’nti kho me, āvuso, yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhaṃ, na camhi arahaṃ khīṇāsavo. Seyyathāpi, āvuso, kantāramagge udapāno. Tatra nevassa rajju na udakavārako. Atha puriso āgaccheyya ghammābhitatto ghammapareto kilanto tasito pipāsito, so taṃ udapānaṃ olokeyya. Tassa ‘udaka’nti hi kho ñāṇaṃ assa, na ca kāyena phusitvā vihareyya. Evameva kho, āvuso, ‘bhavanirodho nibbāna’nti yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhaṃ, na camhi arahaṃ khīṇāsavo’’ti.
「那么,具寿那拉达是阿拉汉、漏尽者?」「贤友,『有灭即是涅槃』,我以如实正慧善见,但我不是阿拉汉、漏尽者。贤友,譬如在旷野的道路上有一口井,那里既没有绳索也没有汲水器。那时,有一个人来,被热所逼恼,被热所折磨,疲倦、干渴、口渴,他观看那口井。他会有『水』的智,但他不能以身触而住。同样地,贤友,『有灭即是涅槃』,我以如实正慧善见,但我不是阿拉汉、漏尽者。」
Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘evaṃvādī tvaṃ, āvuso paviṭṭha, āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ kiṃ vadesī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃvādāhaṃ, āvuso ānanda, āyasmantaṃ nāradaṃ na kiñci vadāmi aññatra kalyāṇā aññatra kusalā’’ti. Aṭṭhamaṃ.
如是说已,具寿阿难对具寿巴维塔如此说:「贤友巴维塔,你如此说,你对具寿那拉达说什么?」「贤友阿难,我如此说,我对具寿那拉达不说任何事,除了善美的,除了善巧的。」第八经。
9. Upayantisuttaṃ9. 近行经
§69
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho…pe… ‘‘mahāsamuddo, bhikkhave, upayanto mahānadiyo upayāpeti, mahānadiyo upayantiyo kunnadiyo upayāpenti, kunnadiyo upayantiyo mahāsobbhe upayāpenti, mahāsobbhā upayantā kusobbhe upayāpenti. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, avijjā upayantī saṅkhāre upayāpeti, saṅkhārā upayantā viññāṇaṃ upayāpenti, viññāṇaṃ upayantaṃ nāmarūpaṃ upayāpeti, nāmarūpaṃ upayantaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ upayāpeti, saḷāyatanaṃ upayantaṃ phassaṃ upayāpeti, phasso upayanto vedanaṃ upayāpeti, vedanā upayantī taṇhaṃ upayāpeti, taṇhā upayantī upādānaṃ upayāpeti, upādānaṃ upayantaṃ bhavaṃ upayāpeti, bhavo upayanto jātiṃ upayāpeti, jāti upayantī jarāmaraṇaṃ upayāpeti.
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。在那里……(中略)……「诸比库,大海接近而使大河接近,大河接近而使小河接近,小河接近而使大溪流接近,大溪流接近而使小溪流接近。同样地,诸比库,无明接近而使行接近,行接近而使识接近,识接近而使名色接近,名色接近而使六处接近,六处接近而使触接近,触接近而使受接近,受接近而使渴爱接近,渴爱接近而使取接近,取接近而使有接近,有接近而使生接近,生接近而使老死接近。
‘‘Mahāsamuddo, bhikkhave, apayanto mahānadiyo apayāpeti, mahānadiyo apayantiyo kunnadiyo apayāpenti, kunnadiyo apayantiyo mahāsobbhe apayāpenti, mahāsobbhā apayantā kusobbhe apayāpenti. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, avijjā apayantī saṅkhāre apayāpeti, saṅkhārā apayantā viññāṇaṃ apayāpenti, viññāṇaṃ apayantaṃ nāmarūpaṃ apayāpeti, nāmarūpaṃ apayantaṃ saḷāyatanaṃ apayāpeti, saḷāyatanaṃ apayantaṃ phassaṃ apayāpeti, phasso apayanto vedanaṃ apayāpeti, vedanā apayantī taṇhaṃ apayāpeti, taṇhā apayantī upādānaṃ apayāpeti, upādānaṃ apayantaṃ bhavaṃ apayāpeti, bhavo apayanto jātiṃ apayāpeti, jāti apayantī jarāmaraṇaṃ apayāpetī’’ti. Navamaṃ.
「诸比库,大海退去时使大河退去,大河退去时使小河退去,小河退去时使大湖退去,大湖退去时使小湖退去。同样地,诸比库,无明退去时使行退去,行退去时使识退去,识退去时使名色退去,名色退去时使六处退去,六处退去时使触退去,触退去时使受退去,受退去时使渴爱退去,渴爱退去时使取退去,取退去时使有退去,有退去时使生退去,生退去时使老死退去。」第九
10. Susimasuttaṃ10. 须尸摩经
§70
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā sakkato hoti garukato mānito pūjito apacito lābhī cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilānappaccaya-bhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Bhikkhusaṅghopi sakkato hoti garukato mānito pūjito apacito lābhī cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsanagilānappaccaya-bhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ. Aññatitthiyā pana paribbājakā asakkatā honti agarukatā amānitā apūjitā anapacitā, na lābhino cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsanagilānappaccaya-bhesajjaparikkhārānaṃ.
如是我闻:一时,世尊住在王舍城竹林咖兰达咖尼瓦巴。尔时,世尊受恭敬、受尊重、受尊敬、受礼拜、受供养,得衣、食、住所、病者所需之医药资具。比库僧团也受恭敬、受尊重、受尊敬、受礼拜、受供养,得衣、食、住所、病者所需之医药资具。然而诸外道游方者不受恭敬、不受尊重、不受尊敬、不受礼拜、不受供养,不得衣、食、住所、病者所需之医药资具。
Tena kho pana samayena susimo paribbājako rājagahe paṭivasati mahatiyā paribbājakaparisāya saddhiṃ. Atha kho susimassa paribbājakassa parisā susimaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, āvuso susima, samaṇe gotame brahmacariyaṃ cara. Tvaṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā amhe vāceyyāsi . Taṃ mayaṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā gihīnaṃ bhāsissāma. Evaṃ mayampi sakkatā bhavissāma garukatā mānitā pūjitā apacitā lābhino cīvara-piṇḍapātasenāsana-gilānappaccaya-bhesajjaparikkhārāna’’nti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho susimo paribbājako sakāya parisāya paṭissuṇitvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho susimo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, āvuso ānanda, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṃ caritu’’nti.
尔时,游方者须深摩与大游方者众一起住在王舍城。时,须深摩游方者的众对须深摩游方者如此说:「贤友须深摩,来吧,你在沙门果德玛处行梵行。你学法后告诉我们。我们学法后将对在家人说。如此,我们也将受恭敬、受尊重、受尊敬、受礼拜、受供养,得衣、食、住所、病者所需之医药资具。」「好的,贤友们。」游方者须深摩应诺自己的众后,去到具寿阿难处;到了之后,与具寿阿难互相问候。互相问候、友好的交谈后,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的游方者须深摩对具寿阿难如此说:「贤友阿难,我想在此法、律中行梵行。」
Atha kho āyasmā ānando susimaṃ paribbājakaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, susimo paribbājako evamāha – ‘icchāmahaṃ, āvuso ānanda, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṃ caritu’’nti. ‘‘Tenahānanda, susimaṃ pabbājethā’’ti . Alattha kho susimo paribbājako bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ.
时,具寿阿难带着游方者须深摩去到世尊处;到了之后,礼敬世尊,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的具寿阿难对世尊如此说:「尊者,这位游方者须深摩如此说:『贤友阿难,我想在此法、律中行梵行。』」「那么,阿难,令须深摩出家吧。」游方者须深摩在世尊面前得到出家,得到达上。
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulehi bhikkhūhi bhagavato santike aññā byākatā hoti – ‘‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāmā’’ti. Assosi kho āyasmā susimo – ‘‘sambahulehi kira bhikkhūhi bhagavato santike aññā byākatā – ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāmā’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā susimo yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā tehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā susimo te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘saccaṃ kirāyasmantehi bhagavato santike aññā byākatā – ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāmā’’ti? ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti.
尔时,众多比库在世尊面前宣说了智:「我们了知:生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在。」具寿须深摩听闻:「据说众多比库在世尊面前宣说了智:『我们了知:生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在。』」时,具寿须深摩去到那些比库处;到了之后,与那些比库互相问候。互相问候、友好的交谈后,在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的具寿须深摩对那些比库如此说:「据说诸具寿在世尊面前宣说了智:『我们了知:生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在。』这是真的吗?」「是的,贤友。」
‘‘Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṃ jānantā evaṃ passantā anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhotha – ekopi hutvā bahudhā hotha, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hotha; āvibhāvaṃ, tirobhāvaṃ, tirokuṭṭaṃ tiropākāraṃ tiropabbataṃ asajjamānā gacchatha, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṃ karotha, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchatha, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṃ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamatha, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasatha parimajjatha, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṃ vattethā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, āvuso’’.
「那么,诸具寿如此知、如此见时,体验种种神通吗——一人成为多人,多人成为一人;显现、隐没;穿墙、穿壁、穿山无碍而行,如在虚空;在地中出没,如在水中;在水上不沉而行,如在地上;在虚空中结跏趺坐而行,如有翼之鸟;以手触摸、抚摸如此大神力、如此大威力的日月;乃至以身自在到达梵天界吗?」「不,贤友。」
‘‘Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṃ jānantā evaṃ passantā dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya ubho sadde suṇātha dibbe ca mānuse ca ye dūre santike cā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, āvuso’’.
「那么,诸具寿如此知、如此见时,以清净、超越人的天耳界,听两种声音——天的和人的,远的和近的吗?」「不,贤友。」
‘‘Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṃ jānantā evaṃ passantā parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānātha – sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittanti pajānātha; vītarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ vītarāgaṃ cittanti pajānātha; sadosaṃ vā cittaṃ sadosaṃ cittanti pajānātha; vītadosaṃ vā cittaṃ vītadosaṃ cittanti pajānātha; samohaṃ vā cittaṃ samohaṃ cittanti pajānātha; vītamohaṃ vā cittaṃ vītamohaṃ cittanti pajānātha; saṃkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ saṃkhittaṃ cittanti pajānātha; vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ vikkhittaṃ cittanti pajānātha; mahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ mahaggataṃ cittanti pajānātha; amahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ amahaggataṃ cittanti pajānātha ; sauttaraṃ vā cittaṃ sauttaraṃ cittanti pajānātha; anuttaraṃ vā cittaṃ anuttaraṃ cittanti pajānātha; samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ samāhitaṃ cittanti pajānātha; asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ asamāhitaṃ cittanti pajānātha; vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ cittanti pajānātha ; avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ avimuttaṃ cittanti pajānāthā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, āvuso’’.
「那么,诸具寿如此知、如此见时,以心了知其他有情、其他人的心吗——了知有贪的心为有贪的心;了知离贪的心为离贪的心;了知有嗔的心为有嗔的心;了知离嗔的心为离嗔的心;了知有痴的心为有痴的心;了知离痴的心为离痴的心;了知收缩的心为收缩的心;了知散乱的心为散乱的心;了知广大的心为广大的心;了知不广大的心为不广大的心;了知有上的心为有上的心;了知无上的心为无上的心;了知得定的心为得定的心;了知未得定的心为未得定的心;了知解脱的心为解脱的心;了知未解脱的心为未解脱的心吗?」「不,贤友。」
‘‘Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṃ jānantā evaṃ passantā anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussaratha, seyyathidaṃ – ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṃsampi jātiyo cattārīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi, anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe – ‘amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ; tatrāpāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhapaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’ti. Iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarathā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, āvuso’’.
「然而,诸具寿如是知、如是见,能忆念种种宿住,即:一生、二生、三生、四生、五生、十生、二十生、三十生、四十生、五十生、百生、千生、百千生,许多坏劫、许多成劫、许多坏成劫——『我在那里,有如是名、如是姓、如是色、如是食、如是受乐苦、如是寿量,从那里死后,生于那里;在那里也有如是名、如是姓、如是色、如是食、如是受乐苦、如是寿量,从那里死后,生于此处』。如此以形相、细节忆念种种宿住吗?」「不,贤友。」
‘‘Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṃ jānantā evaṃ passantā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passatha cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānātha – ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā, ariyānaṃ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā, ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā’ti, iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passatha cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāthā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, āvuso’’.
「然而,诸具寿如是知、如是见,以清净、超越人的天眼,见到众生死时、生时,低劣、殊胜,美色、丑陋,善趣、恶趣,了知众生随业流转——『这些尊者众生具足身恶行、具足语恶行、具足意恶行,诽谤圣者,邪见,受持邪见业,他们身坏命终后,生于苦处、恶趣、堕处、地狱;或者这些尊者众生具足身善行、具足语善行、具足意善行,不诽谤圣者,正见,受持正见业,他们身坏命终后,生于善趣、天界』。如此以清净、超越人的天眼,见到众生死时、生时,低劣、殊胜,美色、丑陋,善趣、恶趣,了知众生随业流转吗?」「不,贤友。」
‘‘Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṃ jānantā evaṃ passantā ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe āruppā, te kāyena phusitvā viharathā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, āvuso’’.
「然而,诸具寿如是知、如是见,那些寂静的解脱,超越色的无色,以身触而住吗?」「不,贤友。」
‘‘Ettha dāni āyasmanto idañca veyyākaraṇaṃ imesañca dhammānaṃ asamāpatti; idaṃ no, āvuso, katha’’nti? ‘‘Paññāvimuttā kho mayaṃ, āvuso susimā’’ti.
「那么现在,诸具寿有此记说,却未证得这些法;贤友,这是什么道理?」「贤友苏西玛,我们是慧解脱者。」
‘‘Na khvāhaṃ imassa āyasmantānaṃ saṃkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ ājānāmi. Sādhu me āyasmanto tathā bhāsantu yathāhaṃ imassa āyasmantānaṃ saṃkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ ājāneyya’’nti. ‘‘Ājāneyyāsi vā tvaṃ, āvuso susima, na vā tvaṃ ājāneyyāsi atha kho paññāvimuttā maya’’nti.
「我不了解诸具寿总说的详细义理。善哉,愿诸具寿为我说法,使我能了解诸具寿总说的详细义理。」「贤友苏西玛,你可能了解,或者你可能不了解,然而我们是慧解脱者。」
Atha kho āyasmā susimo uṭṭhāyāsanā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā susimo yāvatako tehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ ahosi kathāsallāpo taṃ sabbaṃ bhagavato ārocesi. ‘‘Pubbe kho, susima, dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ, pacchā nibbāne ñāṇa’’nti.
于是,具寿苏西玛从座起立,前往世尊处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。坐于一旁的具寿苏西玛,将与那些比库的一切谈话,全部告诉世尊。「苏西玛,先有法住智,后有涅槃智。」
‘‘Na khvāhaṃ, bhante, imassa bhagavatā saṃkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ ājānāmi. Sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā tathā bhāsatu yathāhaṃ imassa bhagavatā saṃkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ ājāneyya’’nti. ‘‘Ājāneyyāsi vā tvaṃ, susima, na vā tvaṃ ājāneyyāsi, atha kho dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ pubbe, pacchā nibbāne ñāṇaṃ’’.
「大德,我不了解世尊总说的详细义理。善哉,大德,愿世尊为我说法,使我能了解世尊总说的详细义理。」「苏西玛,你可能了解,或者你可能不了解,然而先有法住智,后有涅槃智。」
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, susima, rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā’’ti? ‘‘Aniccaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā’’ti? ‘‘Dukkhaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Vedanā niccā vā aniccā vā’’ti? ‘‘Aniccā, bhante’’ . ‘‘Yaṃ panāniccaṃ, dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā’’ti? ‘‘Dukkhaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Saññā niccā vā aniccā vā’’ti? ‘‘Aniccā, bhante’’…pe… ‘‘saṅkhārā niccā vā aniccā vā’’ti? ‘‘Aniccā, bhante’’. ‘‘Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā’’ti? ‘‘Dukkhaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā’’ti? ‘‘Aniccaṃ , bhante’’. ‘‘Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā’’ti? ‘‘Dukkhaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
「苏西玛,你认为如何,色是常还是无常?」「无常,大德。」「凡无常者,是苦还是乐?」「苦,大德。」「凡无常、苦、变易法者,适合认为『这是我的,这是我,这是我的我』吗?」「不,大德。」「受是常还是无常?」「无常,大德。」「凡无常者,是苦还是乐?」「苦,大德。」「凡无常、苦、变易法者,适合认为『这是我的,这是我,这是我的我』吗?」「不,大德。」「想是常还是无常?」「无常,大德。」……「诸行是常还是无常?」「无常,大德。」「凡无常者,是苦还是乐?」「苦,大德。」「凡无常、苦、变易法者,适合认为『这是我的,这是我,这是我的我』吗?」「不,大德。」「识是常还是无常?」「无常,大德。」「凡无常者,是苦还是乐?」「苦,大德。」「凡无常、苦、变易法者,适合认为『这是我的,这是我,这是我的我』吗?」「不,大德。」
‘‘Tasmātiha, susima, yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ netaṃ mama nesohamasmi na meso attāti; evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yā kāci vedanā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā yā dūre santike vā, sabbā vedanā netaṃ mama nesohamasmi na meso attāti; evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yā kāci saññā…pe… ye keci saṅkhārā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā hīnā vā paṇītā vā ye dūre santike vā, sabbe saṅkhārā netaṃ mama nesohamasmi na meso attāti; evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ netaṃ mama nesohamasmi na meso attāti; evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ.
「因此,须深玛,凡任何色,无论过去、未来、现在,或内、或外,或粗、或细,或劣、或胜,或远、或近,一切色都应以正慧如实见为:『这不是我的,这我不是,这不是我的我。』凡任何受,无论过去、未来、现在,或内、或外,或粗、或细,或劣、或胜,或远、或近,一切受都应以正慧如实见为:『这不是我的,这我不是,这不是我的我。』凡任何想……(中略)……凡任何行,无论过去、未来、现在,或内、或外,或粗、或细,或劣、或胜,或远、或近,一切行都应以正慧如实见为:『这不是我的,这我不是,这不是我的我。』凡任何识,无论过去、未来、现在,或内、或外,或粗、或细,或劣、或胜,或远、或近,一切识都应以正慧如实见为:『这不是我的,这我不是,这不是我的我。』」
‘‘Evaṃ passaṃ, susima, sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmimpi nibbindati, vedanāyapi nibbindati, saññāyapi nibbindati, saṅkhāresupi nibbindati, viññāṇasmimpi nibbindati. Nibbindaṃ virajjati, virāgā vimuccati, vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti.
「须深玛,如此见者,多闻圣弟子于色亦厌离,于受亦厌离,于想亦厌离,于行亦厌离,于识亦厌离。厌离者则离染,离染者则解脱,于解脱则有『已解脱』之智。他了知:『生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在。』」
‘‘‘Jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’nti, susima, passasī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘‘Bhavapaccayā jātī’ti, susima, passasī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘‘Upādānapaccayā bhavo’ti, susima, passasī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘‘Taṇhāpaccayā upādāna’nti, susima, passasī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Vedanāpaccayā taṇhāti… phassapaccayā vedanāti… saḷāyatanapaccayā phassoti… nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatananti… viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti… saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇanti… avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti, susima, passasī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
「『缘生而有老死』,须深玛,你见到吗?」「是的,尊者。」「『缘有而有生』,须深玛,你见到吗?」「是的,尊者。」「『缘取而有有』,须深玛,你见到吗?」「是的,尊者。」「『缘渴爱而有取』,须深玛,你见到吗?」「是的,尊者。」「缘受而有渴爱……缘触而有受……缘六处而有触……缘名色而有六处……缘识而有名色……缘行而有识……『缘无明而有行』,须深玛,你见到吗?」「是的,尊者。」
‘‘‘Jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’ti, susima, passasī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ . ‘‘‘Bhavanirodhā jātinirodho’ti susima, passasī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Upādānanirodhā bhavanirodhoti… taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodhoti… vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodhoti… phassanirodhā vedanānirodhoti… saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodhoti… nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodhoti… viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodhoti… saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodhoti… avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodhoti, susima, passasī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
「『生灭则老死灭』,须深玛,你见到吗?」「是的,尊者。」「『有灭则生灭』,须深玛,你见到吗?」「是的,尊者。」「取灭则有灭……渴爱灭则取灭……受灭则渴爱灭……触灭则受灭……六处灭则触灭……名色灭则六处灭……识灭则名色灭……行灭则识灭……『无明灭则行灭』,须深玛,你见到吗?」「是的,尊者。」
‘‘Api pana tvaṃ, susima, evaṃ jānanto evaṃ passanto anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhosi – ekopi hutvā bahudhā hosi, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hosi; āvibhāvaṃ, tirobhāvaṃ, tirokuṭṭaṃ tiropākāraṃ tiropabbataṃ asajjamāno gacchasi, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṃ karosi, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāno gacchasi, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṃ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamasi, seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo; imepi candimasūriye evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimasasi parimajjasi, yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṃ vattesī’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
「然而,须深玛,你如此知、如此见,是否体验种种神变——一人变多人,多人变一人;显现、隐没;穿墙、穿壁、穿山无碍而行,如在虚空;于地出没,如在水中;于水上行走不沉,如在地上;于虚空中结跏趺坐而行,如有翼之鸟;以手触摸、抚摩如此大神力、大威力的日月;乃至以身自在行至梵天界?」「不,尊者。」
‘‘Api pana tvaṃ, susima, evaṃ jānanto evaṃ passanto dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya ubho sadde suṇasi dibbe ca mānuse ca ye dūre santike cā’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
「然而,须深玛,你如此知、如此见,是否以清净、超越人间的天耳界,听闻天与人两种声音,无论远、近?」「不,尊者。」
‘‘Api pana tvaṃ, susima, evaṃ jānanto evaṃ passanto parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāsi – sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittanti pajānāsi…pe… vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ cittanti pajānāsī’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
「然而,须深玛,你如此知、如此见,是否以心遍知其他有情、其他人的心——了知有贪之心为有贪之心……(中略)……了知解脱之心为解脱之心?」「不,尊者。」
‘‘Api pana tvaṃ, susima, evaṃ jānanto evaṃ passanto anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarasi, seyyathidaṃ – ekampi jātiṃ…pe… iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarasī’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
「然而,须深玛,你如此知、如此见,是否忆念种种宿住,即:一生……(中略)……如此有行相、有细节地忆念种种宿住?」「不,尊者。」
‘‘Api pana tvaṃ, susima, evaṃ jānanto evaṃ passanto dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passasi cavamāne…pe… yathākammūpage satte pajānāsī’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
「然而,苏西玛,如此知、如此见,你以清净、超越人的天眼,见到众生死时……(中略)……依业而往生,了知众生吗?」「不,世尊。」
‘‘Api pana tvaṃ, susima, evaṃ jānanto evaṃ passanto ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe, āruppā te kāyena phusitvā viharasī’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
「然而,苏西玛,如此知、如此见,你超越色的那些寂静解脱、无色,以身触而住吗?」「不,世尊。」
‘‘Ettha dāni, susima, idañca veyyākaraṇaṃ imesañca dhammānaṃ asamāpatti, idaṃ no, susima, katha’’nti?
「苏西玛,现在,这个记说和这些法的不成就,苏西玛,这如何说呢?」
Atha kho āyasmā susimo bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘accayo maṃ, bhante, accagamā yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ, yvāhaṃ evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye dhammatthenako pabbajito. Tassa me, bhante, bhagavā accayaṃ accayato paṭiggaṇhātu āyatiṃ saṃvarāyā’’ti.
于是,具寿苏西玛以头礼世尊足,对世尊如此说:「世尊,我犯了过失,如愚者、如痴者、如不善者,我在如此善说的法、律中,作为法贼而出家。世尊,请接受我的过失为过失,为了未来的防护。」
‘‘Taggha tvaṃ, susima, accayo accagamā yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ, yo tvaṃ evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye dhammatthenako pabbajito. Seyyathāpi , susima, coraṃ āgucāriṃ gahetvā rañño dasseyyuṃ – ‘ayaṃ te, deva, coro āgucārī, imassa yaṃ icchasi taṃ daṇḍaṃ paṇehī’ti. Tamenaṃ rājā evaṃ vadeyya – ‘gacchatha, bho, imaṃ purisaṃ daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṃ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathiyāya rathiyaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhāmetvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa sīsaṃ chindathā’ti . Tamenaṃ rañño purisā daḷhāya rajjuyā pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanaṃ bandhitvā khuramuṇḍaṃ karitvā kharassarena paṇavena rathiyāya rathiyaṃ siṅghāṭakena siṅghāṭakaṃ parinetvā dakkhiṇena dvārena nikkhāmetvā dakkhiṇato nagarassa sīsaṃ chindeyyuṃ. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, susima, api nu so puriso tatonidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyethā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
「苏西玛,你确实犯了过失,如愚者、如痴者、如不善者,你在如此善说的法、律中,作为法贼而出家。苏西玛,譬如捉到作恶的盗贼,带去给国王:『大王,这是你的作恶盗贼,请对他施加你所希望的刑罚。』国王对他如此说:『诸位,去,将这个人以坚固的绳索紧缚反绑双手,剃成光头,以粗声的鼓,从街道到街道、从十字路口到十字路口游行,从南门出去,在城南斩首。』国王的人们以坚固的绳索紧缚反绑他的双手,剃成光头,以粗声的鼓,从街道到街道、从十字路口到十字路口游行,从南门出去,在城南斩首。苏西玛,你怎么想,那个人会因此而感受苦、忧吗?」「是的,世尊。」
‘‘Yaṃ kho so, susima, puriso tatonidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyetha . Yā evaṃ svākkhāte dhammavinaye dhammatthenakassa pabbajjā, ayaṃ tato dukkhavipākatarā ca kaṭukavipākatarā ca, api ca vinipātāya saṃvattati. Yato ca kho tvaṃ, susima, accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikarosi taṃ te mayaṃ paṭiggaṇhāma. Vuddhi hesā, susima, ariyassa vinaye yo accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ paṭikaroti, āyatiñca saṃvaraṃ āpajjatī’’ti. Dasamaṃ.
「苏西玛,那个人因此而感受的苦、忧,在如此善说的法、律中,法贼的出家,比那更苦果报、更剧苦果报,而且导向恶趣。苏西玛,然而,因为你见过失为过失,如法地改正,我们接受你的(忏悔)。苏西玛,在圣者之律中,这确实是增长:见过失为过失,如法地改正,未来达到防护。」第十经。
Mahāvaggo sattamo. · 大品第七
Tassuddānaṃ –
其摄颂:
Dve assutavatā vuttā, puttamaṃsena cāparaṃ;
二无闻者所说,另一子肉经;
Atthirāgo ca nagaraṃ, sammasaṃ naḷakalāpiyaṃ;
阿提拉咖城、那咖喇城、萨马沙城、那喇咖喇比亚城,
Kosambī upayanti ca, dasamo susimena cāti .
国桑比城,以及第十苏西马城。
8. Samaṇabrāhmaṇavaggo
8. 沙门婆罗门品
1. Jarāmaraṇasuttaṃ1. 老死经
§71
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā…pe… ‘‘ye hi keci, bhikkhave , samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā jarāmaraṇaṃ nappajānanti, jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ nappajānanti, jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ nappajānanti, jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānanti, na me te, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇasammatā, na ca pana te āyasmanto sāmaññatthaṃ vā brahmaññatthaṃ vā diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti.
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。在那里,世尊……「诸比库,凡任何沙门或婆罗门,不了知老死,不了知老死集,不了知老死灭,不了知导向老死灭之道,诸比库,对我来说,他们既非沙门中被认可的沙门,亦非婆罗门中被认可的婆罗门,而且那些具寿也未于现法自己以证智作证、具足而住沙门义或婆罗门义。
‘‘Ye ca kho keci, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā jarāmaraṇaṃ pajānanti…pe… paṭipadaṃ pajānanti, te kho me, bhikkhave, samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu ceva samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu ca brāhmaṇasammatā, te ca panāyasmanto sāmaññatthañca brahmaññatthañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantī’’ti. (Suttanto eko). Paṭhamaṃ.
诸比库,凡任何沙门或婆罗门,了知老死……了知道,诸比库,对我来说,他们既是沙门中被认可的沙门,亦是婆罗门中被认可的婆罗门,而且那些具寿于现法自己以证智作证、具足而住沙门义与婆罗门义。」(一经)第一。
2-11. Jātisuttādidasakaṃ2-11. 生经等十经
§72
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… jātiṃ nappajānanti…pe….
住在沙瓦提城……不了知生……
(3) Bhavaṃ nappajānanti…pe….
(3)不了知有……
(4) Upādānaṃ nappajānanti…pe….
(4)不了知取……
(5) Taṇhaṃ nappajānanti…pe….
(5) 不了知渴爱……等……。
(6) Vedanaṃ nappajānanti…pe….
(6) 不了知受……等……。
(7) Phassaṃ nappajānanti…pe….
(7) 不了知触……等……。
(8) Saḷāyatanaṃ nappajānanti…pe….
(8) 不了知六处……等……。
(9) Nāmarūpaṃ nappajānanti…pe….
(9) 不了知名色……等……。
(10) Viññāṇaṃ nappajānanti…pe….
(10) 不了知识……等……。
(11) ‘‘Saṅkhāre nappajānanti, saṅkhārasamudayaṃ nappajānanti, saṅkhāranirodhaṃ nappajānanti, saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ nappajānanti…pe… saṅkhāre pajānanti…pe… sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantī’’ti. Ekādasamaṃ.
(11) 「不了知行,不了知行集,不了知行灭,不了知导向行灭之道……等……了知行……等……自己以证智作证后,具足而住」。第十一。
Samaṇabrāhmaṇavaggo aṭṭhamo. · 沙门婆罗门品第八
Tassuddānaṃ –
其摄颂──
Paccayekādasa vuttā, catusaccavibhajjanā;
已说十一缘,四谛之分别论;
Samaṇabrāhmaṇavaggo, nidāne bhavati aṭṭhamo.
沙门婆罗门品,在因缘中为第八。
Vagguddānaṃ –
品总摄颂——
Buddho āhāro dasabalo, kaḷāro gahapatipañcamo;
佛陀、食、十力者,咖喇罗、家主为第五;
Dukkhavaggo mahāvaggo, aṭṭhamo samaṇabrāhmaṇoti.
苦品、大品,第八为沙门婆罗门。
9. Antarapeyyālaṃ
9. 中间中略
1. Satthusuttaṃ1. 导师经
§73
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati…pe… ‘‘jarāmaraṇaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ jarāmaraṇe yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā pariyesitabbo; jarāmaraṇasamudayaṃ ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ jarāmaraṇasamudaye yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā pariyesitabbo; jarāmaraṇanirodhaṃ ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ jarāmaraṇanirodhe yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā pariyesitabbo; jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā pariyesitabbo’’ti. (Suttanto eko). Paṭhamaṃ.
住在沙瓦提……「诸比库,不知、不见老死如实,为了如实知老死之智,应寻求导师;不知、不见老死集如实,为了如实知老死集之智,应寻求导师;不知、不见老死灭如实,为了如实知老死灭之智,应寻求导师;不知、不见导向老死灭之道如实,为了如实知导向老死灭之道之智,应寻求导师。」(一经)第一。
(Sabbesaṃ peyyālo evaṃ vitthāretabbo)
(一切中略应如此详说)
2-11. Dutiyasatthusuttādidasakaṃ2-11. 第二导师经等十经
(2) Jātiṃ , bhikkhave, ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ…pe….
(2) 诸比库,不如实知、不如实见生……
(3) Bhavaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ…pe….
(3) 诸比库,不如实知、不如实见有……
(4) Upādānaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ…pe….
(4) 诸比库,不如实知、不如实见取……
(5) Taṇhaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ…pe….
(5) 诸比库,不如实知、不如实见渴爱……
(6) Vedanaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ…pe….
(6) 诸比库,不如实知、不如实见受……
(7) Phassaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ…pe….
(7) 诸比库,不如实知、不如实见触……
(8) Saḷāyatanaṃ , bhikkhave, ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ…pe….
(8) 诸比库,不如实知、不如实见六处……
(9) Nāmarūpaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ…pe….
(9) 诸比库,不如实知、不如实见名色……
(10) Viññāṇaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ…pe….
(10) 诸比库!对于不如实知、不如实见识的人……(中略)……
(11) ‘‘Saṅkhāre, bhikkhave, ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ saṅkhāresu yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā pariyesitabbo; saṅkhārasamudayaṃ ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ saṅkhārasamudaye yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā pariyesitabbo; saṅkhāranirodhaṃ ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ saṅkhāranirodhe yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā pariyesitabbo; saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ saṅkhāranirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya satthā pariyesitabbo’’ti. Ekādasamaṃ.
(11) 「诸比库!对于不如实知、不如实见行的人,为了如实知行的智,应寻求导师;对于不如实知、不如实见行集的人,为了如实知行集的智,应寻求导师;对于不如实知、不如实见行灭的人,为了如实知行灭的智,应寻求导师;对于不如实知、不如实见导向行灭之道的人,为了如实知导向行灭之道的智,应寻求导师。」第十一。
(Sabbesaṃ catusaccikaṃ kātabbaṃ).
(对一切应作四谛)。
2-12. Sikkhāsuttādipeyyālaekādasakaṃ2-12. 学经等中略十一经
(2) ‘‘Jarāmaraṇaṃ , bhikkhave, ajānatā apassatā yathābhūtaṃ jarāmaraṇe yathābhūtaṃ ñāṇāya sikkhā karaṇīyā.
(2) 「诸比库!对于不如实知、不如实见老死的人,为了如实知老死的智,应作学。
(Peyyālo. Catusaccikaṃ kātabbaṃ).
(中略。应作四谛)。
(3) Jarāmaraṇaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā…pe… yogo karaṇīyo…pe….
(3) 诸比库!对于不如实知老死的人……(中略)……应作相应……(中略)……
(4) Jarāmaraṇaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā…pe… chando karaṇīyo…pe….
(4) 诸比库!对于不如实知老死的人……(中略)……应作欲……(中略)……
(5) Jarāmaraṇaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā…pe… ussoḷhī karaṇīyā…pe….
(5) 诸比库!对于不如实知老死的人……(中略)……应作精勤……(中略)……
(6) Jarāmaraṇaṃ , bhikkhave, ajānatā…pe… appaṭivānī karaṇīyā…pe….
诸比库,不知老死……应作不退转……
(7) Jarāmaraṇaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā…pe… ātappaṃ karaṇīyaṃ…pe….
诸比库,不知老死……应作热诚……
(8) Jarāmaraṇaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā…pe… vīriyaṃ karaṇīyaṃ…pe….
诸比库,不知老死……应作精进……
(9) Jarāmaraṇaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā…pe… sātaccaṃ karaṇīyaṃ…pe….
诸比库,不知老死……应作恒常……
(10) Jarāmaraṇaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā…pe… sati karaṇīyā…pe….
诸比库,不知老死……应作念……
(11) Jarāmaraṇaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā…pe… sampajaññaṃ karaṇīyaṃ…pe….
诸比库,不知老死……应作正知……
(12) Jarāmaraṇaṃ, bhikkhave, ajānatā…pe… appamādo karaṇīyo…pe….
诸比库,不知老死……应作不放逸……
Antarapeyyālo navamo. · 中略品第九
Tassuddānaṃ –
其摄颂──
Satthā sikkhā ca yogo ca, chando ussoḷhipañcamī;
导师、学、轭、欲,第五为勤奋;
Appaṭivāni ātappaṃ, vīriyaṃ sātaccamuccati;
不退转、热诚、精进称为持续;
Sati ca sampajaññañca, appamādena dvādasāti.
念与正知,以不放逸为十二。
Suttantā antarapeyyālā niṭṭhitā. · 中略诸经完
Pare te dvādasa honti, suttā dvattiṃsa satāni;
其余那十二,经有三十二百;
Catusaccena te vuttā, peyyālaantaramhi yeti .
以四谛说彼等,在中略之间。
Antarapeyyālesu uddānaṃ samattaṃ. · 中略品偈颂完
Nidānasaṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ. · 因缘相应完